East Cambridgeshire
Local Plan

April 2015

East Cambridgeshire
District Council

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

This East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Development Plan Document was adopted at afull meeting of East Cambridgeshire District Council on 21 April 2015
1

Introduction ........................................................................................................................... 9
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5

2

What is the Local Plan? ................................................................................................................. 9
Preparation of the Local Plan ........................................................................................................ 9
Working with neighbouring authorities and key stakeholders ..................................................... 10
Neighbourhood Plans .................................................................................................................. 11
Further information ...................................................................................................................... 11

A strategic vision for East Cambridgeshire ...................................................................... 12
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 12
Description of East Cambridgeshire ............................................................................................ 12
Key issues and challenges .......................................................................................................... 13
Spatial vision ................................................................................................................................ 15
Strategic objectives...................................................................................................................... 16
Monitoring and review.................................................................................................................. 17

PART 1 – Spatial strategy and policies ..................................................................................... 18
3

Delivery of sustainable growth........................................................................................... 19
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7

4

Housing................................................................................................................................ 42
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10

5

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 19
Level of growth ............................................................................................................................ 19
Locational strategy....................................................................................................................... 23
Infrastructure needs ..................................................................................................................... 26
Delivery of growth ........................................................................................................................ 30
Presumption in favour of sustainable development ..................................................................... 39
Community-led development ....................................................................................................... 40
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 42
Housing mix and type .................................................................................................................. 42
Housing density ........................................................................................................................... 44
Affordable housing on open market sites .................................................................................... 44
Affordable housing exception sites .............................................................................................. 47
Dwellings for rural workers .......................................................................................................... 48
Residential care accommodation ................................................................................................ 50
Mobile homes and residential caravan parks .............................................................................. 51
Extension and replacement of dwellings in the countryside ........................................................ 52
Gypsies and Travellers and Travelling Showpeople accommodation ......................................... 52

Employment......................................................................................................................... 55
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 55
Retention of existing employment sites and allocations .............................................................. 55
Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside ................................................................. 56
New employment development in the countryside ...................................................................... 57

1

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10

6

Environment and climate change ...................................................................................... 65
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
6.17
6.18

7

Re-use and replacement of existing buildings in the countryside ............................................... 57
Equine development .................................................................................................................... 59
Development affecting the horse racing industry ........................................................................ 60
Tourist facilities and visitor attractions ......................................................................................... 60
Tourist accommodation ............................................................................................................... 61
Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions ............................................................................... 63
Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 65
Landscape and settlement character .......................................................................................... 65
Design .......................................................................................................................................... 67
Shop fronts and advertisements .................................................................................................. 70
Energy and water efficiency and renewable energy in construction ........................................... 71
Carbon offset ............................................................................................................................... 73
Renewable energy development ................................................................................................. 74
Biodiversity and geology .............................................................................................................. 75
Flood risk ..................................................................................................................................... 77
Pollution ....................................................................................................................................... 79
Green Belt .................................................................................................................................... 81
Historic environment .................................................................................................................... 83
Conservation Areas ..................................................................................................................... 83
Listed Buildings ............................................................................................................................ 84
Local Register of Buildings and Structures ................................................................................. 86
Archaeological sites and monuments .......................................................................................... 87
Historic parks and gardens .......................................................................................................... 88
Enabling development associated with heritage assets .............................................................. 88

Community services and infrastructure ............................................................................ 90
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 90
Retail and town centre development ........................................................................................... 90
Retail uses in town centres .......................................................................................................... 92
Retaining community facilities ..................................................................................................... 98
New community facilities ............................................................................................................. 99
Strategic green infrastructure .................................................................................................... 100
Telecommunications .................................................................................................................. 102
Transport impact ........................................................................................................................ 103
Parking provision ....................................................................................................................... 104

PART 2 ....................................................................................................................................... 109
8

Village and Town Visions ................................................................................................. 109
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8

Aldreth ....................................................................................................................................... 110
Ashley ........................................................................................................................................ 111
Barway ....................................................................................................................................... 114
Black Horse Drove ..................................................................................................................... 117
Bottisham ................................................................................................................................... 119
Brinkley ...................................................................................................................................... 125
Burrough Green ......................................................................................................................... 127
Burwell ....................................................................................................................................... 129

2

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
8.9
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
8.14
8.15
8.16
8.17
8.18
8.19
8.20
8.21
8.22
8.23
8.24
8.25
8.26
8.27
8.28
8.29
8.30
8.31
8.32
8.33
8.34
8.35
8.36
8.37
8.38
8.39
8.40
8.41
8.42
8.43
8.44
8.45
8.46

Chettisham ................................................................................................................................. 139
Cheveley .................................................................................................................................... 141
Chippenham .............................................................................................................................. 145
Coveney ..................................................................................................................................... 148
Dullingham ................................................................................................................................. 150
Ely .............................................................................................................................................. 153
Fordham .................................................................................................................................... 181
Haddenham ............................................................................................................................... 194
Isleham ...................................................................................................................................... 199
Kennett ...................................................................................................................................... 206
Kirtling & Upend ......................................................................................................................... 208
Little Downham .......................................................................................................................... 211
Little Thetford ............................................................................................................................. 215
Littleport ..................................................................................................................................... 217
Lode and Long Meadow ............................................................................................................ 232
Mepal ......................................................................................................................................... 235
Newmarket Fringe ..................................................................................................................... 236
Prickwillow ................................................................................................................................. 240
Pymoor ...................................................................................................................................... 243
Queen Adelaide ......................................................................................................................... 247
Reach ........................................................................................................................................ 249
Snailwell ..................................................................................................................................... 252
Soham ....................................................................................................................................... 254
Stetchworth ................................................................................................................................ 288
Stretham .................................................................................................................................... 291
Stuntney ..................................................................................................................................... 294
Sutton ........................................................................................................................................ 296
Swaffham Bulbeck ..................................................................................................................... 302
Swaffham Prior .......................................................................................................................... 305
Upware ...................................................................................................................................... 309
Wardy Hill .................................................................................................................................. 311
Wentworth .................................................................................................................................. 313
Westley Waterless ..................................................................................................................... 316
Wicken ....................................................................................................................................... 318
Wilburton .................................................................................................................................... 321
Witcham ..................................................................................................................................... 324
Witchford.................................................................................................................................... 327
Woodditton and Saxon Street .................................................................................................... 330

Appendices
1. Superseded policies
2. Designated wildlife/historical sites
3. Glossary
4. Diagram of Strategic Green Infrastructure3East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

List of Policies
Policy GROWTH 1: Levels of housing, employment and retail growth .......................................... 23
Policy GROWTH 2: Locational strategy ........................................................................................ 25
Policy GROWTH 3: Infrastructure requirements ............................................................................ 28
Policy GROWTH 4: Delivery of growth .......................................................................................... 36
Policy GROWTH 5: Presumption in favour of sustainable development ........................................ 40
Policy GROWTH 6: Community-led development ......................................................................... 41
Policy HOU 1: Housing mix ........................................................................................................... 43
Policy HOU 2: Housing density ..................................................................................................... 44
Policy HOU 3: Affordable housing provision .................................................................................. 46
Policy HOU 4: Affordable housing exception sites......................................................................... 48
Policy HOU 5: Dwellings for rural workers ..................................................................................... 49
Policy HOU 6: Residential care accommodation ........................................................................... 50
Policy HOU 7: Mobile homes and residential caravan parks ......................................................... 51
Policy HOU 8: Extension and replacement of dwellings in the countryside ................................... 52
Policy HOU 9: Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling Showpeople sites ............................................ 54
Policy EMP 1: Retention of existing employment sites and allocations.......................................... 56
Policy EMP 2: Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside ............................................. 57
Policy EMP 3: New employment development in the countryside ................................................. 57
Policy EMP 4: Re-use and replacement of existing buildings in the countryside ........................... 58
Policy EMP 5: Equine development .............................................................................................. 60
Policy EMP 6: Development affecting the horse racing industry .................................................... 60
Policy EMP 7: Tourist facilities and visitor attractions .................................................................... 61
Policy EMP 8: Tourist accommodation .......................................................................................... 62
Policy EMP 9: Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions .......................................................... 63
Policy ENV 1: Landscape and settlement character ...................................................................... 66
Policy ENV 2: Design .................................................................................................................... 68
Policy ENV 3: Shop fronts and advertisements ............................................................................. 71

4

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Policy ENV 4: Energy and water efficiency and renewable energy in construction ........................ 73
Policy ENV 5: Carbon offsetting .................................................................................................... 73
Policy ENV 6: Renewable energy development ............................................................................ 74
Policy ENV 7: Biodiversity and geology......................................................................................... 76
Policy ENV 8: Flood risk................................................................................................................ 79
Policy ENV 9: Pollution ................................................................................................................. 81
Policy ENV 10: Green Belt ............................................................................................................ 82
Policy ENV 11: Conservation Areas .............................................................................................. 84
Policy ENV 12: Listed Buildings .................................................................................................... 85
Policy ENV 13: Local Register of Buildings and Structures ........................................................... 86
Policy ENV 14: Sites of archaeological interest ............................................................................. 87
Policy ENV 15: Historic parks and gardens ................................................................................... 88
Policy ENV 16: Enabling development associated with heritage assets ........................................ 88
Policy COM 1: Location of retail and town centre uses ................................................................. 91
Policy COM 2: Retail uses in town centres .................................................................................... 93
Policy COM 3: Retaining community facilities ............................................................................... 99
Policy COM 4: New community facilities ..................................................................................... 100
Policy COM 5: Strategic green infrastructure .............................................................................. 101
Policy COM 6: Telecommunications............................................................................................ 102
Policy COM 7: Transport impact ................................................................................................. 104
Policy COM 8: Parking provision ................................................................................................. 105
Policy BAR 1: Housing allocation, land east of The Barn, Randalls Farm ................................... 115
Policy BAR 2: Housing allocation, land east of 5 Barway Road ................................................... 115
Policy BOT 1: Housing allocation, land east of Bell Road............................................................ 121
Policy BOT 2: Employment allocation, extension to Tunbridge Lane Business Park ................... 122
Policy BUR 1: Housing allocation, land off Newmarket Road ...................................................... 132
Policy BUR 2: Employment allocation, land at Reach Road ........................................................ 134
Policy BUR 3: Employment allocation, former DS Smith site, Reach Road ................................. 135

5East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Policy BUR 4: Burwell Village Centre .......................................................................................... 136
Policy BUR 5: The Weirs/Riverside ............................................................................................. 137
Policy CHV 1: Housing allocation, land rear of Star and Garter Lane .......................................... 142
Policy CHV 2: Housing allocation, land between 199-209 High Street ........................................ 143
Policy ELY 1: Housing-led sustainable urban extension, North Ely ............................................. 160
Policy ELY 2: Retail-led / mixed use allocation, The Grange, Nutholt Lane ................................. 164
Policy ELY 3: A Vision for Paradise area .................................................................................... 166
Policy ELY 4: A Vision for the Waitrose carpark area .................................................................. 167
Policy ELY 5: A Vision for land north of Nutholt Lane .................................................................. 167
Policy ELY 6: Ely Market Square ................................................................................................ 168
Policy ELY 7: Employment-led / mixed-use allocation, Station Gateway ..................................... 169
Policy ELY 8: Station Gateway visions by area ........................................................................... 170
Policy ELY 9: A Vision for Octagon Business Park...................................................................... 171
Policy ELY 10: Leisure allocation, land at Downham Road ......................................................... 173
Policy ELY 11: Employment allocation, Lancaster Way............................................................... 174
Policy ELY 12: Employment allocation, Ely Road and Rail Distribution Centre ............................ 175
Policy ELY 13: Ely Riverside area ............................................................................................... 175
Policy FRD 1: Housing allocation, land east of 24 Mildenhall Road ............................................. 183
Policy FRD 2: Housing allocation, land between 37 and 55 Mildenhall Road .............................. 183
Policy FRD 3: Housing allocation, land east of 67 Mildenhall Road ............................................. 184
Policy FRD 4: Employment allocation, land south of Snailwell Road ........................................... 186
Policy FRD 5: Employment allocation, land north of Snailwell Road............................................ 188
Policy FRD 6: Employment allocation, land at Horse Racing Forensic Laboratories ................... 189
Policy FRD 7: Employment allocation, land north of Turners ....................................................... 190
Policy FRD 8: Employment allocation, land south of Landwade Road......................................... 191
Policy HAD 1: Housing allocation, land off Rowan Close ............................................................ 195
Policy HAD 2: Housing allocation, land at New Road .................................................................. 196
Policy HAD 3: Employment allocation, land at Haddenham Business Park, Station Road ........... 197

6

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Policy ISL 1: Housing allocation, land south and west of Lady Frances Court ............................. 200
Policy ISL 2: Housing allocation, land at 5a Fordham Road ........................................................ 201
Policy ISL 3: Housing allocation, land west of Hall Barn Road .................................................... 201
Policy ISL 4: Housing allocation, land west of Pound Lane ......................................................... 203
Policy ISL 5: Housing allocation, land at Church Lane ................................................................ 204
Policy ISL 6: Employment allocation, land adjacent to Hall Barn Road Industrial Estate ............. 204
Policy LTD 1: Housing allocation, land west of Ely Road............................................................. 212
Policy LIT 1: Housing/employment allocation, west of Woodfen Road ........................................ 221
Policy LIT 2: Housing allocation, land west of Highfields ............................................................. 223
Policy LIT 3: Employment allocation, land west of 150 Wisbech Road ........................................ 225
Policy LIT 4: Employment allocation, land north of Wisbech Road .............................................. 226
Policy LIT 5: Strategy for Littleport Town Centre ......................................................................... 228
Policy LIT 6: School allocation, land west of Camel Road ........................................................... 231
Policy PRK 1: Housing allocation, land adjacent to Putney Hill Road .......................................... 241
Policy PYM 1: Housing allocation, land north-east of 9 Straight Furlong ..................................... 245
Policy SOH 1: Housing allocation, land off Brook Street.............................................................. 258
Policy SOH 2: Housing-led / mixed use allocation, land off Station Road .................................... 260
Policy SOH 3: Housing-led / mixed use allocation, Eastern Gateway area .................................. 263
Policy SOH 4: Housing allocation, land off Fordham Road............................................................265
Policy SOH 5: Housing allocation, land south of Blackberry Lane................................................267
Policy SOH 6: Housing allocation, land north of Blackberry Lane.................................................268
Policy SOH 7: Housing allocation, land adjacent to the cemetery.................................................270
Policy SOH 8: Housing allocation, land east of The Shade ...........................................................271
Policy SOH 9: Employment/mixed use allocation, land east of The Shade.................................. 274
Policy SOH 10: Employment allocation, land west of The Shade ................................................ 275
Policy SOH 11: Employment allocation, land east of the A142 bypass........................................ 277
Policy SOH 12: Town centre opportunity site, Budgens site ........................................................ 279
Policy SOH13: Town centre opportunity site, Church hall area ................................................... 280

7

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Policy SOH14: Town centre opportunity site, Cooperative store area ......................................... 282
Policy SOH15: Town centre opportunity site, Fountain Lane recreation ground and car park ..... 283
Policy SOH16: Green Lanes and Commons ............................................................................... 284
Policy SUT 1: Housing allocation, land north of The Brook ......................................................... 298
Policy SWP 1: Housing allocation, land off Rogers Road ............................................................ 306
Policy SWP 2: Employment allocation, land east of Goodwin Farm, Heath Road ....................... 307
Policy WEN 1: Housing allocation, land opposite the old Red Lion, Main Street ......................... 314
Policy WEN 2: Housing allocation, land east of 1 Main Street ..................................................... 314
Policy WIC 1: Housing allocation, land north-west of The Crescent ............................................ 319
Policy WIC 2: Housing allocation, land south of Church Road .................................................... 319

8East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

1

Introduction

1.1

What is the Local Plan?

1.1.1

This Local Plan sets out a blueprint for the future growth of East Cambridgeshire. It looks
at how much, where and when development should take place. It seeks to ensure thatdevelopment in the district is ‘sustainable’ and meets the needs of the local area.

1.1.2

The Local Plan covers the period up to 2031. But it is likely that the Plan will be reviewed
well before then, in response to changes in local needs and circumstances, or national
policy. For further details, see section 2.6 below on monitoring and review. The Local Plan
replaces the ‘East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy’ (2009).

1.1.3

The Local Plan will be the main basis for making decisions on planning applications. When
adopted, planning decisions should be in accordance with the Local Plan, unless material
considerations indicate otherwise. The Local Plan sits alongside the Government’s
National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), which must also be taken into account when
deciding planning applications, and preparing Local Plans.

1.1.4

This Local Plan is split into 2 key parts, as follows:Part 1: Spatial strategy and policies
This section sets out a strategic vision for future growth, and a series of detailed policies toguide development.
Part 2: Village and Town Visions
This section sets out how each settlement should change and improve, and identifies sites
for development.

1.2

Preparation of the Local Plan

1.2.1

The Local Plan has been prepared in accordance with relevant legislation and guidance,
including the Town and Country Planning (Local Planning) (England) Regulations 2012,
and the National Planning Policy Framework (2012).

1.2.2

The preparation of the Local Plan involved a number of key stages which are discussed
below:
Stage 1: Evidence base

1.2.3

The preparation of the Plan has been informed by extensive background research andinformation. This includes research on a range of topics, including housing delivery andsupply, transport needs, infrastructure requirements, and economic development. It also
includes production of a ‘Sustainability Appraisal’ which looks at the economic,
environmental and social impacts of the Local Plan. It has also involved taking account of
the plans and strategies of other organisations. The full range of background documents
can be viewed on the Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk.

9East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

Stage 2: Issues and options
1.2.4

This stage involved identifying the key issues affecting the district and villages/towns, andexploring different options for future development.
 Strategic development: A district-wide consultation was carried out to gather views on
key strategic issues facing the whole of East Cambridgeshire.
 Village/town visions: An innovative ‘bottom-up’ approach to development planning was
adopted to produce a ‘Vision’ for each village and town in East Cambridgeshire (as set
out in Part 2 of this Plan). This involved the District Council working in close partnershipwith Parish/Town Councils to organise public consultations with every local community
in order to explore their local needs and priorities. It built on the production of the Ely,
Soham, Littleport and Burwell Masterplans (non-statutory Council vision documents,
produced between 2009 and 2013. As such, local people were offered a chance toinfluence the future of their communities, and become more involved in the planning
process. Full details of this innovative approach are set out in the ‘Consultation
Statement’ background document on the Council’s website.
Stage 3: Publication of the draft Local Plan

1.2.5

The draft Local Plan was published in February 2013, for a six week period of public
consultation. About 500 people/organisations made responses during this period. The draft
Local Plan was formally submitted to Government on 29th August 2013.
Stage 4: Examination

1.2.6

The Local Plan was subject to examination between 29th August 2013 and 9th March 2015.
Stage 5: Adoption

1.2.7

This Plan was adopted on 21st April 2015.

1.3

Working with neighbouring authorities and key stakeholders

1.3.1

The District Council is expected to work together with other local authorities and publicbodies across administrative boundaries, to plan for the housing, transport andinfrastructure that local people need. This is known as the ‘duty to cooperate’.

1.3.2

To help facilitate this process in Cambridgeshire and Peterborough, a Joint Members
Group and ‘Joint Strategic Planning Unit’ have been established. This has helped tofacilitate the production of an agreed Joint Spatial Planning Statement1, coordination
between authorities, and joint work on the evidence base. A non-statutory ‘Strategic
Spatial Priorities’ document has also been jointly produced by the local authorities2. Fulldetails of the process of co-operation and joint working is set out in the ‘Duty to Cooperate
Evidence Report’ which accompanies this Local Plan.

1
2

Joint Statement on the Development Strategy for Cambridgeshire and Peterborough by the Local Authorities (July 2012).
‘Strategic Spatial Priorities: addressing the duty to co-operate across Cambridgeshire and Peterborough’ (Jan. 2014).

10

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

1.4

Neighbourhood Plans

1.4.1

As referred to above, the District Council has worked extensively with Parish/Town
Councils and local communities to identify local needs and priorities which are reflected inthe Visions in Part 2 of this Local Plan. Although the Visions capture the current
aspirations of each community, it is recognised that circumstances change, and other local
priorities may arise. A review of the Local Plan would be one way of addressing the needfor changes to the Village/Town Visions. However, the Government has also introduced anumber of new planning tools for local communities through the Localism Act, including theability to produce ‘Neighbourhood Development Plans.’

1.4.2

Neighbourhood Plans can be produced by Parish Councils, and can identify how an area
(i.e. a settlement, area or street) should grow and change. The Neighbourhood Planprocess provides another opportunity for local people to influence what is built in their area
– although it should be noted that Neighbourhood Development Plans need to be inconformity with the Local Plan and can only provide for equal or additional growth. A
Neighbourhood Development Plan becomes part of the statutory plan for East
Cambridgeshire, and its policies will sit alongside, or replace those in the Local Plan where
they overlap. Communities who wish to produce a Neighbourhood Plan are advised tocontact the Council’s Forward Planning team for further advice.

1.4.3

The District Council recognises the importance of community-led initiatives, and has also
included a policy in this Local Plan which supports ‘community-led development’ on theedge of villages. This provides an alternative to the production of a Neighbourhood Plan,and means the Plan is flexible enough to help meet community needs as they arise without
the need to carry out a review. Further details are set out in Policy GROWTH 6 below.

1.5

Further information

1.5.1

If you have any questions or queries about the Local Plan, please call the Strategic
Planning team on 01353 665555 or email ldf@eastcambs.gov.uk.

1.5.2

Further information (including technical background documents and Supplementary
Planning Documents) can be viewed on the Council’s website at:www.eastcambs.gov.uk/local-development-framework

11East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision2

A strategic vision for East Cambridgeshire

2.1

Introduction

2.1.1

This chapter sets the overall strategic vision for development in East Cambridgeshire up
until 2031, taking account of current issues, attributes and potential. The vision is
supported by a set of strategic objectives.

2.1.2

The chapter includes:
A brief description of East Cambridgeshire (section 2.2)
An overview of the key issues and challenges facing the district (section 2.3)
A vision of how the district should be in 2031 (section 2.4)
A set of strategic objectives which should help to deliver the vision and guidedevelopment in the district to 2031 (section 2.5)
 Information on how the plan will be monitored and reviewed (section 2.6)





2.2

Description of East Cambridgeshire

2.2.1

East Cambridgeshire is a
predominantly
rural
district
located to the north-east ofCambridge within the county ofCambridgeshire. The district
covers an area of 655km2 andhas a population of about
85,0003. The population has
increased significantly in recent
years and growth is expected tocontinue.

2.2.2

2.2.3

3

PeterboroughFenland
Norfolk

Huntingdonshire

There are 3 main settlements
including the cathedral city of
Ely and the market towns ofSoham and Littleport. Together,
these comprise 45% of the
district’s population, with theremaining population spread
between about 50 villages andother parts of the district.

East
Cambridgeshire

Suffolk

Cambridge City

South
Cambridgeshire

Newmarket

Ely is the largest urban area
and acts as a retail, service andadministrative centre for a widerural catchment. The city is also
an important tourist destination with its internationally renowned Norman cathedral andlinks to Oliver Cromwell. However, there are issues with congestion around the station
area and a need for further retail and leisure facilities. Soham is a small market town with a

East Cambridgeshire population of 84,700 – mid-2012 estimate: Cambs County Council Research Group.

12East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

range of shops, catering for day-to-day needs, but the elongated town centre has suffereddecline in recent years. Littleport is a small fenland town with a very localised service
catchment due to its proximity to Ely, and the town centre is also suffering decline. The
villages of Bottisham, Burwell, Haddenham and Sutton play a key service role for theirrural hinterlands.
2.2.4

Once an agricultural focused area, the district is now a favoured business location in its
own right. Employment rates are higher than the national average, with key sectors
including construction, agriculture, and professional/technical services. Despite increases
in the number of jobs in the district over the last decade, there are high levels of outcommuting to jobs in the Cambridgeshire area. A very high proportion of local businesses
employ fewer than 10 people.

2.2.5

The landscape and economy of East Cambridgeshire can be broadly defined into two subareas. The northern part of the district is predominantly intensively farmed fenland, withmany settlements located on higher ground on the old ‘islands’ in the fen. Flood risk is a
key issue, with much of the land at or below sea-level. The area contains the three market
towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport, and a range of scattered villages and hamlets. Here
incomes are lower and deprivation is more marked than the southern part of the district.
The south of the district consists of elevated chalk and heath land and contains a range ofattractive villages and hamlets. The local economy and landscape is dominated by thehorseracing industry with large areas of farmland converted to stud use. Residents mainly
look to Newmarket and Cambridge for services and facilities.

2.2.6

The district contains many special landscape, natural and built heritage features, including: 1,910 hectares of land within the Cambridge Green Belt, around the villages of
Bottisham, Lode and Swaffham Bulbeck 3 internationally important wildlife sites: Wicken Fen, Chippenham Fen, and the Ouse
Washes 20 Sites of Special Scientific Interest.
 80 County Wildlife Sites.
 Over 950 Listed Buildings and 27 Conservation Areas.

2.2.7

According to a 2012 survey4, East Cambridgeshire’s residents have the best quality of lifeof any rural area in Great Britain. In particular, health and life expectancy are amongst thehighest of rural areas. However, as noted above, there are variations across the district,and pockets of deprivation exist.

2.3

Key issues and challenges

2.3.1

The district benefits from an attractive rural environment, and has a good level of overall
prosperity. However, a number of specific issues need to be addressed. These are mainly
related to the challenges of managing high levels of growth and the effects of population
increase. In recent years, East Cambridgeshire has experienced considerable populationand housing growth due to its location within a growth area. In particular, the success of
the Cambridge economy has had a profound effect as the relative affordability of housing,compared to Cambridge, has stimulated rapid population growth in East Cambridgeshire.
This has meant a significant increase in the level of out-commuting and pressures on local

4

Halifax Rural Areas Quality of Life Survey 2012.

13

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic visionhouse prices. The pace of growth has slowed but the district remains the fastest growing in
Cambridgeshire. An overview of the key issues is set out below:
 Delivering local jobs – The district has one of the highest levels of out-commuting in
the region (49% of the working population5), with many higher skilled workers
commuting to Cambridge and elsewhere. It is likely that the level of out-commuting has
increased over the last decade as the pace of economic growth has not matched thatof housing growth. New economic development needs to focus on the provision ofhigher skilled jobs and opportunities for homeworking to tackle the increasing levels ofout-commuting and its associated congestion and pollution. This should also help toincrease the jobs density ratio6, and help to create more sustainable self contained
communities.
 Enhancing the retail offer of market towns – The three market town centres of Ely,
Soham and Littleport form the core of East Cambridgeshire’s retail offer and theirvitality and viability are critical to the success of the local economy. Each faces
particular challenges – Ely city centre is constrained by its historic heritage and has
limited retail floorspace, whilst Soham and Littleport are smaller and more vulnerable
and have experienced decline in recent years.
 Infrastructure provision – Recent high levels of growth have placed pressure on local
services and facilities including health, education and leisure. The provision of a goodbroadband service is also critical to support business growth, especially in the rural
areas where the current service can be poor. The challenge is to ensure that services
and facilities are delivered alongside growth.
 Out-commuting and congestion – East Cambridgeshire is well served by rail, with
Ely providing links with Cambridge, Peterborough, Norwich, Stansted Airport andLondon. However, use of the lines running through Ely for transporting freight isincreasing, causing congestion on the A142 as the rail crossing is frequently closed tolarge vehicles. The A10 and other key roads also experience significant congestion,with a high proportion of residents commuting to Cambridge and elsewhere for work.
The challenge is to lower the level of out-commuting and tackle these capacity issues
with investment in transport infrastructure.
 Housing affordability – There is a high level of affordable housing need in the district
and continuing concerns about housing affordability, with average house prices out ofreach for many on lower to middle incomes.
 Sustainable travel – The district is predominantly rural with a dispersed population,
which creates challenges in providing a comprehensive public transport network. Many
local communities are reliant on the car as their only transport option. This impacts on
carbon dioxide emissions, air quality, noise, public safety and the quality of theenvironment in towns and villages. The challenge is to ensure that development isdirected to sustainable locations and that sustainable modes of transport areencouraged to reduce reliance on the car.
 Rural services – The retention of local services is a key issue, particularly for ruralcommunities. The challenge is to resist the loss of important facilities and support thedelivery of new ones. This will be especially important in the context of the district’s
ageing population, and the dispersed rural nature of the district.
 Retaining distinctiveness and character – There is a need to ensure that thecharacter and appearance of the built environment is protected and enhanced,
especially within areas of historic importance. It will also be important to ensure that all
562001 Census.
Number of jobs per resident population age 16 to 64 years. See section 3.2 for more details.

14East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

new development is well designed and locally distinctive. Enhancing the character anddistinctiveness of the district will help to benefit tourism.
 Climate change and green infrastructure – The district is particularly vulnerable tothe impacts of climate change such as flooding and drought, because many areas are
low lying and within areas of water stress. The provision of green infrastructure isrecognised as a desirable 'win-win' approach to combating climate change, since it candeliver other social, economic and environmental benefits. Maximising the creation of
new green infrastructure will help to deliver a sustainable ‘green living landscape’.
 Quality of life – Although the district has a good quality of life overall, there are areas
for improvement, many of which are discussed above. There are also opportunities toimprove and enhance certain parts of the district, including riverside areas and town
centres. Part 2 of this Plan details these site-specific proposals.

2.4

Spatial vision

2.4.1

This spatial vision describes the proposed future development of the district until 2031. It
goes beyond what can be achieved purely through the planning process, describing overall
objectives which can be realised through a variety of delivery means. However the vision isfounded on realistic, achievable goals developed through public consultation. Individual
spatial vision statements for the market towns and Burwell are provided in Part 2 of thisdocument.

A spatial vision for East Cambridgeshire
In 2031, East Cambridgeshire will have maintained a high quality of life and retained its distinct
identity as a predominantly rural area of villages and market towns, whilst accommodating thedevelopment of new homes and jobs. The district will have taken advantage of the economic
vitality of the Cambridge sub-region, and have a diverse and thriving economy, with vibrant andattractive towns and villages which act as employment and service centres for their surrounding
rural areas. More residents will have a high quality of life, with increased access to affordable
housing, a wider range of local better skilled jobs, and good quality services and facilities.
The market towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport will be the focus for development. Ely, as the main
centre in the district, will accommodate the most growth. More employment opportunities will beavailable, reducing out-commuting, increasing the jobs density ratio, and creating more balanced
communities with a better level of self-containment. A mix of residential development will bedelivered to meet local needs (including affordable housing), whilst ensuring necessary
infrastructure and community facilities/services are in place to support growth. In the wider
countryside, appropriate small-scale development7 will be allowed where this meets local needs
and supports the long-term sustainability of a settlement. The small part of the district which forms
a suburb of Newmarket will support the overall development of Newmarket – as identified in theForest Heath LDF.
Wherever new housing is provided, it will respond to local needs and requirements as far as
possible in terms of type, size and tenure. In addition, large developments will be of exemplar
quality8, and all new housing will be of high quality and well designed, ensuring that the distinctive
character of the district’s towns and villages is maintained and enhanced.

7
8

Such as small scale and affordable housing, recreation, tourism, community facilities, small scale employment and farm diversification.
See Glossary for details.

15

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

Communities will have improved social, recreational, health and educational facilities. The needs ofelderly, young and lower-paid people will receive special attention. Existing vital community
services will be retained9 and new infrastructure and services required to support growth will bedelivered on time to meet the needs of new residents. The levels of crime and the fear of crime will
have been further reduced.
Transport deficiencies will be tackled and accessibility improved. Priority will be given to major
improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and the Stuntney Causeway. Public bus services
between market towns and villages will be improved (including to settlements in neighbouring
areas), and the A10 will be developed as a high quality public transport corridor. Better cycling andpedestrian facilities and links will be provided, including segregated cycle routes along key routes
linking towns and villages. Other infrastructure improvement projects required to support growth
will also be delivered.
The overall diversity and quality of East Cambridgeshire’s countryside and natural environment will
have improved and the historic environment conserved and enhanced. There will be better accessto the countryside and green spaces for local communities which helps to improve people’s qualityof life. The challenges presented by climate change will have been embraced, with newdevelopment being located and designed to minimise resource and energy use and reduce the riskof flooding. Renewable energy production will have increased, and a proportion of all energy will becreated from local renewable sources such as bio-fuels, biomass, and wind power.

2.5

Strategic objectives

2.5.1

The following strategic objectives will help to deliver the spatial vision and guidedevelopment in the district up to 2031.

1. Support the local economy and help create more jobs in the district, which meet local
employment needs, reduces out-commuting, and helps to increase the sustainability and selfcontainment of communities in East Cambridgeshire.
2. Provide a range of new housing in appropriate locations, which meets local housing needs as
far as possible.
3. Support and enhance the vitality and viability of town and village centres, as places for
shopping, leisure and community activities.
4. Ensure that new development is of high quality and sustainable design which reflects local
character and distinctiveness, provides attractive and safe environments, and is supported byappropriate facilities and services.
5. Protect and enhance the quality, local distinctiveness and diversity of the natural, historic andbuilt environment.
6. Protect the open countryside and land within the Green Belt against insensitive and sporadic
development.
7. Reduce the environmental impact of development and vulnerability to the impacts of climatechange by reducing pollution and waste, maximising water and energy efficiency, dealing withflood risk and surface water management, and promoting the use of renewable energy sources
and sustainable construction methods.
9

For example, community halls, local shops and pubs, and health facilities.

16East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Introduction and strategic vision

8. Provide greater opportunities to reduce car use, by locating most development where there isgood access to jobs, services and facilities, and supporting improvements in public transport
and walking/cycling networks.
9. Ensure a high quality of life by maintaining and delivering strategic and local infrastructure andfacilities needed to support local communities.
10. Support the expansion of the tourist economy and the ability of the district to act as a tourist
destination which attracts high numbers of visitors for longer stays.

2.6

Monitoring and review

2.6.1

The Local Plan covers the period up to 2031, but it is likely that it will be reviewed well inadvance of this date, in order to respond to changing local circumstances and/or changes
in national policy. In particular it will be important that there is a sufficient supply of housing
and employment land in the district to deliver identified needs.

2.6.2

The Council will regularly monitor the supply of suitable land and the effectiveness andimplementation of other policies through the Annual Monitoring Report. The report will set
out appropriate indicators and targets, and be produced in January each year. If there isan insufficient supply of land, or other targets are not being met, it may be necessary to
carry out a review or a partial review of the Local Plan. On a lesser level, it may benecessary to produce additional Supplementary Planning Documents to give guidance on
the implementation of a particular policy.

2.6.3

The Council is committed to responding to the needs of its communities, and intends tomaintain on-going dialogue with Parish Councils about local needs and priorities. The
Council will monitor the outcomes of these on-going discussions to ensure that the Village
and Town Visions remain up to date, and that the needs of communities are being met. If
there are significant changes needed it may be necessary to carry out a partial review orfull review of the Local Plan. Alternatively, Parish Councils may wish to produce
Neighbourhood Plans of their own to deal with particular issues or deliver specific sites(see section 1.4 for further details).

2.6.4

The Council will co-operate positively with neighbouring planning authorities and with thejoint planning arrangements in Cambridgeshire and Peterborough. The Council may needto review the Local Plan as a consequence of any future non-statutory spatial framework
for Cambridgeshire and Peterborough (see section 1.3 above), or to respond to other subregional needs and requirements.

17

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

PART 1 – Spatial strategy and policies

18East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3

Delivery of sustainable growth

3.1

Introduction

3.1.1

This chapter sets out the Council’s strategy for delivering growth in East Cambridgeshireover the Plan period up to 2031. It looks at the amount of new development that will bedelivered, and where it should be located across the district. It also identifies the need for
new allocations to deliver this strategy, and what new infrastructure and services may berequired.

3.1.2

The strategy seeks to deliver the vision and objectives in Chapter 2, and ensure thatgrowth in East Cambridgeshire is ‘sustainable.’ Sustainable development is defined as‘development which meets the need of the present without compromising the ability of
future generations to meet their own needs.10’ In essence it means trying to provide growthwhich meets the needs of local people, whilst minimising adverse social, environmental
and economic impacts (now and in the future). The amount and location of growth isimportant. It is also critical to ensure that growth is accompanied by improvements ininfrastructure and services in order to support the quality of people’s lives.

3.1.3

The chapter also sets out details of how local people can facilitate the delivery of growththemselves, and influence their local area – through community-led development. The
Coalition Government’s localism agenda (including the Localism Act) has raised the profile
and importance of community involvement in planning. The District Council is supportive of
this approach, as demonstrated through the Village/Town Vision work in this Local Plan.

3.2

Level of growth

3.2.1

This section looks at the amount of housing, employment and retail growth that the District
Council will seek to facilitate over the Plan period. The District Council is required bynational policy to identify a supply of deliverable sites or broad locations for housing growth
for at least a 15-year period. This Local Plan looks at a slightly longer period, up to 2031.
The additional years should give some flexibility with regards to land supply.

3.2.2

Other types of growth or development will also be needed in the district over the Plan
period, including infrastructure and community facilities. These requirements are exploredfurther in section 3.4 below.

Level of housing growth
3.2.3

Following the abolition of Regional Spatial Strategies, the District Council is responsible for
identifying a housing ‘target’ in the Local Plan. The right level of housing can help to
support economic growth, meet local housing needs, and facilitate the delivery of
infrastructure. Having a housing target also allows a local authority to work with service
providers and other organisations to ensure suitable infrastructure is provided to meet theneeds of new development.

3.2.4

The housing requirement for East Cambridgeshire needs to be justified and based on an
objective assessment of need (paragraph 47 in National Planning Policy Framework). This
involves looking at housing needs and demands (including demographic evidence,

10

United Nations General Assembly Resolution 24/187 – as set out in the NPPF page 2.

19

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

affordability levels, jobs growth) – but also taking account of supply, delivery and strategic
matters which may have an impact (including land availability, infrastructure capacity andmarket deliverability). It also involves co-ordination with the strategy of neighbouringauthorities, and working together to ensure the needs of the housing market area are met.
The District’s Council’s housing requirement has been informed by the following key
evidence documents:




3.2.5

‘Technical Report on Population, Housing and Employment’ (May 2013) commissioned jointly by Cambridgeshire authorities and Peterborough andundertaken by Cambridgeshire County Council.
A new ‘All Homes’ chapter in the Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA)(May 2013) – looking at objectively assessed need across the Cambridge Housing
Market Area. The work was jointly commissioned by the Housing Board and theStrategic Planning Unit for Cambridgeshire and Peterborough.

The SHMA identifies a need for 13,000 dwellings in East Cambridgeshire between 2011
and 2031. However, under the ‘duty to cooperate’ the District Council has reachedagreement with other Cambridgeshire authorities and Peterborough Council to deliver a
total of 11,500 dwellings between 2011 and 2031. This agreement, involving a
redistribution of housing between some of the authorities, is set out in the ‘Memorandum of
Cooperation between Cambridgeshire and Peterborough authorities’ (May 2013). The
Memorandum concludes that the target for East Cambridgeshire should be lower than
13,000 dwellings as the Council has ‘made considerable progress to date with [its] local
plan reviews, and therefore have established a good understanding of their areas’
development opportunities and constraints. They have also taken account of the July 2012
joint statement by Peterborough and Cambridgeshire authorities which confirmed that thestrategy is to secure sustainable development by locating new homes in and close to
Cambridge and Peterborough, and to other main centres of employment, whilst avoiding
dispersed development.’ The agreed target of 11,500 dwellings for East
Cambridgeshire represents an annual rate of 575 dwellings per year. This rate ismore than the previous Regional Strategy target for the district (430 per year) and issuitably challenging given the recent economic downturn and altered market conditions.
Details regarding delivery are set out in Policy GROWTH 4 below. In summary, theevidence indicates that this level of housing growth: Will be sufficient to meet East Cambridgeshire’s own housing needs, and is a coherent
strategy in the context of neighbouring local authorities emerging Plans.
 Is a sustainable level of housing which should help to support the Council’s strategic
aim to provide a better balance between housing and employment and reduce levels ofout-commuting.
 Will support the predicted growth in the local economy up to 2031.
 Can be accommodated on sufficient, suitable available sites within the district.
 Is deliverable, in terms of market supply and capacity. Will help to deliver the Council’s
strategic aims of regenerating and expanding the district’s market towns, andsupporting the maintenance and sustainability of villages (in the context of a declining
and ageing population).
 Is consistent with the strategy for the Cambridge Sub-region (as set out in the Joint
Planning Statement).
 Will be supported by appropriate levels of new infrastructure and services; and,
 Will help to facilitate the delivery of appropriate levels of affordable housing to meet
local needs over the Plan period.

20

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Level of economic growth
3.2.6

The district has seen a large increase in overall employee jobs between 2000 and 2010
and despite the uncertain short term outlook, it is likely that the district will attract
significant numbers of jobs again in the future as part of its recent transformation from a
post-agricultural economy and the continued success of the Cambridge economy.
However, despite this growth, the number of employee jobs has failed to keep pace with
the increase in resident population resulting in a low job density ratio11 (0.54) and it is theaim of this Plan to improve on these overall figures over the Plan period. Of particularconcern is the recent trend for very high levels of out-commuting from new housing estatesin Ely (as evidenced in recent surveys12).

3.2.7

Future employment needs have been identified and assessed as part of the Council’s‘Jobs Growth Strategy’ (2012) which acts as a technical background document to thisPlan. This strategy sets out a minimum requirement of 9,200 new jobs in the district
between 2011 and 2031 or approximately 460 per annum. This would bring the East
Cambridgeshire jobs density ratio closer to the Cambridgeshire average of 0.75. This is anambitious target when compared to historical growth rates but one that the Council
believes is achievable in light of the growth agenda for the district and through apartnership approach with both the public and private sectors.

3.2.8

Of the 24,100 employee jobs within the district in 2010, a large proportion of these were in
manufacturing (3,100), retail (2,400), business administration and support services (2,200)
education (2,200) and health (1,900). This Plan seeks to encourage growth in all sectors
but a key strategy is to ensure sufficient provision of land and premises for industrial, office
and warehousing uses (B1, B2, B8 use classes) in sustainable locations which meets theneeds of local businesses.

3.2.9

A previous study by SQW in 2008 (‘East Cambs Employment and Labour Market Study
Update’ 2008) suggested that jobs growth in office, light industrial andwarehousing/distribution sectors would require approximately 1 hectare for every 134 jobs
created. Using this formula, a target of 9,200 jobs would require a minimum of 70 hectaresof land. The Council intends to make provision for a greater amount of B1/B2/B8
employment land than may be required in East Cambridgeshire over the Plan period
however, and proposes that at least 69.62 hectares of new land will be identified. When
combined with outstanding planning commitments and unused sites identified in theCouncil’s Core Strategy, it is estimated that a total of 179.71 hectares is available for
employment use (further details of the breakdown are provided in section 3.5 below). This
amount is considered necessary for the following reasons: The need to provide choice and quality and cater for specific known demands. The
Council wishes to provide a diverse stock of employment land and premises to support
a broad based economy and sustainable economic growth, which maximises
opportunities for local people. This requires a good supply of land in a choice oflocations to make the district as attractive as possible to a wide range of potential
employers. The district is also likely to see considerable growth in office provision in the
future, particularly in Ely in order to cater for demand from professional and technicalservices occupations. Additional employment land has also been identified in the11

Number of jobs per resident population age 16 to 64 years. Jobs source – ONS 2009. Population source – County Council’s mid-year
population estimates 2010.
12
Ely New Estates Surveys 2002 and 2007.

21

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Fordham area as this has seen the largest growth in floorspace and jobs over the last
decade, and is well placed strategically given its proximity to the A14/A11 transport
corridor.
Historically, a number of employment allocations have failed to be delivered across the
district due to the significant cost of providing supporting infrastructure which has madecertain sites unviable. Approximately 1/3 of employment allocations have been brought
forward over the last 10 years and it is hoped that by matching sites to wherecommercial demand is strongest this ratio can be improved in the future. It would seema prudent strategy, however, for the District Council to set aside more land thanrequired to cater for sites not being brought forward.
 The need to reduce out-commuting. As previously shown over half of East
Cambridgeshire workers leave the district to work, and most travel by car. Most of the
district’s commuting takes place in finance and business services, public administrationand education, manufacturing and distribution, hotels and catering. If the District Council
is to be successful in helping to claw back some of these commuters, a wide variety ofsites and premises will be required with particular emphasis on high quality officeprovision for the finance, business services, public administration and education sectors
in close proximity to the rail network.
 The need for flexibility in employment land provision, and to recognise that employment
densities can vary widely. Predicting the amount of floorspace required by different
businesses in the future is difficult. The amount of land predicted has been based on
the employment projections included in the Council’s Jobs Growth Strategy. However,
it is difficult to assess how accurate these projections are as they cover such long timeframes and macro-economic factors can have significant impacts at the local level.
 The need to provide an effective spatial distribution across the district, to achieve a
better balance between jobs and homes in a range of settlements.
3.2.10 Section 3.4 below sets out details of proposed employment allocations, which will form a
key part of the strategy in delivering jobs growth in the district. In addition to allocation sites
for purely employment uses (B1, B2, B8), there are a number of mixed use allocations
which include employment uses. This is seen as a critical new element of the Council’s
strategy to increase the number of jobs in the district and improve the jobs density ratio. Bylinking employment development to uses with a higher land value, it is anticipated this will
help facilitate employment growth (see section 3.5.13 for further details).
Level of retail growth
3.2.11 As the population grows, additional retail development will be required to provide shopping
opportunities at a local level. The Council’s Retail Assessment (2012) assesses qualitative
issues and quantitative requirements for additional retail floorspace to meet future needs.
The Study concludes that there will be a need over the Plan period between 2012 and2031 for: Convenience (food) retail – An additional 3,000m2 (net) of new floorspace. Based on
the proposed location of the housing growth, it is recommended that the total additional
space is split between Ely (50%), Soham (30%) and Littleport (20%).
 Comparison (non-food retail) – An additional 10,000m2 (net) of new floorspace. Ely isrecommended as the main the focus for this provision.
3.2.12 These floorspace requirements represent minimum levels needed to cater for theincreased population of the district. There may be scope for additional retail floorspace22East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

above these levels where this can deliver increased retention rates of comparison orconvenience spending within East Cambridgeshire, whilst maintaining or enhancing thevitality and viability of town centres. This would help the Council achieve its objective ofstrengthening the retail offer in Ely, Soham and Littleport. All applications for retaildevelopment will be assessed against Policy COM 1. Further information on how retailgrowth will be delivered in the district is set out in section 3.5 below.

Policy GROWTH 1: Levels of housing, employment and retail growth
In the period 2011 to 2031, the District Council will: Make provision for the delivery of 11,500 dwellings in East Cambridgeshire.
 Maximise opportunities for jobs growth in the district, with the aim of achieving a minimum of
9,200 additional jobs in East Cambridgeshire. Part of this strategy will involve making provision
for a deliverable supply of at least 179 ha of employment land for B1/B2/B8 uses, and providing
for home working.
In the period 2012 to 2031, the District Council will: Make provision for at least an additional 3,000m2 (net) of convenience and 10,000m2 (net) ofcomparison retail floorspace in the district.

3.3

Locational strategy

3.3.1

This section sets out the Council’s proposed broad overall strategy for the distribution of
growth across the district. It looks at where growth should be focused, and where it should
be restricted. The aim is to ensure that growth takes place in the best locations in the
district, e.g. where it is needed, where it is deliverable, and where it is ‘sustainable’. Thismeans having regard to local economic and needs, infrastructure capacity/needs, and thepotential impacts and benefits of growth in different types of locations.

3.3.2

The Local Plan can help to ensure that growth is sustainable, by ensuring that the majorityof new development is focused on the market towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport. The
market towns have a wide range of jobs, services and facilities, and locating development
here can reduce out-commuting, the need to travel, carbon emissions and energy use. It
can also contribute to the quality of people’s lives. This strategic approach should help todeliver Local Plan strategic objectives as set out in Chapter 2.

3.3.3

However, there is also a need to support the villages within the district, particularly giventhat the population of East Cambridgeshire is ageing and average household sizes arelikely to decrease over the Plan period - meaning that the population of villages will decline
without additional housing growth. Some limited housing growth in villages can help to
support local services and community activities, and is proposed in the strategy below.
Small-scale new employment development in or on the edge of villages can also help toreduce out-commuting levels and provide vital local employment opportunities. There will
also be a need to ensure that new and improved community facilities and services areprovided in rural communities, which meet local needs.

3.3.4

Part of this strategy also involves trying to ensure that as much development as possible
takes place within the built-up areas of the market towns and villages, rather than the open
countryside. In some cases, new housing and/or employment development will need totake place on the edge or close to settlements, as there are insufficient opportunities in the23

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

built-up parts of settlements to meet identified needs. This includes proposed allocations(see section 3.5 below) as well as appropriate windfall sites (as assessed by other policies
in this Plan). However, the overall aim is to focus development within or on the edge oftowns and villages, and to minimise unnecessary development of open fields andcountryside areas of the district. This strategy is in accordance with the Government’s
National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), which states that local authorities should
protect the intrinsic character of the countryside for its own sake. Development envelopes
have therefore been drawn around the main built-up areas of the market towns andvillages, in order to prevent sprawl into the open countryside, and protect the characterand setting of settlements. Development envelopes provide certainty to local people anddevelopers and were supported by a high proportion of the community in consultation on
the Local Plan (66%). A more compact form of development is also more sustainable, as itpromotes easier access to jobs and services.
3.3.5

The development envelopes are shown on the settlement Inset Maps of the Policies Map.
They are similar to those in the Core Strategy (2009), but with two key changes. Firstly, thedevelopment envelopes have been re-drawn to include new allocations on the edge oftowns and villages and also current employment areas on the edge of settlements – wherethese form part of the main built-up framework of a settlement. Secondly, a comprehensive
review has taken place of detailed boundaries to remove anomalies and updateboundaries in light of changes. It should be noted that the development envelopes do notnecessarily include all areas of built development. For example, there are numerous single
dwellings or small groups of houses in the countryside, plus a number of small hamlets
which do not have a development envelope. These are considered to be part of the open
countryside, due to their small size and open structure/lack of compact built-form. There
are also a number of employment areas and allocations which have been excluded as they
are in the open countryside or are divided from the main built-up framework of a settlementby fields, roads or other clear boundaries.

3.3.6

Within the identified development envelopes, housing, employment and other types ofdevelopment to meet the needs of the local community will generally be appropriate(provided there is no adverse effect on the character of the locality and that all othermaterial planning considerations are satisfied). Applications will be determined on their
merits against the policies in the Local Plan. This will apply to all sizes of sites within thedevelopment envelope. It should be noted that there are two key exceptions to thisapproach. Firstly, the Council is keen to retain land or premises used for employment
purposes (B1/B2/B8 development). Therefore proposals involving change of use of
employment sites and allocations will only be permitted as an exception – in accordancewith Policy EMP 1. Secondly, the Council is keen to retain community facilities such as
local shops, pubs, community meeting places, schools and open spaces. Therefore
proposals involving their loss will only be permitted as an exception – in accordance with
Policy COM 3.

3.3.7

Outside the development envelopes there will be a strict policy of control overdevelopment. However, exceptions may be allowed for certain types of development in the
countryside – for example, development which requires a rural location, which supports therural economy, meets local housing needs, or provides essential services andinfrastructure. The main types of exceptions are listed in the policy below. Applications forthese uses will need to accord with other policies in this Local Plan which relate to thedifferent types of development (for example, Policy HOU 4 relating to affordable housing,and Policy EMP 3 relating to new employment development in the countryside).

24

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3.3.8

Retail and leisure development in the district will reflect the locational strategy outlined
above. Ely is the main town centre in the district, and will be a focus for major retail andleisure development in East Cambridgeshire. The Council also wishes to strengthen theretail offer in Soham and Littleport to match their growth predictions. Village centres in the
district play an important role in providing for day-to-day convenience and local needs, andthe Local Plan will seek to protect this role. In the countryside, development will be strictly
controlled. Retail and other ‘town centre uses’13 will only be permitted in exceptional
circumstances in the countryside, as assessed against Policy COM 1. One type of
exception may include small-scale farm shops linked to farm diversification schemes.

3.3.9

Within the market towns, new retail, leisure and other town centre uses should be focusedin the town centre wherever possible. Or if no suitable sites are available, in edge of centre
locations first, then out of centre locations - in accordance with the sequential test outlinedin Policy COM 1 in Chapter 7. A number of specific allocations and opportunity sites are
identified in Part 2 of this Local Plan. The town centre boundaries for Ely, Soham and
Littleport are shown in Chapter 7. It is important that these centres are vibrant andattractive environments, and offer a range of retail, leisure and other ‘town centre uses’
which meet the needs of the community and visitors. Successful centres can help toimprove the quality of people’s lives, boost the local economy, and reduce the need totravel by concentrating development in accessible locations.

Policy GROWTH 2: Locational strategy
The majority of development will be focused on the market towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport. Elyis the most significant service and population centre in the district, and will be a key focus forhousing, employment and retail growth.
More limited development will take place in villages which have a defined development envelope,
thereby helping to support local services, shops and community needs.
Within the defined development envelopes housing, employment and other development to meet
local needs will normally be permitted – provided there is no significant adverse effect on thecharacter and appearance of the area and that all other material planning considerations are
satisfied. Two key exceptions to this will apply in the case of proposals involving the loss of
employment land or community facilities – which will be assessed against Policies EMP 1 andCOM 3 respectively. Retail development should be focused where possible within the town centres
of Ely, Soham and Littleport – or alternatively, if there are no suitable sites available, on edge ofcentre sites, then out of centre sites, in accordance with Policy COM 1 and other policies in Part 2of this Local Plan.
Outside defined development envelopes, development will be strictly controlled, having regard to
the need to protect the countryside and the setting of towns and villages. Development will be
restricted to the main categories listed below, and may be permitted as an exception, providing
there is no significant adverse impact on the character of the countryside and that other Local Plan
policies are satisfied.
 Community-based development (see Policy GROWTH 6), which may include uses such asaffordable housing, small business units and renewable energy schemes.
13

The NPPF defines the types of development which are considered to be ‘main town centre uses’, and includes retail development(including warehouse clubs and factory outlet centres); leisure, entertainment facilities, the more intensive sport and recreation uses(including cinemas, restaurants, drive-through restaurants, bars and pubs, night-clubs, casinos, health and fitness centres, indoor
bowling centres, and bingo halls); offices; and arts, culture and tourism development (including theatres, museums, galleries andconcert halls, hotels and conference facilities).

25

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Affordable housing exception schemes (see Policy HOU 4).
 Dwellings for essential rural workers (see Policy HOU 5).
 Residential care homes (see Policy HOU 6).
 Extension and replacement of dwellings in the countryside (see Policy HOU 8).
 Gypsy and Traveller and Travelling Showpeople sites (see Policy HOU 9).
 Extensions to existing businesses (see Policy EMP 2).
 Small-scale employment development (see Policy EMP 3).
 Re-use and replacement of buildings in the countryside (see Policy EMP 4).
 Horse racing and equestrian development (see Policy EMP 5).
 Tourism development (see Policies EMP 7 and EMP 8).
 Renewable energy development (see Policy ENV 6).
 Enabling development associated with heritage assets (see Policy ENV 16).
 Farm shops (see Policy COM 1).
 Outdoor recreation and leisure facilities (see Policies COM 4 and COM 5).
 Telecommunications (see Policy COM 6).
 Agriculture, horticulture and forestry.
 Utility infrastructure and flood protection schemes.
 Specific allocations in the Local Plan (see Policy GROWTH 4 and policies in Part 2 of the Local
Plan).

3.4

Infrastructure needs

3.4.1

When development takes places it makes additional demands on infrastructure, including
water and energy supply, wastewater disposal, sustainable transport infrastructure, roads,
education and health care as well as open space, and green infrastructure. Therefore it isimportant to ensure that appropriate levels of infrastructure are provided to support growthand meet the objectives of the Local Plan.

3.4.2

Policy GROWTH 3 summarises key infrastructure requirements that are likely to beneeded over the Plan period to support the levels of growth envisaged in Policy GROWTH
1. This list has been informed by the Council’s ‘Infrastructure Investment Plan’ (2013)
which uses future population estimates to anticpate likely requirements in relation toeducation, open space, sports facilities, health facilities, community facilities, and transport
infrastructure. The list has also been informed by discussions with key infrastructure
providers, including EDF Energy and Anglian Water. It should be noted that the list is not
exhaustive, and does not include site-specific infrastructure which may be required inconnection with individual development sites to mitigate their impact. For example, theneed for a new access to a site, or a pedestrian crossing point, which cannot be
anticipated in all instances.

3.4.3

The policy also looks at how infrastructure requirements can be delivered. The process ofidentifying infrastructure needs is an essential starting point, and the Council plays animportant role in coordinating a range of agencies and bodies who deliver infrastructure in
East Cambridgeshire, to ensure delivery alongside growth. Infrastructure providers include
the County Council (education and transport), the National Health Service (healthcare),Parish Councils (allotments and play areas) and utility companies (as well as the District
Council itself).

26

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3.4.4

The planning system can be used in a number of other ways, including securing theprovision of infrastructure or contributions towards infrastructure from developers. A
Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) has been adopted by the Council, and mostresidential and retail development is required to pay a CIL charge (for further details, see
the Council’s adopted CIL Charging Schedule). In some cases, it will also be necessary fordevelopment to make provision for site-specific infrastructure needed in relation to aparticular scheme. This may be provided on-site (secured through planning conditions or
Section 106 agreements), or through financial contributions from developers secured
through Section 106 agreements. Section 106 agreements will need to meet tests set out
in Regulations, and may be sought for a variety of infrastructure and benefits, including: Community facilities including library and public health services.
 Education facilities including primary, secondary and special schools.
 Sport, leisure, open space and recreation facilities.
 Transport infrastructure.
 Flood mitigation and improvement measures; and Environmental improvements.
Further details are set out in the Council’s Supplementary Planning Document on
Developer Contributions.

3.4.5

All types of infrastructure are important to ensure the quality of people’s lives, but there arecertain key essential types of infrastructure which developers need to have particularregard to. This includes water supply, sewage treatment capacity and energy supply.
These are briefly explored below.

3.4.6

The District Council commissioned a Water Cycle Strategy14 in 2011 to assess thepotential constraints to water supply and wastewater treatment within the district. The
report concludes that there is an adequate water supply within East Cambridgeshire toaccommodate additional growth. However the study identified a need for the existing
Wastewater Treatment Works at Littleport and Soham to be expanded to enable further
development, and that there may be a need to upgrade a number of other works toaccommodate the levels of growth proposed in the Local Plan. Anglian Water will explore
potential opportunities to make efficient use of existing wastewater infrastructure toaccommodate additional housing development before determining whether there is a needfor these other works to be upgraded. All upgrades to Waste Water Treatment Works(WWTW) will be managed by the statutory sewerage undertaker and the timing ofdevelopment will be subject to the delivery of sufficient capacity at the receiving sewage
treatment works. Table 3.1 summarises Anglian Water’s position on the capacity of
WWTWs within East Cambridgeshire.

3.4.7

It should be noted that Anglian Water has confirmed that the existing Wastewater
Treatment Works at Ely can accommodate the expected level of growth outlined in the
Local Plan, and that they have no operational requirement to provide a new sewage
treatment works on a site to the north of Ely (to replace the existing facility located on
Creswells Lane). This position is different to that stated in the Cambridgeshire andPeterborough Minerals and Waste Development Plan (2012), which identifies an area ofsearch for a new WWTW to the north of Ely.

14

East Cambridgeshire District Council Water Cycle Study Detailed Study Stage 2 Report (September 2011).

27

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3.4.8

In addition upgrades to the foul network may be required and these will be assessed on asite by site basis. It should also be noted that surface water systems in parts of the district
are at capacity, and new developments will have to ensure appropriate surface waterdrainage and discharge arrangements are secured. This will involve liaising with therelevant Internal Drainage Board as well as Anglian Water (for further details see Policy
ENV 8).
Table 3.1 – Anglian Water’s postion on Wastewater Treatment capacity

Waste Water
Treatment Works

Settlements within
WWTW catchment area

Capacity issues

Ely Old and New
WWTW

Ely, Barway, Chettishamand Queen Adelaide

Littleport WWTW

Littleport

Soham WWTW

Soham, Fordham
WickenBottisham,
Lode
Swaffham Bulbeck

Upgrades to Ely Old and Ely New WWTWs not
required to accommodate further growth. No
operational requirement to relocate Ely Old WWTW.
Upgrades to foul sewage network required at Ely.
Upgrade to Littleport WWTW planned for February
2014.
Upgrade to Soham WWTW planned for March 2014.

Bottisham WWTW

Isleham WWTW

IslehamStretham WWTW

Stretham
Thetford
Witcham,
Wentworth
Witchford
Wilburton

Witcham WWTW
Witchford WWTW
Wilburton WWTW

3.4.9

and
and

and

LittleSuttonand

WWTW currently operating close to full permitted
capacity. Only modest development as outlined in the
Local Plan could currently be accommodated.
Consultation with Anglian Water would be required toensure that capacity is available for further
development or whether an upgrade is required.
Upgrade to Isleham WWTW may be required (post2015).
Upgrade to Stretham WWTW may be required (post2015).
Upgrade to Witcham WWTW may be required.
Upgrade to Witchford WWTW may be required.
Upgrade to Wilburton WWTW may be required (post2015).

EDF Energy has made a high level assessment of existing electricity sub stations that arelikely to need to be reinforced as a result of further development. This highlights the needfor improvements to be made in 2014-2018 to substations which serve Ely, Haddenham,
Littleport and Newmarket Fringe.

Policy GROWTH 3: Infrastructure requirements
There should be appropriate physical, social and green infrastructure in place to serve the needs of
new development within the district, as set out in Policy GROWTH 1. New and improved
infrastructure within the district will be delivered through the following measures: Development proposals will be required to make contributions towards infrastructure inaccordance with the Council’s adopted Community Infrastructure Levy Charging Schedule.
 Development proposals will be expected to provide or contribute towards the cost of providing
infrastructure and community facilities made necessary by the development, where this is notprovided through the Community Infrastructure Levy. This will be through on or off site provisionor through financial payments, and secured via planning conditions or planning obligations(Section 106 agreements). Further guidance is set out in the Council’s Supplementary Planning
Document on Developer Contributions. In the case of open space and play area facilities, this will28

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

only be sought from schemes of 20 or more dwellings.
 The District Council will work closely with infrastructure providers at the earliest possible stage toensure inclusion of infrastructure schemes within their programmes, plans and strategies, anddelivery of specific infrastructure requirements in conjunction with individual development
schemes and the expected timing of development coming forward.
 Land will be identified in the Local Plan for the provision of new infrastructure (see Part 2).
 The protection of existing infrastructure and facilities as outlined in Policy COM 3.
Key infrastructure requirements relevant to growth within the district include the following (this list is
not exhaustive and is taken from the Council’s Infrastructure Investment Plan):
Education
 New pre-school facilities at Burwell, Ely, Littleport and Soham, and expansion of pre-school
facilities elsewhere within the district.
 New Early Years (nursery) facilities at Burwell, Ely, Soham and Littleport and expansion ofexisting facilities elsewhere.
 2 new primary schools in Ely, 1 in Littleport and 1 in Soham, and expansion elsewhere in the
district.
 A new secondary school at Littleport, and expansion of existing facilities elsewhere.
 New Area Special School in Littleport.
Green infrastructure, leisure and open space Strategic green infrastructure improvements as outlined in the Cambridgeshire GreenInfrastructure Strategy, including the provision of Ely Country Park and Block Fen nature reserve,
improvements to Soham Town Commons and the Ouse Corridor, and the Wicken Fen Vision.
 New Leisure Centre at Downham Road, Ely.
 Improvements to open space, sports facility and play area provision throughout the district (withthe aim of meeting Natural England’s Accessible Natural Greenspace Standards (ANGSt).
Health facilities New primary healthcare facility (Doctors) at Princess of Wales Hospital, Ely.
 Expanded primary healthcare provision at Burwell, Littleport, Soham and Ely city centre.
 Redevelopment and enhancement of facilities at Princess of Wales Hospital, Ely.
Transport
 Highway and sustainable transport infrastructure improvements associated with the developmentof North Ely, including pedestrian and cycle routes to the station and the town centre.
 Major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway.
 Dualling of the A10 between A142 Witchford Road and A142 Angel Drove.
 Improvements to Queen Adelaide Way.
 Improvements to the junctions of the A14/A142 and A14/A10.
 Capacity and junction improvements to the A10.
 Development of Soham Railway Station.
 Improvements to Ely Railway Station (passenger transport interchange, improved pedestrianand segregated cycle access and increased car and cycle parking) and Littleport Railway Station

29

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies(increased car and cycle parking).
 Improved rail and bus services.
 Improvements to pedestrian and cycle networks within settlements and between settlements(including segregated cycle routes with appropriate crossings at key points where possible).
Other infrastructure Upgrading of existing Waste Water Treatment Works where required.
 Upgrading to electricity infrastructure, as required.
 Providing and/or upgrading telecommunications infrastructure.

3.5

Delivery of growth

3.5.1

This section looks at how the identified levels of housing, employment and retail growth (asset out in section 3.1 above) will be delivered in East Cambridgeshire over the Plan period.
It analyses the various sources of land supply, and identifies the amount of new land andsites which will be needed to facilitate required levels of development. The Annual
Monitoring Report will be used to monitor delivery and maintain a sufficient supply of sites.

3.5.2

Some development in the district is already committed and will come forward on sites
which have planning permission. It is also known that some supply will continue to comeforward on small ‘windfall’ sites over the Plan period. Allocating new land or noting broad
locations to meet the remaining shortfall can ensure that appropriate levels of growth aredelivered.

3.5.3

The policy below focuses on the new allocations, and includes a list of specific sites. The
Local Plan has an important role to play in ensuring that sites are suitable and deliverable,
and in the best locations to meet local needs. Further details on the search for appropriate
and sustainable sites can be viewed in the accompanying technical paper ‘Site
Assessment Results (February 2013) and Assessment of Deliverability in Market Towns(July 2014)’ and in the Council’s Sustainability Appraisal documents. The proposed
distribution of allocation sites takes account of a range of issues, including: The locational strategy in Policy GROWTH 2 above.
 The benefits of concentrating most development in locations which offer access to jobs,
services and other facilities.
 The need to focus retail and town centre uses in or adjoining town centres, in order tosupport their vitality and viability.
 The needs, size and role of settlements, taking into account any current imbalances.
 Infrastructure requirements, capacity and deliverability.
 Availability of land.
 Suitability and deliverability of sites, including access, environmental constraints andviability.
 Strategic economic requirements for particular employment locations.
 Community aspirations for development, as expressed through community and Parish
Council engagement during Local Plan preparation (see the Council’s Consultation
Statement for details). The District Council has given significant weight to this factor,
given the Government’s localism agenda and the importance of involving local people
in shaping their areas.

30

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3.5.4

The allocations are not solely limited to housing, employment and retail uses. A number of
the allocations also include or relate to new community facilities and infrastructure – linked
to identified local and/or strategic needs. The list of sites in the policy below should be readalongside the site-specific policies in Part 2 of this Local Plan, which provide further
information on delivery and requirements.

Housing delivery
3.5.5

Housing will be delivered in the district from a range of potential sources, including: Outstanding commitments (including sites with planning permission, and outstanding
allocations from the 2000 Local Plan15).
 Large potential sites within settlements – as identified in the Council’s Strategic
Housing Land Availability Assessment (Review 2014). The next review of the Plan may
provide an opportunity to explore whether to allocate this source of supply in order toprovide greater certainty over future delivery.
 Small windfall sites (within settlements and outside) – an estimated rate is included,
based on historical evidence of completions and taking account of likely future changes
in supply.
 Rural exception sites – large specific sites identified in the Council’s Strategic Housing
Land Availability Assessment (Review 2014).
 New allocations on the edge of settlements – as identified in Policy GROWTH 4 andPart 2 of the Local Plan.
 Broad locations on the edge of key settlements – as identified in the key diagrams
below. Specific sites will be identified through the future Local Plan review.

3.5.6

15

Table 3.2 summarises how and where housing is likely to be delivered in East
Cambridgeshire over the Plan period. It identifies there will be sufficient overall supply ofland to meet the district’s housing requirement of 11,500 dwellings, as set out in Policy
GROWTH 1. The latest projections (as at September 2014) indicate that an estimated
12,000 additional dwellings could come forward between 2011 and 2031. It is estimatedthat approximately 6,500 of these dwellings will be on new allocations, mainly on the edgeof existing towns and villages. The table also includes reference to ‘broad locations’, which
are identified in the key diagrams below. The diagrams are indicative only and identify
broad areas on the edge of Soham and Littleport which were identified as ‘phase 2’ sites in
the Soham and Littleport Masterplans, and could be developed in the future. The supply
from this source is not anticipated to be required in strategic terms until the later part of thePlan period. Therefore the locations are broadly identified at this stage – and it is intended
that the specific site boundaries will be identified through the next Local Plan review. Thereis sufficient identified capacity on the edge of Soham and Littleport to enable this source of
supply to be realised. The table also shows that the distribution of development accords
with the locational strategy in Policy GROWTH 2, with significant new land allocations
proposed on the edge of Ely, Soham and Littleport, and smaller amounts on the edge ofvillages where this is supported by the local community. A full list of allocation sites is set
out in Policy GROWTH 4 (with site-specific policies contained in Part 2 of this Local Plan).

East Cambridgeshire District Local Plan (2000).

31

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

32

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

3.5.7

Further details of the various sources of housing supply, the breakdown by settlement, andpredicted levels of supply year on year throughout the Plan period (the ‘housing trajectory’)is set out in the Annual Monitoring Report [until the Local Plan is adopted, the latest
housing trajectory for the Local Plan will be contained in a separate Background Paper on‘Housing Supply’ – see the Council’s website]. The housing trajectory in the Council’s‘Housing Supply Paper’ September 2014 demonstrates that a five-year supply of specificdeliverable sites incorporating an additional buffer of 5% can be identified in the district as
required by Government. Further information on the tenure and type of dwellings is set out
in Chapter 4 of this Local Plan.
Table 3.2 – Summary of estimated housing supply 2011-31

Location
Market
towns
Ely
Soham
Littleport
Villages16
17

Completions
2011/12 –16
2012/13

Outstanding
commitments
17
as at 1.4.13

Large
potential
sites

Small
windfallsites

Specific
rural
sites

Allocations

TOTAL

458

950

315

241

0

5849

7782

95
260
103
200

145
256
549
321

56
40
188
276

68
114
59
421

0
0
0
70

3679
1620
550
659

4043
2290
1449
1947

Source: Cambridgeshire County Council Housing Completions and Commitments data April 2013
Source: as above.

33

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies
Ruralwindfallestimate
Broadlocations
TOTAL

658

-

-

471

-

-

471

-

-

-

-

-

1,800

1271

560

1133

70

6508

12,000

Employment delivery
3.5.8

The Local Plan needs to consider how employment opportunities can be delivered. This will
partly depend on economic factors outside the remit of the planning system. However,ensuring that land is available and appropriate for various types of employment use gives
some certainty to land owners and developers, and can help facilitate development. A
significant supply of allocated sites are proposed, for reasons explained in section 3.2.

3.5.9

Table 3.3 provides a broad summary of how and where B1/B2/B8 employment land islikely to be delivered in the district between 2013 and 2031. It includes details relating tooutstanding commitments (sites with planning permission which have yet to be
implemented) and proposed allocation sites. The proposed allocation sites include anumber of sites which were identified in the Core Strategy but have yet to be delivered, anda number of ‘new’ allocations. However, it should be noted that there are also likely to be‘windfall’ developments that come forward over the Plan period, which are not possible topredict, but may be supported by policies in Chapter 5 of this Plan. For example,
extensions to existing businesses, or the development of small new sites close to towns
and villages.

3.5.10 A full list of the specific proposed allocations is set out in Policy GROWTH 4 – along withminimum jobs growth targets for the individual sites (as derived from the Council’s Jobs
Growth Strategy). The specific size of employment area is not yet known in the case of
North Ely and the Ely Station Gateway area, and will be determined through further
masterplanning work of these areas (see the Ely Vision in Part 2 of this Plan for further
details). On mixed use housing/employment schemes it should be noted that the jobs
growth targets are provided as a guide – and that an element of the jobs target may beachieved through initiatives such as homeworking rather than new build employment
space.
3.5.11 Some of the allocations are proposed for employment uses (B1, B2 and B8) only.
However, a significant number of the employment allocations are part of mixed-use
schemes, where the commercial element will be delivered alongside other uses such as
housing and retail. This is a key part of the Council’s strategy to increase the delivery of
employment land in the district, and improve the jobs density ratio. Having a mix ofdifferent types of sites, and linking employment development with other uses which have ahigher land value, should help to deliver additional jobs in the district, and facilitate
employment growth.
3.5.12 The employment allocations are mainly proposed for a non-specified mix of B1, B2 and B8
uses to provide as much flexibility as possible. However, in certain places a specific useclass is proposed. In some cases this is due to the specific characteristics of the site andits location (e.g. the proximity of residential development, standard of access, local
amenity). In other cases, economic demand/needs also play a part. For example, theCouncil’s Jobs Growth Study indicates there is likely to be a demand for office development
in Ely in the future around the station quarter and in the south of the district (where it is close
to Cambridge and can cater for the skills of the population). It also indicates that34

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

warehousing, storage and distribution uses (B8) will need to be in strategic locations close
to the A14 to ensure easier access to the national road network and meet the needs ofbusinesses. Allocations in these locations therefore reflect these particular needs.
Table 3.3 – Summary of estimated B1/B2/B8 employment land supply 2013-31 (hectares) (source: Cambs
County Council Employment Monitoring Data April 2013)’
Settlement

Outstanding
18
commitments

Ely
Soham
Littleport
Bottisham
Burwell
Haddenham
SuttonFordhamIsleham
PymoorSwaffham
Prior
BurroughGreen
Stretham
Cheveley
WickenWitchford
TOTAL

19.42
1.54
1.93
0.23
-0.65
-0.12
16.38
0.66
0.01
0.56

Allocations
identified in theCore Strategy
40.5
11
4.77
1
5.5

‘New’
allocations

0.8

61.02
19
13.37
1.2
5.5
0.8

29.5
1

36.5
1

1

1

20.52
8
8.6
0.2

7

Total allocations(hectares)

TOTAL
hectares
80.44
20.54
15.3
1.43
4.85
0.68
16.38
37.16
1.01
0.56
1
0

-0.08
0.09
-0.42
0.77
40.32

69.77

69.62

139.39

-0.08
0.09
-0.42
0.77
179.71 ha

Retail delivery
3.5.13 In order to maintain and promote the vitality of the district’s town centres, provision will bemade to accommodate additional retail floorspace over the Plan period (including
comparison non-food and convenience food floorspace). New retail floorspace will bedelivered over the Plan period from several sources: Outstanding commitments Allocation sites
 Retail developments which come forward in addition to the above sources. This could
involve the re-use or expansion of existing retail units or the development of new sites.
These ‘windfall’ developments will need to accord with Policy COM 1.
3.5.14 Tables 3.4 and 3.5 provide a broad summary of how and where new retail floorspace islikely to be delivered in the district over the Plan period 2012-31, from the first two sources– and also taking account of completions from the monitoring year 2012/13. However,
although it includes a broad estimate of capacity on allocation sites, estimated floorspace
figures are not available for all proposed allocations since the scale and form of the retailelement will be determined through a site-specific masterplanning process. Further details
18

The figures exclude Lancaster Way Business Park and the Octagon Business Park which have previous gained permission but areallocated in this Local Plan.

35

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

are provided in the allocation policies in Part 2 of the Local Plan. It can be seen that theoverall estimated supply is estimated to be greater than the minimum ‘target’ of 3,000m2(convenience food) and 10,000m2 (comparison non-food) new retail floorspace establishedin Policy GROWTH 1.
Table 3.4 – Summary of estimated convenience retail supply 2012-31 (net retail floorspace) (Source
Cambridgeshire County Council Retail Monitoring Data April 2013)
Location

Completions
2012/13(m2)

Outstanding
convenience
floorspace
2
(m )

Ely

TOTAL

Allocations2

 2 local centres North Ely – up to 1,000m
2 Octagon Business Park (Angel Drove) – 881m
2
 Station Gateway local shops – up to 539m

Bottisham
Burwell

60
233

Soham

1,393

 Budgens, Church Hall and Coop areas - NK
 Station Road local shops - NK Eastern Gateway local shop - NK

1,686m2

2,420m2

TOTAL

0

NK
60
233
>1,393>
4,106m2

Table 3.5 – Summary of estimated comparison retail supply 2012-31 (net retail floorspace) (source:
Cambridgeshire County Council Retail Monitoring Report Data April 2013)
Location

Ely

Burwell
FordhamLittleDownhamLittleportCompletions
2012/2013(m2)

Outstanding
comparison
2
floorspace (m )

-22

238
50

30
116







TOTAL
2

The Grange - 4,200m
Waitrose car park area - NK2
2 local centres North Ely – up to 1,000m
2
Station Gateway local shops – up to 539m
Octagon Business Park (Angel Drove) –2
7,913m>13,652

30
116

315

Soham

465

SuttonWilburton

72
270

TOTAL

Allocations

581m2

953m2

 Budgens, Church Hall and Coop areas - NK
 Garden Centre – NK
 Land off Station Road - NK

13,652m2

Policy GROWTH 4: Delivery of growthLand will be allocated in the Local Plan to enable the delivery of: Approximately 6,500 dwellings on the edge of towns and villages.

36

465
72
270
>
15,1862m

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Approximately 139 hectares of employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses) plus additional
floorspace in other sites listed in the table below.
 At least 13,652m2 comparison retail floorspace in Ely, plus additional comparison andconvenience floorspace on sites listed in the table below; and Key infrastructure and community facilities, including new schools, expanded health facilities,
leisure facilities and open space.
The sites identified below are allocated for development over the Plan period. Development on the
allocation sites will be guided by the site-specific policies in Part 2 of the Local Plan. The
employment allocations include a minimum jobs growth target as well as the amount of land
allocated. Note: * = number of units/floorspace yet to be determined.
Location

Estimatedhousing
capacity

Employment
land(hectares)

Retail/leisure

Key community
facilities (notexhaustive)

Policyreference

North Ely

3000

ELY 1

50
64
20
30
400-630

2 local centres –2
up to 1,000m
convenience, up2
to 1,000m
comparison
24200m retail

2 primary schools
and pre-schools,
Country Park
extension

The Grange
Paradise area
Waitrose area
Nutholt Lane area
Station Gateway area

1300-1500 jobs
for whole site. To
include minimumof 2.8 ha of
B1/B2/B8 land

*Leisure*RetailPublic car park

Station local
shops – up to2
1,078mTransportinterchange

ELY

Octagon Business
Park*
Broadlyequivalent to 3.8
ha (minimum of
800 jobs)
1.92 haLand at Downham
Road
Lancaster Way
Business ParkEly Distribution Centre

SOHAM

*

40.5 ha(1973 jobs)
12 ha (469 jobs)

Brook Street
Station Road

400
90

Eastern Gateway

600

0.5 ha(140 jobs)
0.5 haLand off Fordham
Road
Land south ofBlackberry Lane
Land north ofBlackberry Lane
Land adjacent to thecemeteryLand east of theShadeWest of The Shade
East of A142 bypass
Budgens

13.34 haELY 9*Sports centre,
pool and cinema

ELY 10
ELY 11
ELY 12*Station shop
*Local shop +garden centre(132 jobs)

ELY 2
ELY 3
ELY 4
ELY 5
ELY 7-8

90

Station building andcar park
Land for extended
Medical Centre,
school/pre-school
and Commons

SOH 1
SOH 2
SOH 3

SOH 4

160

SOH 5

100

SOH 6

115

SOH 7

45

SOH 8
2 ha
(232 jobs)
11 ha (429 jobs)

37

Primary school
0.55 ha

SOH 10
SOH 11
SOH 12East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies
Church hall area
Coop area

LITTLEPORT

Woodfen Road
Highfields
West of 150 Wisbech
Road
North of Wisbech
Road
West of Camel Road

BARWAY

10
10

*
*

250
300

7 ha (341 jobs)

0.4 ha0.3 ha

**SOH 13
SOH 14
LIT 1
LIT 2
LIT 3

1.6 ha (172 jobs)
4.77 ha(218 jobs)

LIT 4
Secondary and,primary, pre-school
and Area Special
School

LIT 6

The Barn, Randalls
Farm
East of 5 Barway Road

5

BAR 1

5

BAR 2

Land east of Bell Road

50

BOT 1

BOTTISHAM

Tunbridge Lane
Business Park

BURWELL

Newmarket Road
Reach Road
Former DS Smith site

CHEVELEY

1 ha(95 jobs)
350

BOT 2
Sports provision

2.5 ha (337 jobs)
3 ha(293 jobs)

BUR 1
BUR 2
BUR 3

Rear of Star andGarter Lane
Between 199-209 HighStreet2

East of 24 Mildenhall
Road
Between 37-55
Mildenhall Road
East of 67 Mildenhall
Road
South of Snailwell
Road
North of Snailwell
Road
Horse Racing Forensic
Labs
North of Turners

10

FRD1

6

FRD 2

10

FRD 3

FORDHAM

18

Rowan Close
New Road

Location

Station Road

ISLEHAMSouth of Lady Frances
Court



7 ha
(342 jobs)
5.5 ha(215 jobs)
9 ha(176 jobs)
8 ha(88 jobs)
7 ha(228 jobs)

South of Landwade
Road

HADDENHAM

CHV 1

15
24

Estimatedhousing
capacity

CHV 2

FRD 4
FRD 5
FRD 6
FRD 7
FRD 8

Employment
land(hectares)
0.8 ha(78 jobs)

15

Retail/leisure

Key community
facilities (notexhaustive)

HAD 1
HAD 2

Policyreference
HAD 3
ISL 1

38

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies
5a Fordham RoadWest of Hall Barn
Road
West of Pound Lane
Land at Church Lane
Hall Barn Road
Industrial Estate

10
12

ISL 2
ISL 3

3
5

ISL 4
ISL 5
ISL 6

West of Ely Road

25

LTD 1

Putney Hill Road

10

PRW 1

North-east of 9
Straight Furlong

10

PYM 1

North of The Brook

50

SUT 1

Rogers Road
Goodwin Farm, Heath
Road

20

Opposite Red Lion,
Main St
East of 1 Main Street

2

WEN 1

2

WEN 2

North-west of The
Crescent
South of Church Road

5

WIC 1

LITTLE DOWNHAMPRICKWILLOWPYMOOR
SUTTONSWAFFHAM PRIORWENTWORTHWICKEN

1 ha(98 jobs)

SWP 1
SWP 2

1 ha
(116 jobs)

5



WIC 2

3.6

Presumption in favour of sustainable development

3.6.1

As set out in the National Planning Policy Framework, the main purpose of planning is tocontribute to the achievement of ‘sustainable development’. New growth in East
Cambridgeshire needs to be ‘sustainable’, e.g. support the local economy, provide social
benefits (e.g. housing and community facilities) and protect and enhance the natural andbuilt environment. The principles of sustainable development are reflected in the strategic
objectives and vision in Chapter 2 – and incorporated into the policies in this Plan.

3.6.2

The NPPF also highlights the Government’s desire to promote and support the delivery ofgrowth. Local authorities are urged to work proactively with applicants, and approve
proposals wherever possible – e.g. where they accord with policies in the Local Plan. If the
Local Plan is silent or out of date, local authorities are urged to grant approval, having
regard to whether any adverse effects would significantly outweigh the benefits, and otheraspects of the NPPF. This approach has been termed a ‘presumption in favour ofsustainable development.’

3.6.3

Full details of the ‘presumption in favour of sustainable development’ are set out insections 11 to 16 the NPPF. However, the Government has issued advice19 that a ‘model
policy’ should also be included within Local Plans, which reiterates the national guidance.
This policy is set out below.

19

Planning Inspectorate statement – see http://www.planningportal.gov.uk/planning/planningsystem/localplans

39East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Policy GROWTH 5: Presumption in favour of sustainable development
The District Council will work proactively with applicants to find solutions which mean that
proposals can be approved wherever possible, and to secure development that improves the
economic, social and environmental conditions in the area.
Planning applications that accord with the policies in this Local Plan (and, where relevant, with
policies in Neighbourhood Plans) will be approved wherever possible without delay, unlessmaterial considerations indicate otherwise.
Where there are no policies relevant to the application or relevant policies are out of date at thetime of making the decision, permission will be granted unless material considerations indicate
otherwise – taking into account: Any adverse impacts of granting permission which would significantly and demonstrably
outweigh the benefits, when assessed against the policies in the NPPF taken as a whole.
 Specific policies in the NPPF which indicate that development should be restricted or refused;and Strategic objectives of the Local Plan including those within Town and Village visions.

3.7

Community-led development

3.7.1

Giving communities greater say and control of their localities is a central theme ofGovernment policy. Community-led schemes are those that are driven by local
communities, rather than local authorities or private developers. They can help
communities to tackle local issues such as a shortage of affordable homes or jobs, andcan generate income to provide financial security and help fund further investment in thelocal area. Small-scale community-led schemes which meet a need identified by a local
community will be encouraged in all settlements, and assessed against the policy below.

3.7.2

One mechanism for delivering community-led development is a Community Land Trust(CLT)20. CLTs are not for profit organisations based in and run by the community, that
seek to develop key community assets to help communities become stronger and more
independent. The usual starting point for CLTs is the provision of affordable housing but
other benefits such as community shops, pubs, allotments, gardens, play areas, orchards,
workspace, and renewable energy can also be provided.

3.7.3

Many community-led schemes are likely to be located outside development envelopes,
where open market housing is not normally permitted. However, in certain circumstances it
may be appropriate for an element of open market housing to be provided as part of acommunity-led scheme where the applicant can demonstrate through a financial appraisalthat the inclusion of the open market housing is required to enable the delivery ofaffordable housing or other community assets, with significant benefits accruing directly tothe community organisation through cross-subsidy. In addition, applicants will be expected
to demonstrate that the community benefits of such a scheme (such as the level ofaffordable housing or open space) are significantly greater than would be delivered on an
equivalent open market housing site. Further details relating to the application of this policy
will be set out in a Supplementary Planning Document on Community-Led Development,
which the Council proposes to produce in 2014.

20

A legal definition is provided in Section 79 of the Housing and Regeneration Act 2008.

40

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Policy GROWTH 6: Community-led development
The District Council is generally supportive of community-led development. This may include
schemes involving affordable housing, small business units, renewable energy generation andother appropriate uses.
The non-housing elements of schemes will be assessed against other relevant Local Plan policies.
However, the District Council will also expect schemes to broadly accord with criteria 5 and 6
below.
The affordable housing elements may be permitted outside development envelopes as an
exception to the normal policies of control where:
1. The site is well related to a settlement which offers a range of services and facilities, and thereis good accessibility by foot/cycle to those facilities.
2. No significant harm would be caused to the character or setting of the settlement and thesurrounding countryside.
3. The scale of the scheme is appropriate to the location and the level of identified local affordable
housing need.
4. The scheme incorporates a range of dwelling sizes, types and tenures appropriate to identified
local need.
5. The District Council is satisfied that (i) the scheme was initiated by, and is being led by, alegitimate local community group such as a Parish Council or Community Land Trust and (ii) the
scheme has general community support, with evidence of meaningful public engagement.
6. It can be demonstrated that the scheme will be well managed and financially viable over the
long-term and that any benefits provided by the scheme can be retained by the local community
in perpetuity; and7. The scheme accords with all other policies of the Local Plan.
An element of open market housing on the site will only be acceptable where: It is demonstrated through a financial appraisal that this is essential to enable the delivery ofaffordable housing or other community benefits on-site; and The community benefits of the scheme (such as the level of affordable housing or open space)are significantly greater than would be delivered on an equivalent open market site.

41

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

4

Housing

4.1

Introduction

4.1.1

This chapter sets out the Council’s approach to addressing the need for different types of
housing within the district up to 2031. It includes policies relating to affordable housing, thetype, mix and density of new dwellings, and Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling
Showpeople housing requirements.

4.1.2

The strategy seeks to deliver the vision and objectives in Chapter 2, and ensure that future
housing needs within the district are addressed as part of new development. This will
require the provision of affordable homes as well an appropriate range of housing types
and sizes to meet the needs of households (including families and older people).
Developers will be required to provide affordable housing as part of open market housingdevelopments, and affordable housing will also be facilitated on exception sites (where
housing would not normally be permitted).

4.2

Housing mix and type

4.2.1

The National Planning Policy Framework requires Local Planning Authorities to plan for a
mix of housing to meet the different needs of the community including families withchildren, older people and people with disabilities. In order to ensure that housing provision
meets the needs of all sectors, it is important that a range of house types and sizes areprovided as part of new residential developments within the district. The policy below
relates to open market housing schemes. Affordable housing schemes are covered by
Policies HOU 3 and HOU 4.

4.2.2

Evidence in the Cambridge Sub-Region Strategic Housing Market Assessment indicatesthat there is a need for more 2 and 3 bed dwellings to cater for the predicted increase insingle occupancy households, smaller family units, and older people in East
Cambridgeshire. However, it is recognised that housing need is not a straight indication of
housing occupancy as people aspire to take properties they can afford rather than theiractual ‘needs’. Cambridgeshire County Council Research team has produced a ‘Property
Size Guide’ (2010) which sets out estimated need in East Cambridgeshire for different
sizes of dwellings (expressed as number of bedrooms) when market behaviour is applied –see Table 4.1 below. The Size Guide, along with any additional information relating tohousing mix and type in the locality, will be used to inform negotiations between the District
Council and applicants to determine the appropriate mix of housing on schemes of 10 ormore dwellings. This threshold is considered to be a reasonable level, above whichschemes should make a contribution to mixed communities.
Table 4.1 – Indicative property size guide for open market housing
1 Bedroom
2 Bedroom
3 Bedroom
4 Bedroom
5+ Bedroom

Minimum %
3
13
22
26
7

42

Maximum %
5
23
39
47
14

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

4.2.3

There is also a need for specialist types of housing for the elderly, disabled and othergroups, including sheltered housing, retirement schemes and extra care housing21. It is
acknowledged that applications for this type of accommodation will contain mainly one-bed
and two bed homes. Rather than the Size Guide, the final mix of housing on such schemes
will therefore be determined on a site by site basis according to identified needs in thelocality (in consultation with the Council’s Housing team). Further information on this typeof specialist housing is set out in Policy HOU 6.

4.2.4

The district also faces a major challenge in increasing the provision of housing forpotentially vulnerable elderly and single person households. The Council will therefore aim
to ensure that a proportion of new housing built as part of major housing developments issuitable, or easily adaptable for occupation by the elderly or people with disabilities(Lifetime Homes Standard or equivalent). The precise amount of open market housing
which will be required to meet all or some of aspects of Lifetime Home Standards will be
determined following negotiation with the applicant as part of the planning application
process. This will take into account the need for this type of housing within the locality andthe financial viability of individual housing developments. Further guidance on this issue
will be set out in the Council’s Design Guide SPD. The Government has announced inearly 2014 that changes will be made to the existing Building Regulations which will
introduce two new optional accessibility standards. These will include criteria to provide
age friendly, accessible and adaptable housing (which is similar to Lifetime Home
Standards) and to meet the specific needs of wheelchair users. Open market
developments should continue to provide an element of housing which meets Lifetime
Home Standards until the new accessibility standards come into effect.

4.2.5

The development of self-build properties by individuals or community groups (including
Community Land Trusts) can also contribute to meeting the need for additional housing
within the district, and provide a more diverse housing stock. The policy below proposesthat larger housing schemes should include an element of self build plots, to facilitate thisdiversity. Where this policy would result in the requirement relating to part of a dwelling the
calculation will be rounded upwards to ensure that at least the minimum requirement is
met.

4.2.6

The final mix of housing/types will be subject to negotiation with the applicant. Applicants
will be expected to provide robust evidence relating to the identified level of housing need,financial viability or deliverability to support their proposals.

Policy HOU 1: Housing mix
Housing developments of 10 or more dwellings (or allocations where specified) should provide anappropriate mix of dwelling types and sizes that contribute to current and future housing needs as
identified in the most recent available evidence relating to the locality.
Developments of 50 or more dwellings will be expected to provide a proportion of dwellings thatare suitable or easily adaptable for occupation by the elderly or people with disabilities (Lifetime
Homes standard or equivalent).
Developments of 100 or more dwellings will be expected to provide a minimum of 5% self build
properties. The inclusion of self build properties on smaller sites will also be encouraged.

21
Housing which enables older people with longer term health conditions to live independently in self contained accommodation as analternative to residential care.

43East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

The final mix of dwelling types and sizes will be subject to negotiation with the applicant. Applicants
will be required to provide sufficient evidence to support their proposals.

4.3

Housing density

4.3.1

The density of housing development varies across the district, and between different sites,as the design and layout of schemes needs to be in harmony with the local character of
the area. Other factors affecting density include on-site constraints, the type ofdevelopment proposed and the level of transport accessibility. Whilst higher densities may
be appropriate in major developments or town centre locations where public transport isgood and urban form is dense, lower densities may be appropriate in established suburban
areas, in villages, in areas with an open character or on the edge of settlements.

4.3.2

The Council will expect all housing schemes to propose densities which are sensitive tothe character of the local area, and take account of on-site constraints and the level of
local transport accessibility. At the same time, applicants should also have regard to
making efficient use of land, as this can help to reduce the amount of building that needs
to take place on greenfield sites. Major schemes should include a range of different
housing density areas, to ensure varied character and appearance, in accordance withagreed Masterplans.

Policy HOU 2: Housing density
The appropriate density of a scheme will be judged on a site-by-site basis taking account of: The existing character of the locality and the settlement, and housing densities within thesurrounding area.
 The need to make efficient use of land.
 The biodiversity of the site and its surroundings and any heritage assets within or adjoining thesite.
 The need to accommodate other uses and residential amenities such as open space and parking
areas.
 Levels of accessibility, particularly by public transport, walking and cycling; and The need to ensure that the residential amenity of new and existing dwellings is protected.
Major development schemes will be expected to provide a range of housing densities as part of thedevelopment in accordance with an agreed Masterplan.

4.4

Affordable housing on open market sites

4.4.1

The National Planning Policy Framework defines affordable housing as ‘social rented,
affordable rented and intermediate housing, provided to eligible households whose needs
are not met by the market.’ Affordable housing in East Cambridgeshire is normally owned
and managed by Registered Social Landlords (RSLs). Intermediate housing is provided ata cost below market levels, and can take the form of rented properties or sharedownership/shared equity schemes. Affordable housing should also include provision toremain at an affordable price for future eligible households.

44East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

4.4.2

There is a significant need for additional affordable housing within East Cambridgeshire,as set out in the current Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) 22.

4.4.3

The District Council secures the majority of affordable housing that is built in the district byrequiring developers to provide affordable dwellings as part of open market housingdevelopments (through Section 106 agreements). Affordable housing is also delivered on‘exception sites’ as set out in Policy HOU 4 in the next section.

4.4.4

Affordable housing on development sites are an importance source of supply and can help
meet a proportion of this need. Policy HOU 3 sets out the proportion of affordable housingthat the Council will seek to secure on development schemes – 40% in the south of the
district, and 30% in the north. These percentages have been informed by a realistic
assessment of the viability of general market housing schemes - as set out in the Council’s‘Community Infrastructure Levy Viability Assessment’ (December 2011) and Addendum(April 2012).

4.4.5

The Council recognises that in some cases there may be exceptional development costs,
which need to be recognised, and that the policy is a starting point for negotiation.
Applicants seeking to justify a lower proportion of affordable housing will be required todemonstrate why it is not economically viable to make the minimum level of provision in
Policy HOU 3. The financial viability assessment should be prepared by the applicant andprovided to the Council for its consideration. Where agreement is not reached external
consultants will be appointed to undertake a further independent viability assessment. The
applicant will be required to meet the costs of the assessment being prepared.

4.4.6

Policy HOU 3 states that affordable housing contributions will be sought on developments
of more than 10 dwellings. It is considered that this is a realistic threshold, which will
enable the delivery of affordable housing and not prevent the delivery of smaller sites forhousing within the district.

4.4.7

Where the affordable housing policy would result in the requirement relating to part of adwelling the calculation will be rounded upwards for 0.5+ and downwards for less than 0.5.
Where development involves the demolition of existing properties the amount of affordable
housing will be calculated on the gross number of dwellings.

4.4.8

The policy indicates that the size mix and tenure of affordable dwellings should reflect
identified needs at the time of the proposal and in the locality. The SHMA provides astarting point for identifying these needs. Housing developments should also ensure thatsufficient provision is made to meet the needs of an ageing population and disabled people
as highlighted in the Government’s Housing Strategy and the SHMA. Affordable housing
within the district will be expected to meet the Homes and Communities Agency’s Design
and Quality Standards (or successor document). These standards include somerequirements which enable properties to be suitable or adaptable or accessible by elderlyor people with disabilities – but are not as extensive as Lifetime Home requirements.
Therefore, as with open market housing (see Policy HOU 1) an element of affordable
housing should be provided to meet Lifetime Homes Standards or equivalent. The precise
amount of affordable housing which will be required to meet all or some of aspects ofLifetime Home Standards will be determined following negotiation with the applicant as
part of the planning application process with details in the Council’s Design Guide SPD.
The Government has recently announced that changes will be made to the existing
Building Regulations which will introduce two new optional accessibility standards. These
will include criteria to provide age friendly, accessible and adaptable housing (which is22

Cambridge Housing Sub Region Market Assessment 201245

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

similar to Lifetime Home Standards) and to meet the specific needs of wheelchair users.
Affordable housing developments should continue to provide housing which meets Lifetime
Home Standards until the new accessibility standards come into effect. Applicants areadvised to contact the Council’s Housing team at an early stage in the application process,for guidance on the latest evidence of need for different tenures and size dwellings in aparticular locality.
4.4.9

In general, affordable housing should be provided on the application site as part of welldesigned, mixed tenure schemes, as this ensures the best prospect of securing mixed,
inclusive communities. Off-site provision or financial contributions in lieu will only be
acceptable in exceptional circmsutances where agreed with the District Council. For
example, on smaller sites it may be more practical or desirable, particularly where there isan alternative scheme in the locality which could benefit. Applicants proposing off-site
provision or financial contributions in lieu in connection with any schemes will be expected
to provide justification as part of a planning application.

4.4.10 There are no agreed ideal method(s) for ensuring the physical integration of affordable andopen market housing. However developers will be expected to demonstrate that they haveconsidered this issue as part of the overall design of the development.
4.4.11 The Council will ensure that any planning permission granted is subject to appropriate
conditions and/or planning obligations to secure affordability in perpetuity. Further detailsof the Council’s approach to affordable housing including details of how financial
contributions in lieu of on-site provision are to be calculated is set out in the Council’s
Supplementary Planning Document on Developer Contributions.

Policy HOU 3: Affordable housing provision
All new open market housing developments which incorporate more than 10 dwellings will be
required to make appropriate provision for an element of affordable housing, as follows: A minimum of 40% of the total number of dwellings to be provided will be sought in the south ofthe district (i).
 A minimum of 30% of the total number of dwellings to be provided will be sought in the north ofthe district (ii).
 The proportion and type of affordable housing will be the subject of negotiation with applicants.
As part of this, consideration will be given to the financial viability of the development including
any exceptional costs (e.g. site remediation and infrastructure provision).
 Applicants seeking to justify a lower level of affordable housing will be required to provide afinancial viability assessment as part of the planning application.
 The precise mix in terms of tenure and house sizes of affordable housing within a scheme will be
determined by local circumstances at the time of planning permission, including housing need,development costs and the availability of subsidy.
 Affordable housing should normally be provided on-site, apart from in exceptional circumstanceswhere agreed with the District Council. Applicants will be required to provide justification as partof the planning application setting out the need for off-site provision or financial contributions inlieu to be made.
 The affordable properties will be made available to eligible households at an affordable cost for
the life of the property.
 The allocation of affordable housing should give priority to people in local housing need inaccordance with the District Council’s allocation policy (except where alternative mechanisms

46

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

involving local connections criteria are proposed for specific sites, as set out in Part 2 of the
Local Plan).
 On larger schemes the affordable housing will be provided in phases, as set out in an agreed
masterplan or approved planning application.
 The affordable housing shall be physically integrated into the open market housing development
by using appropriate design methods.
 Affordable housing intended specifically for elderly occupants should be focused on public
transport routes.
 In order to meet identified local needs, a proportion of dwellings should be provided that aresuitable or easily adaptable for occupation by the elderly or people with disabilities (Lifetimes
Homes or equivalent).
(i) The south of the district comprises the parishes of Ashley, Bottisham, Brinkley, Burrough Green, Burwell, Cheveley,
Chippenham, Dullingham, Fordham, Kennett, Kirtling, Lode, Reach, Snailwell, Stetchworth, Swaffham Bulbeck,
Swaffham Prior, Westley Waterless and Woodditton.
(ii) The north of the district comprises the parishes of Coveney, Ely, Haddenham, Isleham, Little Downham, Littleport,
Little Thetford, Mepal, Soham, Stretham, Sutton, Wentworth, Wicken, Wilburton, Witcham, Witchford.

4.5

Affordable housing exception sites

4.5.1

In East Cambridgeshire there is significant need for additional affordable housing, as
demonstrated in the Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA). However, land values
are high, and Registered Social Landlords find it difficult to afford to purchase sites within
settlements for the development of affordable housing schemes. The NPPF recognises
these issues, and allows small affordable housing schemes to be developed as 'exception
sites’ where open market housing would not normally be permitted. In East
Cambridgeshire, this is typically on small sites on the edge of villages and towns, outsidedevelopment envelopes.

4.5.2

Policy HOU 2 sets out the circumstances in which exception sites may be consideredappropriate. In assessing such proposals the housing needs of the local community will becarefully considered, and schemes should be designed to include a range of dwellingsizes, types and tenures, appropriate to local need (as demonstrated for example by alocal housing need survey). To ensure priority for the affordable housing is given to people
in local housing need, the Council will require the affordable housing provider to enter intoa nomination agreement with cascade provisions, under which applicants with aconnection to the village (through residence, employment or close family) are given firstpriority for newly created housing, followed by those with a connection to neighbouring
villages, and then those in the wider locality.

4.5.3

The Council will ensure that any planning permission granted is subject to appropriate
conditions and/or planning obligations to secure its affordability in perpetuity.

4.5.4

Exception sites should ideally be solely for the provision of affordable housing but this may
not always be possible where there is a lack of housing grant. Therefore in certain
circumstances an element of market housing may be permitted on exception sites where
the applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the District Council that the inclusion ofopen market housing: is required to enable the site to be developed primarily for affordable housing, and47

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 does not significantly increase the land value above that which would be payable if
sufficient grant were available to provide 100% affordable housing.
4.5.5

Applicants proposing an element of open market housing as part of a scheme should be
prepared to submit viability appraisal evidence to the District Council at an early stage aspart of pre-application discussions – and as a minimum, as part of a planning application.
Where agreement is not reached external consultants will be appointed to undertake afurther independent viability assessment. The applicant will be required to meet the costsof the assessment being prepared.

Policy HOU 4: Affordable housing exception sites
Affordable housing development on exception sites can make an important contribution to meeting
local housing needs, and schemes may be permitted on sites outside settlement boundaries
where:
 There is an identified local need which cannot be met on available sites within the developmentenvelope (including allocation sites), or sites which are part of community-led development.
 The site is well related to a village which offers a range of services and facilities, and there isgood accessibility by foot/cycle to those facilities.
 No significant harm would be caused to the character or setting of the settlement and thesurrounding countryside.
 The scale of the scheme is appropriate to the location and to the level of identified local
affordable housing need.
 The scheme incorporates a range of dwelling sizes, types and tenures appropriate to theidentified local need; and The affordable housing provided is made available to people in local housing need at anaffordable cost for the life of the property.
An element of open market housing will only be acceptable where there is insufficient grant
available, and it is demonstrated through financial appraisal that the open market housing isessential to enable delivery of the site for primarily affordable housing, and does not significantly
increase the land value above that which would be payable if sufficient grant were available toprovide 100% affordable housing.

4.6

Dwellings for rural workers

4.6.1

The accommodation needs of rural workers employed full-time in agriculture, horticulture,
stud and other rural businesses can usually be met in existing properties either on the siteor in nearby settlements. Occasionally it is essential for a worker to be in close proximity to
the business and there is no suitable accommodation available nearby – for example,
where animal or agricultural processes require essential care at short notice, or where
there is a need to deal with emergencies that could otherwise cause serious loss of crops
or produce. These special circumstances may justify the potential construction of new
dwellings in the countryside to meet these needs, providing the financial and functional
criteria in Policy HOU 5 below are satisfied. It must be stressed that genuine essential
need, rather than business convenience, must be justified.

4.6.2

Applications will be assessed taking account of the history of the enterprise, in order toestablish whether existing dwellings within the site/holding or nearby could fulfill the need,48

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

or whether any dwellings or buildings suitable for conversion have been sold on the open
housing market. Such a sale is likely to constitute lack of evidence of essential need.
4.6.3

New permanent dwellings can only be justified if the enterprise to which they relate is
economically viable. For this reason, details of the financial situation of the business will be
required. This information will also inform the scale of dwelling which the enterprise cansustain. The scale should be demonstrated to be appropriate to the needs of the business,rather than those of the owner or occupier.

4.6.4

Where planning permission is granted for a new dwelling on this basis, suitable occupancy
conditions will be imposed to ensure the dwelling remains available to meet that particularneed. Proposals to remove an occupancy condition will be considered on the basis ofwhether a need remains for the accommodation for other rural workers. This will involve
marketing the property for a period of at least 12 months at a realistic price to reflect theoccupancy restriction. Applicants will also need to demonstrate a lack of general need in
an area. As part of this approach, applicants will need to demonstrate that the dwelling has
been made available to a minimum of three Registered Social Landlords operating locallyon terms which would prioritise its occupation by a rural worker as an affordable dwelling and that option has been refused.

Policy HOU 5: Dwellings for rural workers
Proposals for permanent dwellings in the countryside for full-time workers in agriculture,horticulture, forestry, stud and other rural activities will be permitted as an exception to the normal
policies of control where: It can be demonstrated that the dwelling is essential to the needs of the business (i.e. there is aneed for one or more workers to be readily available at most times).
 It can be demonstrated that the enterprise has been established for at least three years and is,and should remain financially viable.
 There is no other accommodation within the site/holding or nearby which is currently suitable andavailable, or could be made available.
 A dwelling or building suitable for conversion to a dwelling within the site/holding has not beensold on the open housing market without an agricultural or other occupancy conditions in the last
five years.
 The proposed dwelling is no larger than that required to meet the functional needs of theenterprise, nor would it be unusually expensive to construct in relation to the income that theenterprise could sustain.
 The proposed dwelling is sensitively designed and in keeping with its rural surroundings and will
not adversely affect the setting of any heritage asset.
 The proposed dwelling will have satisfactory access.
 The proposed dwelling is well landscaped, is sited to minimise visual intrusion and is in close
proximity to existing buildings to meet the functional need of the business; and Where the proposal involves a new business that cannot yet demonstrate financial soundness, atemporary dwelling (in the form of a caravan, mobile home or wooden structure that can easily
be dismantled and removed from the site) may be acceptable provided all the other criteria are
met.
Where a new dwelling is permitted, the occupancy will be restricted by condition to ensure that it isoccupied by a person, or persons currently or last employed in local agriculture, horticulture,
forestry, stud and other rural activities, or their surviving partner or dependant(s). Applications for49

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

the removal of an occupancy condition related to rural workers will only be permitted where it canbe demonstrated that: There is no longer a need for accommodation on the holding/business and in the local area.
 The property has been marketed for a reasonable period (at least 1 year) and at a price whichreflects the existence of the occupancy condition; and The dwelling has been made available to a minimum of three Registered Social Landlords
operating locally on terms which would prioritise its occupation by a rural worker as an affordable
dwelling - and that option has been refused.

4.7

Residential care accommodation

4.7.1

There is a need in the district to provide care accommodation for various groups of people
for rehabilitation and out of hospital care, including the elderly, people with disabilities andvulnerable people.

4.7.2

The forecast change in population by broad age groups for the period 2011-2031 predicts
significant growth in the over 60 age group. The proportion of people aged 75+ years willrise by 93% and those aged 85+ years will grow by 144%23. This is a dramatic increase inpotentially vulnerable elderly couples and single elderly person households.

4.7.3

Accommodation for the elderly and others in need of care is moving towards more flexible
forms of living and support which seek to maintain their independence and control of theirlives. There are several options where residents can enjoy their own self-contained home
within a site offering extra facilities. These include retirement homes/villages, and ‘extra
care’ housing, where varying levels of care and support are provided in the home. Thesemodels often include a restaurant or dining room, health & fitness facilities and hobby
rooms on site. Other forms of accommodation include care or nursing homes, which
comprise single rooms within a residential setting where residents receive varying levels ofcare. Care can range from primarily personal care to nursing care for those who are
bedridden, very frail or have a medical condition or illness.

4.7.4

Residential care accommodation should normally be located within settlements where
there is easy access to a range of services e.g. shops, healthcare and social facilities. Thisshould enable non-car access to local facilities for residents and staff, and ensure thefacility is accessible for staff and visitors. However, as an exception, approval may be
granted for care or nursing homes adjoining or close to a settlement – recognising thatcurrent provision of nursing/care homes within the district are at the lowest level per
population in Cambridgeshire (Guidance Note: Adult Social Care and Planning Policies for
Housing Developments – CCC 2013). Nevertheless, all applicants will need todemonstrate localised need for provision, having regard to the Cambridge Sub-Region
Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) and other County strategies.

Policy HOU 6: Residential care accommodation
Residential care accommodation should be located within a settlement that offers a range ofservices and social facilities. The design and scale of schemes should be appropriate to its setting
and have no adverse impact on the character of the locality or residential amenity. Applicants will
be expected to provide evidence of need for the provision.
23

Source: ONS population projections (May 2010).

50

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

As an exception, proposals for care or nursing homes may be acceptable on sites outsidedevelopment envelopes where: The site is located adjoining or in close proximity to a settlement which offers a range of services;and facilities, and there is good accessibility by foot/cycle to those facilities.
 The proposal would not cause harm to the character or setting of a settlement or the surrounding
countryside; and There is an identified need for such provision that is unlikely to be met within the built-up area.

4.8

Mobile homes and residential caravan parks

4.8.1

There are a number of mobile home/residential caravan parks in the district, both within
settlements and in the open countryside close to settlements. They play an important rolein providing low-cost market housing for local people. These properties are particularly
popular with the semi-retired, retired and the elderly, and are sometimes referred to as‘park homes’. Properties are usually owned by the occupier, but a rent is also payable tothe site owner that includes costs towards maintenance of the communal areas. All sites
are licensed by the District Council.

4.8.2

The Council is keen to retain existing mobile home and residential caravan parks in the
district. Proposals involving the loss of all or any part of these existing parks will be
resisted, unless applicants can demonstrate a lack of viability or business demand (e.g. bymarketing the business at an appropriate price for at least 12 months).

4.8.3

The development of new, or the extension of existing mobile homes/residential caravanparks will not normally be appropriate outside development envelopes. New mobile homes
and caravans should be located within existing settlements, where permanent dwellings
would be acceptable. However, the intensification of sites in the countryside within thecurrent development footprint may be appropriate, providing there is no adverse impact on
the character and appearance of the locality and amenity of nearby residents, and on thelocal highway network.

4.8.4

Where new provision is appropriate, planning conditions will be used to control the colour,
massing and materials used, and the careful use of landscaping and layout of pitches, toreduce the environmental impact of mobile homes and caravans.

Policy HOU 7: Mobile homes and residential caravan parks
Proposals involving the loss of all or part of key identified mobile home or residential caravan parks
will be resisted, unless it can be demonstrated that the operation is no longer viable and there is nobusiness demand.
The development of new, or the extension of existing mobile home and residential caravan parks
will not normally be appropriate outside development envelopes. As an exception, intensification ofexisting sites in the countryside may be appropriate within the footprint of the current developedarea of the site.
All proposals for development or intensification must: Have no adverse impact on the character and appearance of the locality or amenity of nearby
residents.

51

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Have no significant adverse impact in terms of the scale and nature of traffic generated.
 Have careful regard to the colour, massing and materials used, and incorporate appropriate
landscaping.
 Ensure that there is no unacceptable risk of flooding; and Adhere to the Model Standards 2008 for Caravan Sites in England (or subsequent update).

4.9

Extension and replacement of dwellings in the countryside

4.9.1

There are a number of dwellings in the countryside and these are an important part of the
housing stock in the district. It is recognised that there is some need for the replacement or
extension of existing dwellings and this is a form of development in the countryside that
may be allowed as an exception to normal policies of control.

4.9.2

It will be important to ensure that extensions and replacement dwellings are sensitively
designed and do not adversely affect the character of the countryside. The design ofproposals will be important to reduce any adverse impact on the landscape, and should
correspond with the principles set out in Policy ENV 2 on design and the Council’s Design
Guide Supplementary Planning Document.

4.9.3

For the purpose of this policy, the ‘existing dwelling’ refers to a dwelling house that has anexisting lawful use as a domicile (i.e. not abandoned), as it exists on the date of the
adoption of this document; or any new dwelling permitted after this date.

Policy HOU 8: Extension and replacement of dwellings in the countryside
Proposals which seek to extend or replace an existing dwelling in the countryside will only be
supported where: The extension to an existing dwelling is in keeping with the height, scale and character of theoriginal dwelling and does not adversely affect the character and appearance of the locality or its
countryside setting.
 The replacement dwelling is of a scale and design which is sensitive to its countryside setting,with its height being similar to that of the original dwelling. If an alternative height is proposed,
the applicant will be expected to demonstrate that the scheme exhibits exceptionally high qualityof design and enhances the character and appearance of the locality.
 The proposal is within the existing curtilage.
 The residential use of the dwelling has not been abandoned.
 Proposals accord with Policy ENV 2 on design and other relevant Local Plan policies; and Proposals have regard to maximising carbon neutrality (see Policy ENV 4 in Chapter 6).

4.10 Gypsies and Travellers and Travelling Showpeople
accommodation
4.10.1 The Gypsy and Traveller community in East Cambridgeshire is long established, andcomprises about 90 or so families living on a mix of private sites and Council sites, plus
other families in permanent dwellings (as at 2013). Local Authorities are required toconsider and plan for the accommodation needs of Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling
Showpeople as set out in the Housing Act 2004. The Government’s guidance on ‘Planning52

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

policy for traveller sites’ (March 2012) requires that local planning authorities set pitch
targets for Gypsies and Travellers and plot targets for Travelling Showpeople which
address the likely site accommodation needs of travellers24 in their area. Local authorities
are also required to identify specific deliverable Gypsy and Traveller and Travelling
Showpeople sites where there is an identified need for additional accommodation,
equating to a minimum of 10 years supply.
4.10.2 The Cambridge Sub-Regional Gypsy and Traveller Accommodation Needs Assessment(October 2011) identifies a need for 38 Gypsy and Traveller pitches to be provided within
East Cambridgeshire between 2011 and 2031. Since 2011 planning permission has been
granted for a total of 22 pitches. Assuming that these sites are delivered there will be aresidual requirement for 16 pitches to be provided over the Plan period. A summary ofthese requirements is set out in Table 4.2 below.
Table 4.2 – Estimated need for pitches in East Cambs 2011-31
Need for gypsy and traveller pitches
2011-20162016-2021
2021-2026
2026-2031
Total (2011-2031)
Planning permission granted 2011-13
Residual requirement 2013-31

Number of pitches
10
13
10
5
38
22
16

4.10.3 The Needs Assessment also identifies a need for 4 Travelling Showpeople plots to beprovided in the district between 2011 and 2016. The District Council has since granted
permission for one plot – leaving a residual requirement of 3 plots.
4.10.4 The level of need for Gypsy and Traveller and Travelling Showpeople accommodation, as
identified in the Needs Assessment, will be used to inform the determination of planningapplications. The Planning Inspector appointed to consider the Local Plan indicated that
the Needs Assessment is not robustly justified and should be reviewed and updated aspart of the next Local Plan review, in order to ensure consistency with Government
guidance. The District Council is committed to updating this evidence base as part of the
Local Plan review.
4.10.5 In addition, it is proposed to allocate a number of specific sites for Gypsy and Travellers in
the Local Plan, as this can help to ensure the delivery of some sites whilst allowing
flexibility to deal with other applications. Policy HOU 9 below proposes 2 separate
allocation sites, providing a total of 4 pitches. These sites could theoretically also be
suitable for Travelling Showpeople. However, they are owned by gypsy families, and are
therefore likely to come forward for this section of the travelling community. Applications on
the two allocated sites for the requisite number of pitches will be acceptable in principle,
providing other Local Plan policies are satisfied.
4.10.6 The Council has a good track record of positively considering appropriate windfall sites, asevidenced by the high level of approvals over recent years. The policy below sets out
criteria which will be used to determine ‘windfall’ proposals for gypsy and traveller pitches
and travelling showpeople plots which come forward over the Plan period. Reasonable
travel distance will be determined on a case-by-case basis, taking account of the24

Travellers means “gypsies and travellers” and “travelling showpeople” as defined in Annex 1 of Planning Policy for Traveller sites(March 2012)53

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

availability of public transport services, the suitability of the route for walking and cycling,
and any other relevant factors.

Policy HOU 9: Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling Showpeople sites
The District Council will make provision for Gypsy, Traveller and Travelling Showpeople sites tomeet identified needs. Provision should be made for at least 38 permanent Gypsy and Traveller
pitches between 2011 and 2031, and at least 4 plots for Travelling Showpeople between 2011 and2016.
The following sites are allocated as Gypsy and Traveller sites (see Inset Maps 4.1 and 4.2).
Applications for the requisite number of pitches will be suitable in principle on these sites, provided
other Local Plan policies are satisfied: Land at Muckdungle Corner, Newmarket Road, Bottisham (2 pitches).
 Land at Pony Lodge, Grunty Fen Road, Witchford (2 pitches).
Proposals elsewhere for Gypsy, Traveller and Travelling Showpeople accommodation should meetthe following criteria:
 Adequate schools, shops and other community facilities are within reasonable travelling
distance.
 There is no significant adverse impact on the character and appearance of the countryside andthe setting of settlements.
 The site would not lead to the loss of or adverse impact on important historic and naturalenvironment assets as defined in Policies ENV 7 and ENV 11-15.
 There is no significant risk of land contamination.
 There is no unacceptable risk of flooding.
 The scale of the proposal is not disproportionate to the size of the nearest settlement and theavailability of community facilities and infrastructure.
 The site provides a suitable level of residential amenity for the proposed residents and there isno significant adverse impact on the amenity of nearby residents.
 Safe and convenient vehicular access to the local highway network can be provided together
with adequate space to allow for the movement and parking of vehicles.
 Essential services (water, electricity and foul drainage) are available on site or can be madeavailable; and Plots for Travelling Showpeople should also be of a sufficient size to enable the storage, repair
and maintenance of equipment.
The sub-division of authorised Gypsy, Traveller and Travelling Showpeople sites will also be
permitted provided that: The residential amenity of residents on the proposed site and neighbouring land is protected.
 Sites are of a suitable size to enable the creation of additional pitches or plots.
 There is no significant loss of soft and hard landscaping and amenity provision within the existing
site, particularly where conditioned by previous consent; and There is no adverse impact in terms of highways access and movement.

54

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

5

Employment

5.1

Introduction

5.1.1

Employment development is a priority for the District Council. This chapter builds on thestrategic policies in Chapter 2, and sets out a series of detailed policies which will be used toassess planning applications for employment uses. It includes policies which seek to retain
sufficient stock of employment land and premises (B1, B2 and B8 uses) to support the
expansion of the local economy, and policies which seek to ensure that development is of an
appropriate scale and type to its location.

5.1.2

Most of the chapter focuses on business uses (B1, B2 and B8 uses) but also includes
policies relating to other specific employment sectors, including horse racing and tourism.

5.2

Retention of existing employment sites and allocations

5.2.1

Future economic growth in the district can only be successfully delivered if there is sufficientland in the right locations for these uses. As demonstrated in the Council’s Jobs Growth
Strategy, existing employment sites (B1, B2 and B8 uses) play an important role in thisprocess and retaining existing employment sites is key to underpinning future economic
growth. The availability of local employment opportunities is particularly important given thehigh levels of out-commuting from the district. Existing sites are serviced and add to thevariety of stock. The loss of business land can harm local firms, who may find it difficult tofind suitable replacement sites.

5.2.2

The policy below seeks to retain sites currently or last in employment use, whilst allowing
some flexibility to take account of sites that may no longer be suitable or appropriate for
employment use. For example, where the use of the site gives rise to unacceptableenvironmental/amenity problems that cannot be overcome, or is no longer viable. In relation toenvironmental/amenity issues, applicants will need to provide clear and robust evidence ofproblems, and demonstrate that they cannot be mitigated. Where the continued viability ofa site for B1, B2 or B8 use is in question, applicants will be required to demonstrate thatthe site has been actively marketed with a commercial agent and placed on the District
Council’s business website at a realistic price for a continuous period of at least 12
months. If these conditions are met, redevelopment may be permitted, providing it involves
a mixed-use scheme which includes a proportion of employment development (B1/B2/B8uses). Applicants proposing the loss of all business uses on the site will be expected todemonstrate clear viability or other evidence as to why it is not possible to provide any
employment uses on the site.

5.2.3

The policy applies to all employment sites or premises, currently or last used for employment
purposes (B1, B2, B8) The Council does not propose to set a limit on the size of site to beretained, as small sites can make a significant contribution to local employment
opportunities, and are a key type of stock, particularly for start-up businesses.

5.2.4

In order to help meet anticipated future employment demand, the Local Plan also identifies
a number of new employment allocations, and mixed-use sites which include an elementof employment uses (as set out in Part 2). These employment allocations are considered
to be essential to the Council’s strategy of delivering 9,200 new jobs over the Plan period,and meeting the identified future needs of the local economy (as set out in the Jobs
Growth Strategy). These strategic sites will be expected to be retained for employment
uses. However, proposals for redevelopment/development for other purposes will be

55

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

assessed on their merits, taking account of viability and environmental matters, and otherpolicies in the Local Plan, particularly those relating to development in the countryside(Policy GROWTH 2) and impact on local character (Policy ENV 1).
5.2.5

There are some changes of use from office or business use (B1) that are permitted
development under the General Permitted Development Order 1995 (as amended). These
do not require an application for planning permission to be made to this Council; however,they may require an application to be made to this Council for a determination as towhether prior approval is required for specified matters.

Policy EMP 1: Retention of existing employment sites and allocations
The Council will seek to retain land or premises currently or last used for employment purposes(B1, B2 and B8 uses). As an exception, planning applications for mixed-use re-development
involving an element of employment uses may be permitted, where it can be demonstrated that:a. Continued use of the site for 100% employment purposes is no longer viable, taking into
account the site’s characteristics, quality of buildings, and existing or potential market demand;orb. The redevelopment of the site would bring significant environmental or community benefits
which outweigh the partial loss of employment uses.
Applicants will need to provide clear and robust evidence relating to criteria a or b alongside aplanning application. Planning applications for re-development which propose the loss of all
employment uses will need to be accompanied by clear viability or other evidence as to why it is
not possible to deliver employment as part of the scheme.
The Council will seek to retain employment allocations for their designated B1/B2/B8 uses.
However planning applications for redevelopment/development for other purposes will beassessed on their merits, taking account of criteria a and b above, and other policies in the Plan
(particularly those relating to development in the countryside and impact on local character).

5.3

Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside

5.3.1

One of the key aims of the Council’s Jobs Growth Strategy and the Local Plan is toencourage business growth, particularly indigenous businesses. In many cases this will
involve expansion or intensification within an existing site, rather than relocation - and manyof these sites will be in countryside locations. Wherever possible the Council will aim toassist businesses in their proposals to extend on site, providing the proposal is in scalewith the location – particularly in relation to the amount and nature of traffic generated.
Extensions should be of an appropriate design in terms of height, scale, massing andmaterials, and not have an adverse effect on the character of the locality or residential
amenity. Extensions should also be for the purpose of the existing business. Justification
for the expansion, including the submission of a business case, will be need to besubmitted with any planning application.

56

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Policy EMP 2: Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside
Proposals to expand existing businesses in the countryside will be permitted where: The proposal does not harm the character and appearance of any existing buildings or the
locality.
 The proposal is in scale with the location, and would not (by itself or cumulatively) have asignificant adverse impact in terms of the amount or nature of traffic generated.
 The extension is for the purpose of the existing business; and Any intensification of use will not detract from residential amenity.
Full justification for the proposals should be submitted with a planning application.

5.4

New employment development in the countryside

5.4.1

The Council encourages the development of small businesses. It is known that there is a
shortage of small business units throughout the district to cater for current and predicted
demand. Some local business needs are likely to be met through the re-use of existingbuildings in the countryside as detailed in Policy EMP 4. However, in cases where there
are no suitable sites within settlements for business development or opportunities for reuse of buildings, new buildings to accommodate small business developments may beappropriate on the edges of settlements. This is particularly likely to be the case in relation
to villages, rather than the market towns where there is a greater choice of land andbuildings. The scale of development acceptable in these circumstances will depend on thetype of business, the nature of the settlement and the character of the area, but is likely to
involve the provision of up to 500m² of business floorspace. Any such development will only
be permitted where it would not adversely affect its surroundings and is easily accessed byfoot or cycle from the settlement centre along clear links.

Policy EMP 3: New employment development in the countryside
New development for small scale businesses (B1, B2 and B8 uses) will be permitted on small sites
closely related to the built framework of a settlement where: There is a lack of suitable buildings and sites within the settlement.
 There is a lack of suitable buildings to re-use or replace in the countryside close to the settlement(in accordance with Policy EMP 4).
 The proposal would not have an adverse impact on the character and appearance of the area,
the amenity of neighbouring occupiers, or result in a significant increase in traffic; and The site can be easily accessed by foot or cycle from the settlement.

5.5

Re-use and replacement of existing buildings in the countryside

5.5.1

This policy relates to the re-use and replacement of non-residential buildings in the
countryside, such as barns and other agricultural buildings. The replacement of existing
rural dwellings (and their extension) is covered by Policy HOU 8.

57

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

5.5.2

The re-use of existing rural buildings that are no longer needed for their original purpose
provides an opportunity for development without the impact that new buildings have on thelandscape. There are some changes of use from agricultural buildings that are permitted
development under the General Permitted Development Order 1995 (as amended). These
do not require an application for planning permission to be made to this Council; however,they may require an application to be made to this Council for a determination as towhether prior approval is required for specified matters. Not all buildings in the countryside
are suitable for conversion or adaptation to new uses, as they may be of insubstantial
construction, of poor design, or not in keeping with their surroundings. Proposals for re-use
will also need to demonstrate there is capacity on the local road network to deal with any
increase in traffic flows, and no significant adverse impact (alone or cumulatively) in termsof the amount or nature of traffic generated.

5.5.3

The re-use of rural buildings will generally be supported over the replacement of buildings.
However, the replacement of rural buildings may be appropriate where it would result in amore acceptable and sustainable development than would be achieved throughconversion. For example, the replacement would bring environmental improvement interms of impact on the surroundings and landscape. As for re-use, proposals for
replacement will also only be appropriate where the existing buildings are of permanentand substantial construction. The replacement of attractive existing rural buildings of visualor historic interest will be resisted.

5.5.4

Where planning applications are required, the re-use or replacement of existing ruralbuildings will primarily be supported for business (B1, B2, B8), tourism, outdoor recreationor community-related uses. This includes rural worker dwellings associated with local
businesses (in accordance with Policy HOU 5), and farm shops (in accordance with Policy
COM 1). Other retail uses will not normally be appropriate development in the countryside.
Proposals for tourism uses will also need to accord with Policies EMP 7 to 9. Where
planning applications are required, the re-use of rural buildings for holiday cottages may beappropriate in certain circumstances, but not replacement – as it is considered important tominimise the impact of development on the countryside.

5.5.5

Proposals for other types of residential re-use (e.g. open market housing) requiring aplanning application will only be permitted where applicants can demonstrate that a rangeof other opportunities have been explored, and are not deliverable due to lack of demandor viability issues. As part of this applicants will need to explore options for business reuse and to provide evidence that the building has been marketed for sale or let forbusiness use with a commercial agent and the District Council’s business website at an
appropriate price for at least 12 months. The replacement of rural buildings for residential
use will not normally be considered appropriate, in order to minimise impact on thecharacter of the countryside.

Policy EMP 4: Re-use and replacement of existing buildings in the countryside
Proposals for the re-use of existing buildings in the countryside for business (B1, B2, B8), tourism,
outdoor recreation or community-related uses which require a planning application will bepermitted where: It can be demonstrated that the building is of permanent and substantial construction.
 The form, bulk and design of the building is of visual merit, architectural merit or historicalsignificance, and is in general keeping with its surroundings.
 The proposal does not harm the character and appearance of the building or the locality.

58

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 The proposal would not (by itself or cumulatively) have a significant adverse impact in terms of
the amount or nature of traffic generated; and Other Local Plan policies relating to specific uses are met.
The replacement of existing buildings in the countryside (for the same uses) will only be permitted
where it would result in a more acceptable and sustainable development than would be achieved
through conversion. In addition, bullets 1 and 5 above should also be satisfied. Proposals for
replacement involving change of use to holiday cottages will not be permitted.
Proposals for the residential re-use of rural buildings which require a planning application will only
be appropriate where the above criteria are satisfied, and applicants can demonstrate thatbusiness use is not viable or deliverable.
Proposals for the replacement of non-residential rural buildings for residential use will not normallybe considered appropriate.

5.6

Equine development

5.6.1

Horse racing and other equestrian-related activities are popular forms of recreation andeconomic development in the countryside, particularly in the south of the district around
Newmarket. These uses, including stud farming, training establishments, riding schools
and stables, can fit in well with agricultural activities and help to diversify the rural
economy. The Council will support equine development that maintains environmental
quality and the character of the countryside.

5.6.2

In some circumstances, the erection of stables or loose boxes within the curtilage of adwellinghouse for the domestic needs or enjoyment of the occupants of the dwelling may
not require planning permission. Applicants are encouraged to seek advice from theCouncil.

5.6.3

Whilst equestrian development can be appropriate in the open countryside, the cumulative
impact of horse-related activities and associated buildings can have an adverse impact on
the character and appearance of rural areas. Wherever possible, existing buildings should
be re-used. New buildings for horse-related activities including stables, field shelters andtack rooms should be no larger than is essential.

5.6.4

In most cases, isolated developments will be unacceptable. Small-scale domestic stables
should be well related to dwellings whilst larger scale facilities should be well related toexisting development. Commercial equestrian facilities should be well related to existing
public bridleways or gallops to minimise the need to exercise horses on the highway.

5.6.5

All equestrian development, whether domestic or commercial, should be of an appropriate
scale and design and careful attention should be given to siting, materials and landscaping
details to avoid an adverse impact on the countryside. Particular care will be needed
where floodlighting is proposed in order to avoid an unacceptable impact on residential
amenity. Adequate pasture may be necessary depending on the feeding and grazing
regime. The British Horse Society recommends 0.4-0.6ha per horse.

5.6.6

Proposals for dwellings as part of equine development schemes will be assessed against
Policy HOU 5.

59

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Policy EMP 5: Equine development
Proposals for horse racing or equestrian development, whether domestic or commercial, will bepermitted when the following criteria are met:
 The proposal is not sited in a prominent or isolated location away from existing buildings.
 Where new buildings are proposed, applicants have demonstrated that existing structures cannot
be adapted or re-used.
 The siting, scale and design of the proposal is in keeping with the character of the area, withadequate pasture to support the horses where necessary. Particular regard will be had to the
cumulative effect of proposals.
 Proposals for larger scale private or commercial enterprises have access to the public bridleway
network or have sufficient space for exercising horses on-site. Such proposals will require a
Transport Statement to demonstrate that there are no unacceptable impacts on highway safety.
 The amenity of nearby residential properties is not adversely affected, for example, in relation tofloodlighting, changes in levels or noise and disturbance.
 The proposal would not (by itself or cumulatively) have a significant adverse impact in terms ofthe nature and amount of traffic generated; and Schemes proposing dwellings for rural workers will need to accord with Policy HOU 5.

5.7

Development affecting the horse racing industry

5.7.1

Given the historical association of the Newmarket area with horse racing, and its
importance to the local economy, it is important that development does not have an
adverse impact on the industry. Development which harms the long-term viability ofoperational studs and other racing facilities, or the racing industry as a whole, will be
resisted.

Policy EMP 6: Development affecting the horse racing industry
Any development which is likely to have an adverse impact on the operational use of an existingsite within the horse racing industry, or which would threaten the long term viability of the horse
racing industry as a whole, will not be permitted.

5.8

Tourist facilities and visitor attractions

5.8.1

East Cambridgeshire is an attractive rural district with a range of tourist attractions
including Ely Cathedral, Wicken Fen, Anglesey Abbey and Oliver Cromwell’s House. The
Council is keen to support proposals which sustain and enhance the district’s tourism andvisitor economy.

5.8.2

Tourist facilities and visitor attractions are usually considered to be a ‘main town centre
use’ (see paragraph 3.3.8) but they can also play an important role in rural diversification.
Certain tourism development may be appropriate in the countryside, for example tosupport the expansion of existing tourist facilities and attractions, or to create a new
attraction from a specific feature.

60

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

5.8.3

Where a new or extended tourist facility or visitor attraction is proposed, applicants will be
expected to submit evidence of genuine need to support the case for the proposal. Thisshould include an analysis of market supply and demand (including evidence of similar
establishments in the locality and their visitor numbers) and a business plan.

5.8.4

All proposals will be encouraged to reuse existing buildings where possible (in accordancewith Policy EMP 4). Where new buildings are proposed, these should be in scale with theirsurroundings and sensitively designed and located to minimise potential impact on thelandscape and local area. New tourist development should not adversely affect nature or
wildlife habitats, which can be tourist attractions in their own right. Applicants should also
demonstrate that opportunities for sustainable travel arrangements have been exploredand suitable proposals incorporated into schemes, for example, provision of enhanced
cycling and walking links or enhanced public transport.

Policy EMP 7: Tourist facilities and visitor attractions
Proposals for new or extended tourist facilities or attractions will be supported where it can bedemonstrated that: There is an identified need to create new facilities or to expand or improve existing visitor
attractions and facilities to ensure their continued viability.
 The proposal is of an appropriate scale and nature relative to its location, and would not (by itself
or cumulatively) have a significant adverse impact in terms of the amount and nature of traffic
generated.
 The character & appearance of the area and natural assets would be maintained and enhanced.
 The proposal maximises opportunities for sustainable travel including walking, cycling and public
transport; and Opportunities to reuse existing buildings have been explored.

5.9

Tourist accommodation

5.9.1

The district’s proximity to Cambridge, Newmarket, King’s Lynn and Norwich make it an
attractive destination for day visits and an increasingly popular destination for overnightstays. There is a need for additional tourist accommodation, particularly within the hotel,
caravan and camping sectors. Additionally, on-going improvements to the navigable
waterways, including the Fens Waterways Link, mean that East Cambridgeshire is ideallyplaced to capitalise on growth within the leisure marine and boating holiday market.

5.9.2

Hotel development is defined as a ‘main town centre use’, which can enhance the vitality
and viability of town centres. Concentrating hotel development in sustainable town centre
locations close to shops, services and public transport can help to reduce the need totravel and benefit the environment. Other locations which provide good accessibility may
also be appropriate, such as sites close to railway stations. Proposals for new hotel
development or extensions to hotels will also be assessed against Policy COM 1 which
relates to town centre uses, and seeks to ensure a sequential approach is generally
applied.

5.9.3

It will also be important to retain existing hotel stock. Facilities such as the Lamb Hotel in
Ely help to meet business and tourist demand in the city and hence enhance the vitality
and viability of the city centre. The Council will only permit the loss of hotel accommodation

61

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

to other uses where it can be demonstrated that the continued use as a hotel would not be
economically viable. In assessing viability, evidence will be required of occupancy rates
and other relevant factors such as business plans, locational factors and ease of accessfor visitors by a variety of transport routes. Applicants will also need to submit evidence
that the site has been marketed for sale or let at a reasonable price for a period of at least
12 months.
5.9.4

All tourist accommodation should be located within settlements wherever possible.
However, for caravan/camping/marinas/moorings it is recognised that locations on theedge of settlements may also be appropriate – and also where schemes are proposed aspart of the expansion of existing accommodation (providing that they are in scale with thelocation, and accord with other criteria in the policy).

5.9.5

Proposals for other unserviced holiday accommodation (e.g. holiday cottages) will only beappropriate in the countryside where they involve the re-use of existing rural buildings, inaccordance with Policy EMP 4. In order to minimise the impact on the countryside,schemes should be limited to 1 or 2 holiday cottages only, and will not be appropriate
where they involve new buildings. Where any type of unserviced accommodation ispermitted, occupation will be restricted to short term holiday lets, in accordance with Policy
EMP 9.

5.9.6

Where new or expanded tourist accommodation is proposed, applicants will need tosubmit evidence of genuine need to support the case for the proposal. This should include
an analysis of market supply and demand (including evidence of similar establishments inthe locality and their visitor numbers) and a business plan.

Policy EMP 8: Tourist accommodation
Proposals for new hotel development or extensions to hotels will be assessed against the termsof Policy COM 1. Proposals resulting in the loss of sites currently, or last used, for hotel
accommodation will only be permitted where it can be demonstrated that the continued use of asite for hotel accommodation is no longer economically viable, nor has the potential to become
viable, and that all reasonable efforts have been made to sell or let the property at a reasonable
price for a period of at least 12 months.
Proposals for new or extended caravan, caravan-lodge, camping sites, marinas and moorings will
be supported where: The need for the additional accommodation can be justified.
 Proposals are located within, or well related to, an existing settlement boundary, or on sites
where existing service providers require additional space to expand.
 There is no significant adverse impact on the character and appearance of the area or natural
assets.
 The proposal is of an appropriate scale and nature relative to its location, and would not (by itself
or cumulatively) have a significant adverse impact in terms of the amount and nature of traffic
generated; and In the case of marinas and moorings, development would not impede navigation or lead tohazardous boat movements, harm the quality of the fisheries, or conflict with traditional river uses
such as fishing, sailing and rowing.

62

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Proposals for holiday cottage accommodation will be supported where: The need for the additional accommodation can be justified.
 Schemes are located within, or well related to, an existing settlement boundary; and In the case of schemes in the countryside, they involve the re-use of an existing building in the
countryside for a maximum of 2 dwellings (and accord with criteria in Policy EMP 4), and do not
involve new build accommodation.

5.10 Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions
5.10.1 There is demand for self-catering holiday accommodation across the district, particularly inthe touring caravan, static caravan, caravan-lodge and boat sectors. Unserviced holiday
accommodation can bring benefits to the rural economy, particularly where under-usedbuildings are brought back into productive use, or where development forms part of a rural
diversification scheme. However, development pressures for housing and high land prices in
East Cambridgeshire means that there is a potential risk that such units, once permitted,
may be used as permanent residential accommodation.
5.10.2 The intention of this policy is to create a clear distinction between residential accommodation(which may or may not be used as second homes) and accommodation that is used ascommercial holiday lets and therefore brings economic benefit to the area. Commercial
holiday lets can support the rural economy through visitor spend at local shops, attractions
and facilities, whilst placing much less pressure on local services such as doctors andschools, than permanent residential occupancy.
5.10.3 Conditions will therefore be placed on new unserviced holiday accommodation to ensure
availability as short-term commercial holiday lets for a substantial part of the year. Thisapproach is in accordance with the Valuation Office definition of self-catering
accommodation that states accommodation must be available for short periods totalling
140 days a year. The Valuation Office also advises that letting for ‘short periods’ means
letting for periods of a month or less, to different individuals on each occasion.25
5.10.4 Additionally, in some cases holiday accommodation, whether by the character of its
construction, design or location, will also be unsuitable for continuous occupation. In such
instances, the Council may restrict occupation to certain months of the year. Seasonal
occupancy may also be appropriate to protect the local environment, for example, fromvisual intrusion or disturbance, impact upon nature conservation and habitats, or physicalerosion within the site or its surroundings that occupation during certain times of the year
may cause.

Policy EMP 9: Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions
Holiday occupancy conditions will be placed on new unserviced holiday accommodation requiringthat: The accommodation is occupied for holiday purposes only and shall not be occupied as any
person’s sole or main residence.
 It shall be available for commercial holiday lets for at least 140 days a year and no let must
exceed 28 days.
25

Valuation Office Rating Manual 5 – Section 480: Holiday Homes (self catering)63

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 The owners/operators of the site shall maintain an up-to-date register of lettings/occupation,
including the names of all owners/occupiers, their home addresses, where they are registered forCouncil tax and electoral purposes, and showing arrival and departure dates; and The owner/operator shall undertake a monthly management check of the register, and be
prepared to make the register available at all reasonable times to the Local Planning Authority.
A seasonal occupancy condition will be attached where accommodation is not suitable for yearround occupation by nature of its construction, location or design, or proximity to a habitat thatneeds extra protection at certain times of the year.

64East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6

Environment and climate change

6.1

Introduction

6.1.1

Achieving a high quality built and natural environment is a key theme of this Plan. This
chapter sets out a series of policies which will be used to ensure that development
proposals protect and promote the special qualities of the district and minimise impact on
the environment. The chapter includes policies which seek to: Sustain and create landscapes and townscapes with a strong sense of place and local
identity (section 6.2)
 Create well-designed, safe and attractive new developments (sections 6.3 and 6.4)
 Increase energy efficiency and the use of renewable and low-carbon energy (sections
6.5-6.7)
 Retain, protect and enhance features of biological or geological interest (section 6.8)
 Protect people and property from the risks of flooding (section 6.9)
 Minimise and reduce all forms of pollution, including light and noise pollution, andensure no deterioration in air and water quality (section 6.10)
 Protect the Green Belt from inappropriate development (section 6.11)
 Protect and enhance the historic environment (sections 6.12-6.18)

6.2

Landscape and settlement character

6.2.1

Attractive and distinctive local landscapes help to raise both the overall quality of theenvironment and the quality of people’s lives. A high priority is therefore given to theprotection, conservation and enhancement of traditional landscape character. New
development that is well designed and helps to sustain and create landscapes andtownscapes with a strong sense of place and local identity is important to achieving thisobjective. The importance of planning for the protection and enhancement of landscapecharacter is endorsed strongly by the NPPF.

6.2.2

The countryside in East Cambridgeshire is characterised by three distinctive andcontrasting landscape types which are consistent with the qualities defined in the national
Landscape Character Assessment:
 Fens – these cover the northern part of the district and are characterised by large
open, flat and low lying fields under wide skies, crossed by numerous waterways anddrainage channels. There are fine long distance views of buildings and settlements,and most settlements are located on old ‘islands’.
 Chalk hills – these extend between Cambridge and Newmarket, and are a broad scalelandscape of large fields, low hedges and relatively few trees. Villages are mainly
nuclear in form.
 Clay hills – these lie to the south-east, and are an undulating landscape of gently rolling
hills and scattered woodland. A number of small hamlets and villages have developed
in sheltered locations, often originally built to take advantage of the natural springs.

6.2.3

The character areas are described in more detail in the County Council’s ‘Cambridgeshire
Landscape Guidelines’ (1991), which remains the baseline evaluation of landscape in theCounty. The Guidelines stress the need to pay special attention to the design of edges oftowns and villages and their integration with and relationship to the wider landscape. This65

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

requires the location, scale and height of development, views into and out of the settlement
and the detailed edge treatment to be considered carefully. These matters are particularly
important given the predominantly flat landscape of the district. A clear distinction between
countryside and developed areas, including that between gardens and farmland, should bemaintained and ad hoc changes damaging this relationship will not be permitted.
6.2.4

The Council's ‘Ely Environmental Capacity Study’ provides a detailed assessment of thelandscape character of Ely and its environs, including an analysis of the distant and nearviews of Ely Cathedral. This study is due to be updated in 2015, and will be adopted as a
Supplementary Planning Document to the Local Plan. Other studies that contribute to theevidence base about landscape and the character of settlements in the district include
Conservation Area Appraisals for various town and villages (adopted as Supplementary
Planning Documents). This information should be used by developers to ensure that
proposals reflect the distinctive character, qualities and sensitivities of the area. Moreinformation on Conservation Areas is contained in Policy ENV 11.

6.2.5

The flatness of the fens and southern rolling hills, interspersed with small low lying villages,
results in broad open skies, which are a key part of the distinctive landscape character. At
night the rural nature of the area means that only urban areas are brightly lit, islands oflight in a dark and tranquil sea. It is important that these qualities are protected frominappropriate development, especially from increased light pollution from street lighting,floodlighting and domestic lighting, and that new development retains the openness andtranquility of the area and protects wildlife.

6.2.6

In protecting landscape and settlement character the Council will expect: important existing
views into and out of settlements to be maintained and enhanced and new ones to becreated; important open spaces to be retained; and wildlife features to be undisturbed, as
detailed in other policies within this Plan.

Policy ENV 1: Landscape and settlement character
Proposals for development should be informed by, be sympathetic to, and respect the capacity ofthe distinctive character areas defined in the Cambridgeshire Landscape Guidelines.
Development proposals should demonstrate that their location, scale, form, design, materials,
colour, edge treatment and structural landscaping will create positive, complementary relationships
with existing development and will protect, conserve, and where possible enhance: The pattern of distinctive historic and traditional landscape features, such as watercourses,
characteristic vegetation, individual and woodland trees, field patterns, hedgerows and walls, andtheir function as ecological corridors for wildlife dispersal.
 The settlement edge, space between settlements, and their wider landscape setting.
 Visually sensitive natural and man-made skylines, hillsides and geological features.
 Key views into and out of settlements; this includes quintessential views of Ely Cathedral and thesetting of the City as a historic ‘isle’ settlement close to the fen edge and the valley of the River
Great Ouse.
 The unspoilt nature and tranquility of the area.
 Public amenity and access; and Nocturnal character of rural areas free from light pollution.
Suitable compensatory provision must be made in the event of significant harm where necessary.

66East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.3

Design6.3.1

Well-designed, safe and attractive new development which respects its surroundings canhelp to raise the quality of towns and villages and have a significant impact on everyday
life. Good design is a key element in sustainable development and the Council believes
strongly in raising the standard of design in all proposals. The NPPF stresses theimportance of good design in sound planning and allows for local planning authorities toresist poor design.

6.3.2

The importance of creating distinctive, safe and accessible new developments isestablished in the strategic objectives of the Local Plan. Development needs to be of an
appropriate scale, design and materials for its location and conform to the designprinciples set out in the policy below. All new buildings and spaces must enhance andrespect their surroundings and contribute towards local identity, whilst securing andmaintaining a high level of movement, quality in the public realm and general amenity forresidents and workers. The particular importance of design in areas of historicconservation is detailed in Policy ENV 11. However, seeking to respect tradition should notinhibit innovation and good modern design that contributes positively to the character oftowns and villages through new developments and urban extensions.

6.3.3

The Local Plan objectives also address the impacts of development on climate change.
Good design can reduce energy consumption and improve sustainability throughmitigation. The Council will actively promote development incorporating new technologythat promotes energy and water conservation, and landscaping that mitigates climatechange effects. Further details are set out in Policy ENV 4 on sustainable design andconstruction.

6.3.4

Development proposals also need to be designed to facilitate sustainable waste
management, e.g. make provision for waste storage, collection and recycling. The County
Council’s RECAP Waste Management Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document(2012) provides further advice on design and provision or waste management
infrastructure on residential and commercial schemes, and will be applied by the District
Council to development within East Cambridgeshire.

6.3.5

Enabling the delivery of superfast broadband and other advanced communication
technologies throughout the district is vital to supporting the economic and sustainability
aims of the Local Plan. The Council expects high quality communications infrastructure to
be incorporated into the design of all new housing and commercial development in the
district, ensuring the future proofing of telecommunications, enabling them to be easily
provided and/or upgraded in the future. Retrofitting of communications networks are costly
and reduce the financial viability for investment by the private sector in the future. The
Council will therefore expect developers to explore the option of providing on-site
infrastructure, including ducting to industry standards in any new residential, employment
or commercial development for efficient connection to existing networks. If such measures
cannot be delivered, the developer will need to submit evidence to justify the reasons why
this is the case, whether it be for viability or technical reasons.

6.3.6

For development in key areas, the Council will prepare and adopt development
frameworks to guide development and ensure that potential benefits are maximised.
Developers of these sites will be expected to build on these frameworks and produce
detailed site Masterplans for submission alongside outline planning applications. The
Council will also require Masterplans to be prepared for other large and more sensitivesites in the district, to be submitted alongside outline planning applications. Typically, a67

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads, services, open spaceand landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement, built form andphasing. Masterplans should also demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of any
relevant site-specific policy, and how a high standard of comprehensive planning can beachieved. Developers will be expected to involve the local community in the production ofa masterplan. In some cases, design codes will also need to be submitted for approval
between outline and reserved matters application stages. Developers are advised tocontact the District Council at an early stage in preparing an application, to determine whatlevel of design planning may be required. Where outline applications are proposed inlocations which are deemed to be sensitive by virtue of the special character and value ofthe historic and natural environment in or in the vicinity of the site, they should beaccompanied by sufficient information so that the impact of the proposed development canbe properly assessed.
6.3.7

The Council will expect all development sites to be brought forward in as a comprehensive
way as possible, avoiding piecemeal development, or development which would prevent
adjacent land or other nearby sites from coming forward (for example, by impeding futureaccess).

6.3.8

The East Cambridgeshire Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document contains
detailed guidance on how design should compliment landscape, setting, local architectural
traditions, and how sustainable construction techniques can be incorporated. Guidance on
the appropriate design of shopfronts and advertisements is set out in the Shop Fronts
Supplementary Planning Document. Other detailed local context information can be foundin Conservation Area Appraisals, the Ely Environmental Capacity Study and theCambridgeshire Landscape Guidelines, which should be taken into account. Reviews ofthese documents will occur during the lifetime of the Local Plan and the most up to datematerial should be used.

6.3.9

The Government requires Design and Access Statements to be submitted with mostplanning applications. These Statements are intended to demonstrate how a proposal isfunctional, attractive and accessible to all. Comprehensive guidance on the format andcontent of a Statement is provided on the Council’s website. The Council will establish
design review arrangements, in line with the requirement of the NPPF, to assist in raising
the quality of architectural and urban design across the district.

Policy ENV 2: Design
All development will be designed to a high quality, enhancing and complementing local
distinctiveness and public amenity by relating well to existing features and introducing appropriate
new designs.
Design which fails to have regard to local context including architectural traditions and does nottake advantage of opportunities to preserve, enhance or enrich the character, appearance andquality of an area will not be acceptable and planning applications will be refused.
The Council will prepare and adopt development frameworks to guide the development of keysites. Developers will be required to prepare detailed Masterplans for these sites, and for otherlarge-scale developments and developments in sensitive areas, and submit these alongside an
outline or initial application. In addition to key design principles, masterplans should include details
on infrastructure delivery and phasing. Design codes will be required for certain proposals andshould be submitted for approval between outline and reserved matters application stages.

68East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Large scale or significant schemes may be expected to go through a formal design review process,which may need to be financed by the developer.
The Council will encourage innovative, creative good modern architectural design that complies
with the principles set out below. Schemes should be founded on an understanding of thearchitectural traditions of an area, even if there are no direct references to them in the final design.
All new development proposals, including new buildings and structures and extensions andalterations to existing buildings and structures will be expected to: Make efficient use of land while respecting the density, urban and village character, public
spaces, landscape and biodiversity of the surrounding area.
 Be developed in a comprehensive way, avoiding uncoordinated piecemeal development, tocreate a strong and attractive sense of place and local distinctiveness.
 Where appropriate, contain a variety and mix of, uses, heights and types of buildings, public
spaces paths and routes, and landscaping, and provide variety and visual richness.
 Retain existing important landscaping and natural and historic features, and include landscapeenhancement schemes.
 Ensure that the location, layout, scale, form, massing, materials and colour of buildings relate
sympathetically to the surrounding area and each other, as well as creating quality new schemesin their own right.
 Protect important views into and out of settlements and key views of landmark buildings,
especially ensuring that there is no detrimental effect on the appreciation of Ely as an historiccathedral city in the quality of the approaches and the quality of distant and close up views of thecathedral.
 Ensure there is no significantly detrimental effect on the residential amenity of nearby occupiers,
and that occupiers and users of new buildings, especially dwellings, enjoy high standards ofamenity.
 Provide structure and legibility to navigate through developments by making use of existing
views, vistas, landmarks and built and natural landscapes and creating new ones.
 Provide enclosure to streets and spaces through the grouping, positioning and height of buildings
and landscape features, and road layouts.
 Make a clear distinction between public and private spaces, and enhance the public realm,
including maximising opportunities to provide public art where appropriate.
 Incorporate the sustainable construction principles and methods contained in Policy ENV 4.
 Comply with the RECAP Waste Management Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document- the Council will encourage innovative solutions to minimising and handing waste and recycling
on development sites.
 Demonstrate that opportunities have been explored to provide on-site infrastructure, including
ducting to industry standards in any new residential, employment or commercial development toaccommodate future communications infrastructure and other utility needs.
 Incorporate the highway and access principles contained in Policy COM 7 into designs to ensure:o The conflict between motor vehicles and pedestrians and cyclists is minimised, and whereappropriate establishing home zones.
o Safe and convenient access is provided for people with disabilities.
o Good access to public transport services.
o That networks of pedestrian and cycle routes (linking to existing routes where opportunities
exist) give easy access and permeability within developments and to adjacent areas; ando Protection of rights of way.

69

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Ensure that car parking is discrete, accessible, supports permeable environments andintegrated, so it does not dominate existing and proposed new places, and is provided inaccordance with Policy COM 8.
 Ensure that places and buildings are accessible to all, including the elderly and those with
impaired mobility, and consider the life time use of developments, especially housing.
 Create safe environments addressing crime prevention and community safety.
 Integrate Sustainable Urban Drainage Schemes (SuDS) into developments so they provide wider
green infrastructure benefits (in accordance with Policy ENV 8); and Have regard to the East Cambridgeshire Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document.

6.4

Shop fronts and advertisements

6.4.1

Shop fronts form an important element in the street scene, both individually and in terms of
their collective impact. Therefore, when designing a new or replacement shop front, it isimportant to consider the visual impact upon both the building and the overall character of
the area. Proposals will be assessed against the Shop Front Design Guide Supplementary
Planning Document (2010 or as amended), Policies ENV2 and ENV3, and historic
environment policies as appropriate.

6.4.2

The installation of new shop fronts can have a significant impact on the character of
traditional buildings and streets across the district. When designing a new shop front orplanning to alter or replace an existing one, it is important to consider the visual impact itwill have upon the building and wider streetscape. A shop front and building must be
considered separate elements of the same building.

6.4.3

The Local Planning Authority will give priority to the retention of architecturally or
historically interesting traditional shop fronts. Adapting new shop fronts to modern needs
can be brought about by sensitive design. Where replacement is allowed, the design
should respect not only the building but the overall character of the area.

6.4.4

The Council recognises the importance that first floor accommodation can play inpromoting economic vitality and creating active town centres. Upper floors provide a
unique opportunity for enhanced security and surveillance as well as additional residential
and office accommodation.

6.4.5

Advertisements play an important role in creating a sense of character and place. Somesigns may be erected without the need for consent26. However, where consent is required
the Council will seek to ensure that the form and design of signs and advertisements does
not adversely impact the character of the area.

6.4.6

Sensitively designed signs incorporating individually illuminated mounted letters on asuitable background may be acceptable in certain areas where the scale, colour, design
and intensity of the illumination would not detract from the character or appearance of the
area.

6.4.7

It is important to protect the quality of design of shops and discourage inappropriate
development. The installation of shutters, blinds and canopies if unregulated can have a
detrimental impact on the character and visual amenity of the street scene. Any proposals
should form part of the comprehensive design process and be incorporated into the shop
front design.

26

Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) Regulations70

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.4.8

Careful attention has to be given to security in order to prevent poorly designed shuttersand grills being installed that would detract from the appearance and attractiveness ofbuildings and areas.

Policy ENV 3: Shop fronts and advertisements
The Council will support applications for new shop fronts or alterations to existing shop fronts
where:
 The design is consistent with the architectural style, materials and form of the building(s) towhich it would form part, except in cases where the building itself is architecturally incompatible
with the character of the area; and The shop front is an appropriate scale, in terms of the building on which it is located, and the
locality. Where a shop front occupies more than one building, the division between each should
be identifiable and the shop front should relate to the original units.
Where possible existing traditional shop fronts and features should be retained and restored. The
removal of a traditional shop front will not be permitted if it is appropriate to the building or is ofarchitectural or historic significance in its own right. The replacement of traditional shop fronts in
Listed Buildings or in Conservation Areas will only be granted where the existing shop front is
inappropriate to the building or area and its replacement will be of a high quality and improve thecharacter of the buildings or area.
The Council will support proposals that provide independent access to upper floor accommodationand seek to encourage the use of vacant upper floors.
Consent for the display of advertisements or signs will only be permitted where: The size, design, colour and number of any advertisements or signs respects the character,scale, design and location of the building and shop front on which is being displayed, as well as
the street scene.
 The advertisement or sign relates to and is integrated to the shop front which it serves; and The advertisement or sign is not internally illuminated.
Where unacceptable advertisements already exist the Council will, where appropriate, takediscontinuance action to secure their removal.
The Council will not support the provision of external roller shutters, metal roller shutters andshutter boxes on commercial/retail premises within the district, with special reference to Listed
Buildings and Conservation Areas.
Shutters, sun blinds and canopies must be sympathetic in style, colour and materials to thebuilding on which they are attached and their architectural style.

6.5

Energy and water efficiency and renewable energy in construction

6.5.1

Maximising energy efficiency and reducing resource consumption in new development canhelp to reduce CO2 emissions and thereby the contribution to climate change effects. This
policy seeks to ensure that all development schemes achieve greater efficiency in the use

71East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

of natural resources, including measures to minimise energy use, improve water efficiency
and promote waste minimisation and recycling. This will involve consideration of building
design, layout and orientation, the use of sustainable (including re-used) materials, andplanning a scheme’s resilience in terms of the future implications of climate change. New
technologies for handling waste/recycling should be considered for inclusion in large
developments. Developments should minimise construction waste and encourage reuse
and recycling wherever possible. Incorporation of these measures will also help to reduce
the running costs of buildings and create attractive and healthy places for people to live
and work by use of natural light and ventilation. Further guidance on design for sustainable
construction is set out in the Council’s Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document.
6.5.2

While there is significant new development planned for the district, the vast majority ofbuildings will be those built in earlier times when standards, e.g. of heat insulation, weremuch lower than at present. The Council will work with property owners to improve theefficiency of these buildings through initiatives that may be developed centrally or locally.
Improvements in the efficiency of existing buildings will, where possible, be sought throughconditions where changes requiring planning consent are proposed and/or through aretrofit programme supported with developer contributions. The Council will seek to ensurethat efficiency improvements do not compromise the essential qualities of historic buildings
and Conservation Areas. English Heritage guidance relating to energy efficiency andhistoric buildings is available at the following address: www.helm.org.uk/guidance-library.

6.5.3

The Code for Sustainable Homes (CSH) measures the sustainability of a new homeagainst nine categories of sustainable design including energy and CO2 emissions
reduction. The Government’s future target is for all new homes to be ‘zero carbon’ (CodeLevel 6), and intermediate step changes are proposed for Building Regulations Part L. The
2012 minimum national standard in energy efficiency is equivalent to Code Level 3, andthe Council will expect developments to make all reasonable endeavours to maximise theirperformance against all sustainability aspects of the Code. Developments of 5 or more
homes shall achieve at least Code Level 4, providing improved levels of energy efficiency,
CO2 reduction and wider sustainability benefits.

6.5.4

However, in August 2013 the Government carried out consultation on a Housing
Standards Review, and indicated that they were minded to require that carbon and energy
targets for housing would only be set in national Building Regulations, pending
implementation of a zero carbon homes requirement. The Government has sinceconfirmed that the Code for Sustainable Homes requirements including those relatingenergy and carbon emissions will be incorporated into Building Regulations (Ministerial
Statement on Building Regulations – March 2014). Policy ENV 4 therefore contains
reference to these forthcoming replacement standards.

6.5.5

The Government proposes that non-domestic buildings will be zero carbon from 2019, andthe Council requires proposals to demonstrate how energy efficiency and CO2 reduction is
being addressed. The Council expects all non-domestic developments over 1000m2 toachieve BREEAM Very Good, or equivalent though an alternative environmental rating
scheme. This will demonstrate good levels of energy efficiency and sustainable design.

6.5.6

The zero carbon buildings concept comprises three parts: energy efficiency, carbon
compliance and allowable solutions. The foundation for any zero carbon home is ensuring
good energy efficiency to minimise energy demand (e.g. ensuring that homes are
sufficiently well insulated and adequately air-tight). The overall on-site contribution to zerocarbon (including energy efficiency) is called carbon compliance. This includes on-site low
and zero carbon energy such as solar panels and heat pumps and connected heat such as72

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

a community heating network. The remaining emission reductions can be achieved via
allowable solutions (see section 6.6 and Policy ENV 5), although at present, there is
uncertainty about exactly what these might be and how much they might cost.

Policy ENV 4: Energy and water efficiency and renewable energy in construction
All proposals for new development should aim for reduced or zero carbon development inaccordance with the zero carbon hierarchy: first maximising energy efficiency and thenincorporating renewable or low carbon energy sources on-site as far as practicable.
Applicants will be required to demonstrate how they have considered maximising all aspects ofsustainable design and construction, as set out in the Code for Sustainable Homes (or its
successor). Developments of 5 or more homes are required to achieve Code for Sustainable
Homes Level 4 (or its replacement pending implementation of the zero carbon homes
requirement). All non-domestic developments of 1000m2 or more are required to meet BREEAM
Very Good standard or equivalent.
The Council will negotiate with applicants over the most appropriate solutions for historic buildings
and Conservation Areas.

6.6

Carbon offset

6.6.1

Of the three elements of the zero carbon hierarchy, allowable solutions has the mostpotential to achieve community-wide carbon savings, create green wealth for local
communities, and contribute to social change and the rebalancing of the local economy.

6.6.2

As outlined in paragraph 6.5.4, the Government has yet to publish the final Allowable
Solutions Framework. One option for carbon offsetting could involve the establishment of a
local Community Energy Fund (CEF), which invests in energy efficiency and renewable
and low carbon energy projects in Cambridgeshire, with an emphasis on community
benefits. Work is ongoing to investigate the potential of developing a Cambridgeshire CEF,
linked to the national Allowable Solutions Framework. Such a fund would require
agreement across all Cambridgeshire local authorities with robust governancearrangements, building on the Cambridgeshire Renewable Infrastructure Framework(CRIF) Report and the Community Energy Fund (CEF) Report.

Policy ENV 5: Carbon offsetting
Where allowable solutions are required for a development scheme, the Council will be prepared toaccept alternative provision in line with the national Allowable Solutions Framework.
Where a local Community Energy Fund exists, developers will be expected to provide financial
contributions to this Fund to offset the difference. The contribution will be used to finance specificrenewable energy projects within the local area. Financial contributions will be required into CEF
where developments do not achieve the CO2 reductions required under Policy ENV 4.

73

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.7

Renewable energy development

6.7.1

Opportunities for renewable energy generation in the district includes solar radiation, wind
power, anaerobic digestion, biomass, ground heat sources and other technologies.
Combined heat and power systems may also be used to provide efficient energy to larger
developments. Commercial schemes for renewable energy generation are likely to comeforward over the Plan period, but there will also be smaller schemes, including renewableenergy development on individual buildings. There are also likely to be opportunities forcommunity-led initiatives for renewable and low carbon energy in towns and villages.

6.7.2

Current large-scale generation in operation in the district includes the straw burning plant
at Sutton and the solar farm at Wilburton.

6.7.3

Proposals for renewable energy schemes will be supported wherever possible. The wider
environmental, social and economic benefits will be given significant weight in planning
decisions. However when assessing proposals, consideration will also be given to potential
impacts on the local environment and amenity, including key views (in particular of Ely
Cathedral), important wildlife sites, protected species and residential amenity, andsignificant adverse effects will be avoided. A landscape assessment will be a key part ofthis evaluation. Various types of technology will give rise to different impacts, and Policy
ENV 6 sets out the broad criteria against which any scheme for renewable energy will beassessed. The Council will expect developments for energy generation to remediate
potential adverse impacts, especially in relation to visual impact, through careful location,
design and landscaping following the design principles set out in this Plan.

Policy ENV 6: Renewable energy development
Proposals for renewable energy and associated infrastructure will be supported, unless their wider
environmental, social and economic benefits would be outweighed by significant adverse effects
that cannot be remediated and made acceptable in relation to: The local environment and visual landscape impact.
 Impact on the character and appearance of the streetscape/buildings.
 Key views, in particular those of Ely Cathedral.
 Protected species.
 Residential amenity.
 Safeguarding areas for nearby airfields; and Heritage assets.
Renewable energy proposals which affect sites of international, national and local natureimportance or other irreplaceable habitats will be determined against the relevant sections of Policy
ENV 7.
The visual and amenity impacts of proposed structures will be assessed on their merits, bothindividually and cumulatively.
Provision should be made for the removal of facilities and reinstatement of the site, should theycease to operate.

74East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.8

Biodiversity and geology

6.8.1

Biodiversity can be described as ‘the wealth of wildlife around us’ and contributes
significantly to our quality of life. It includes flora and fauna – but also features andenvironments such as trees, wetlands, hedgerows, woodlands and ponds which provide
habitats, corridors and links for wildlife, and are part of an essential network for the survival
and diversity of species. Geological conservation is also important as such environments
are irreplaceable.

6.8.2

Biodiversity and environmental features occur on many sites throughout the district. The
District Council will expect all applicants to consider potential biodiversity of sites at theoutset, and how harm can be prevented or minimised (the favoured course of action) – andin some cases, compensated or mitigated (with this being the least favoured course ofaction). Development proposals should be accompanied by sufficient information to enableeffects to be assessed, such as a Phase 1 habitat survey or other appropriate ecologicalreport. The Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006 imposes a legal duty on
local authorities to protect and enhance biodiversity.

6.8.3

Whilst the biodiversity value of all sites is important, certain species, habitats and individualsites have been identified as being of particular importance to protect and enhance. The
UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) considers the conservation of all aspects of biodiversity
within the natural environment and identifies habitats and species in special need ofprotection. On a local level, the Cambridgeshire Biodiversity Action Plan identifies habitats(e.g. fens) and species (e.g. great crested newts) in the county where action is needed toenhance and protect biodiversity. A number of species are also protected in their own rightby national and European legislation – including bats, barn owls and badgers. A number oftrees and woodlands in the district are also designated for their amenity or landscapevalue and have ‘Tree Preservation Orders’ or afforded protection if within Conservation
Areas. Similarly, hedgerows considered important for their landscape or wildlife value may
be protected against removal within the scope of the Hedgerow Regulation Notices 1997.
Some specific sites in East Cambridgeshire are also designated for their local, national orinternational biodiversity value, and their protection and enhancement is a priority for theCouncil. The different catergories of site designation are listed in the table below, and theindividual sites are shown in the Policies Map.
Table 6.1 – Categories of designated sites in East Cambridgeshire
Category of site

Level

Description/number of sites

Special Protection Area

International

Special Conservation Area

International

RAMSAR site
National Nature Reserve
Site of Special ScientificInterest (SSSI)International
National

County Wildlife Site

Local

Local Nature Reserve
Protected Roadside Verge
Ancient Woodland

Local
Local
Local

Ouse Washes
Ouse Washes, Chippenham Fen and Wicken
Fen
Ouse Washes
Chippenham Fen and Wicken Fen
19 sites (including one designated partly for its
geological value) as listed in Appendix 2
81 sites as listed in Appendix 2 (also see
Supplementary Planning Document for sitedetails)
Sites in Isleham and Little Downham
12 sites as listed in Appendix 2
24 sites as listed in Appendix 2

National

75East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.8.4

Applicants should have particular regard to designated or important species, and habitats.
In the case of protected species, applicants are advised to consult Natural England’s
standing advice. International sites have statutory protection and development proposals
trigger specific legal procedures under the Conservation of Habitats and Species
Regulations (2010). The specific international, national and local designated sites in East
Cambridgeshire are listed in Appendix 2. Further information on County Wildlife Sites iscontained in the Council’s ‘County Wildlife Sites’ Supplementary Planning Document(2010).

6.8.5

The Cambridgeshire and Peterborough Biological Records Centre can provide general
species distribution data for development sites and further information is available from thelocal Wildlife Trust and the Greater Cambridgeshire Local Nature Partnership. Where there
is reason to suspect the presence of protected species or trees and woodland, the Council
will require applications for development to be accompanied by an appropriate survey or
impact assessment by professional consultants, assessing their presence and if present,
details of how the proposal is sensitive to, and makes provision for their needs. The
measures used must accord with the relevant protecting legislation. In all proposals where
there is thought to be an impact on biodiversity or geodiversity, the Council will seek
guidance from appropriate experts, such as the local Wildlife Trust.

6.8.6

Whilst it is important to conserve existing habitats and species, the integration of
biodiversity and open space into new developments can aid both the environmental
sustainability of schemes and make them more financially viable as they are more
attractive places in which to live and work. Biodiversity measures may include theprovision of open watercourse drainage systems, the planting of dense native hedgerows,
trees and woodland, and the provision of bat or owl boxes and underpasses for mammals.
Development proposals should explore opportunities to enhance biodiversity, and seek tocreate and improve habitat wherever appropriate.

Policy ENV 7: Biodiversity and geology
All development proposals will be required to: Protect the biodiversity and geological value of land and buildings and minimise harm to or lossof environmental features, such as trees, hedgerows, woodland, wetland and ponds.
 Provide appropriate mitigation measures, reinstatement or replacement of features and/or
compensatory work that will enhance or recreate habitats on or off site where harm toenvironmental features and habitat is unavoidable; and Maximise opportunities for creation, restoration, enhancement and connection of natural habitats
as an integral part of development proposals.
Development proposals where the main aim is to conserve biodiversity will be permitted; andopportunities to incorporate biodiversity into new development will be supported.
All applications for development that may affect biodiversity and geology interests must be
accompanied by sufficient information to be determined by the Local Planning Authority, including
an ecological report, to allow potential impacts and possible mitigation measures to be assessed
fully.Where there is reason to suspect the presence of protected species, trees and woodland,
applications must be accompanied by a survey carried out by a qualified individual assessing theirpresence and, if present, the proposal must be sensitive to, and make provision for, their needs, inaccordance with the relevant protecting legislation.Where appropriate, there will be a requirement
for the effective management of designated sites and other features, controlled through the76

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

imposition of conditions or Section 106 agreements.
 Proposals which have an adverse impact on a site of international importance will not normallybe permitted unless there are exceptional overriding reasons of public interest (human health,public safety or environmental benefit).
 Proposals which have an adverse impact on a site of national importance will not normally bepermitted unless the benefits of development at the site significantly outweigh the impacts.
Proposals which would cause harm to County Wildlife Sites, Ancient Woodland, aged and veterantrees, Local Nature Reserves, Protected Roadside Verges, any other irreplaceable habitats, andgreen corridors or important species27 will not be permitted unless the need for, and benefits ofdevelopment in that location outweigh the potential harm to nature conservation interests.

6.9

Flood risk

6.9.1

Flood risk is an important issue for the district, particularly given the topography of the area
and the context of climate change with related sea-level rises and increased incidents ofheavy rainfall. Areas close to the major rivers (the Great Ouse, the Cam and the New and
Old Bedford rivers) have been subject to periodic flooding in the past, as have several of
the smaller river valleys in the south of the district. Flooding causes significant damage toproperties, infrastructure and agricultural land, potential pollution and, in serious cases, isa threat to human life. It is therefore essential that development does not add to these
dangers.

6.9.2

The NPPF is clear on the importance of flood risk as an issue to be taken into account inplanning, and is accompanied by the ‘Technical Guidance to the National Planning Policy
Framework’ (March 2012), which gives detailed guidance on flood risk. The tidal reachesof the Old Bedford River mean the Council is expected to collaborate with the Marine
Management Organisation to ensure that policies across the land/sea boundary areintegrated, and to have regard to the Marine Policy Statement and relevant license
arrangements. The East Inshore Marine Plan was adopted in April 2014. As part of the
district is at or below sea level there is the potential for it to be highly influenced by marine
processes especially those relating to coastal flooding. Reference should also be had tothe Environment Agency’s Tidal River Strategy (2009) and other similar strategic
documents.

6.9.3

Flooding can arise anywhere from rapid run-off from impermeable or waterlogged land.
However, there is a specific risk from the overtopping or breach of watercourses in the
district. The Environment Agency has identified specific zones of flood risk in East
Cambridgeshire, and these are shown on flood risk maps on the Agency’s website. The
maps indicate 4 different zones which are defined as Zone 1 (low probability of flooding),
Zone 2 (medium probability), Zone 3a (high probability) and Zone 3b (functional
floodplain). As required by Government guidance, the Council has carried out work to
refine the flood zone maps, and produced a ‘Level 1 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment’(SFRA) in 2011 (which can be viewed on the Council’s website). The Environment Agency
maps, the SFRA and Surface Water Management Plans where relevant will be used to
inform decisions on planning applications. The District Council will also work closely with

27

Those included in the UK and Cambridgeshire Biodiversity Action Plans

77

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Cambridgeshire County Council as Lead Local Flood Authority and other relevantorganisations to develop a Floods and Water Management Supplementary Planning
Document following adoption of the Local Plan. However, in some cases there will be aneed for applicants to submit site-specific Flood Risk Assessments (FRAs) to ensure thatflood risk and surface water run-off issues are comprehensively considered andaddressed. The NPPF details situations where site specific FRAs are required.
6.9.4

The NPPF says Local Plans should apply a sequential, risk-based approach to the locationof development based on the zones above, to avoid wherever possible flood risk to people
and property and manage any residual risk, i.e. development should always be in thelowest possible risk zone. However, in certain circumstances vulnerable development inareas of flood risk may permitted where an ‘exceptions test’ is passed. Development
schemes need to: Demonstrate that the development provides wider sustainability benefits to thecommunity that outweigh flood risk; and Demonstrate via a site-specific flood risk assessment that the development will be safeover its lifetime taking into account the vulnerability of users, without increasing floodrisk elsewhere, and, where possible, will reduce flood risk overall.

6.9.5

Applicants will need to demonstrate that development proposals accord with both NPPF
and Local Plan policies in relation to flood risk. Developers should contact the Environment
Agency, Lead Local Flood Authority and Internal Drainage Boards at an early stage toobtain further information relating to potential flood risks including flood risk zones andsurface water for individual sites. Detailed Standing Advice is available from theEnvironment Agency at www.environment-agency.gov.uk/research/plannning/82584.aspx
All proposals with drainage and flooding implications should have regard to the guidanceand byelaws of the relevant Internal Drainage Boards (IDBs).

6.9.6

Policy ENV 8 seeks to ensure that development schemes provide appropriate measuresfor dealing with surface water run-off. Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) can provide
the best method of minimising flood risk whilst benefiting biodiversity. Design and layout
measures and the effective use of features such as permeable surfaces, soakaways andwater storage areas should be incorporated in all new developments where technicallypossible. Systems that mimic natural drainage processes such as retention ponds, swales
and wetlands/reed beds will be particularly encouraged. Water recycling on site will also be
encouraged, as described in the Council’s Design Guide Supplementary Planning
Document.

6.9.7

The Council’s Water Cycle Study (2011) indicates that the southern half of the district issuitable for infiltration SuDS. In these areas, developers should provide SuDS that return
as much clean runoff as possible to ground. However, the northern area of the district will
generally be reliant on surface attenuation and runoff restriction – requiring land provision
within development sites. A risk assessment in line with national guidance will be important
in informing the design of surface water systems on some brownfield sites. The design
should address the issue of ownership and maintenance of SuDS. The Floods and Water
Management Act 2010 requires the County Council to act as the Sustainable Drainage
Systems Approving Body, which must approve drainage systems in new developments
and re-developments before construction begins.

78East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Policy ENV 8: Flood risk
All developments and re-developments should contribute to an overall flood risk reduction.
The sequential test and exception test will be strictly applied across the district, and new
development should normally be located in Flood Risk Zone 1. The modelled flood risk zones as
identified in the SFRA and the Environment Agency Flood Maps will inform the application of thesequential test. Development will not be permitted where: It would intensify the risk of flooding during the lifetime of the development taking into accountclimate change allowances, unless suitable flood management and mitigation measures can be
agreed and implemented.
 It would increase the risk of flooding of properties elsewhere during the lifetime of thedevelopment, taking into account climate change allowances, by additional surface water run-off
or by impeding the flow or storage of flood water.
 It would have a detrimental effect on existing flood defences or inhibit flood control andmaintenance work.
 The risk of flooding would cause an unacceptable risk to safety; or Safe access is not achievable from/to the development during times of flooding, taking into
account climate change allowance.
A site-specific Flood Risk Assessment, endorsed by the Environment Agency, appropriate to thescale and nature of the development and the risks involved, and which takes account of futureclimate change, will be required for:
 Major and non-minor development proposals in Flood Zones 2 and 3 and ‘Modelled Zone 3’; and Major and non-minor development proposals in Flood Zone 1, on sites of 1 hectare or greater, or
where there is evidence of historic flooding set out in the SFRA and/or a Surface Water
Management Plan.
All applications for new development must demonstrate that appropriate surface water drainage
arrangements for dealing with surface water run-off can be accommodated within the site, and thatissues of ownership and maintenance are addressed.
The use of Sustainable Drainage Systems will be required for new developments in accordancewith the Cambridgeshire SuDs Design and Adoption Handbook (or successor document) unless,following an assessment of character and context, soil conditions and/or engineering feasibility
dictate otherwise. SuDS may be incorporated within the Flood Risk Assessment.

6.10 Pollution
6.10.1 Some development schemes can result in pollution to air, water or land or all three; many
will generate waste in some form. The NPPF indicates that pollution from existing and new
development should be addressed; and the aim should be to minimise pollution and otheradverse effects on the environment.
6.10.2 Air quality in the district is generally good, and there are no designated National Air Quality
Management Areas (AQMA). The Council carries out monitoring at roadside sites fornitrogen dioxide, and also monitors for particulates, and all show levels within the national

79East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

targets. There are concerns about levels in parts of Ely, e.g. the Station Gateway, and theimpacts of further development will have to be scrutinised very carefully.
6.10.3 Water quality is particularly important in the district as many watercourses haveinternational or national environmental designations. New development must ensure that
increases in run-off and sewage effluent discharge can be achieved without adverse
impact on water quality. Policy GROWTH 3 on infrastructure describes the constraints
related to Sewage Treatment Works capacity. The Council places a high priority on
protecting surface and groundwater from pollution arising from development, and will
support initiatives that result in an improvement to water quality. Regard should also be
had to the Water Framework Directive and the objectives of the Anglian River BasinManagement Plan.
6.10.4 Lighting and noise pollution arising from new development can individually andcumulatively have a significantly damaging impact on the countryside, on peoples’ living
environments, and on wildlife. Whilst lighting is desirable for safety, recreation and theenhancement of some buildings, inappropriate lighting can cause sky glow, glare, light-spill
and represents energy waste.
6.10.5 Land contamination in East Cambridgeshire arises most frequently from former industrial
and agricultural uses, but can also result from accidents, spillages or be caused byelevated levels of naturally occurring substances. Land contamination is a key
consideration as it causes harm to the environment, has the potential to affect adversely
public health and safety, and unless dealt with appropriately, can inhibit the re-use ofotherwise suitable brownfield sites. It is important that potential contamination is identified
at the earliest stage in the development process to ensure that appropriate remediation
measures are identified and addressed early in the preparation of proposals for a site.
Remediation should remove unacceptable risk and make the site suitable for its new use.
In addition to the NPPF, contamination is subject to pollution control legislation. Additional
advice for developers on the process for assessing contaminated sites and information on
remediation works is set out in the Council’s Supplementary Planning Document (SPD),‘Guidance on submitting planning applications on land that may be contaminated’ (2010). It
is intended to update this SPD following adoption of the Local Plan.
6.10.6 Low levels of naturally occurring radon are present in certain parts of the district, andproperties in these areas may require special basic protection. Further information on
areas affected, and control measures for new development are contained in BR211
Radon: Guidance on Protective Measures for New Dwellings (BRE), and Part C of the
Building Regulations 2000.
6.10.7 Policy ENV 9 sets out the criteria against which developments with potential pollution,
contamination and waste implications will be considered. The Council will seek to ensurethat levels of all are kept to a minimum and are acceptable to human health and safety, theenvironment and the amenity of adjacent or nearby land users. Environmental Healthlegislation regulates many forms of pollution, but it is clearly preferable to prevent conflictfrom new development arising in the first place. The weight given to each criterion will
depend on the particular circumstances and relevant control authorities will be consulted
as necessary. Careful consideration will be required where development is likely to, on its
own or cumulatively, result in harmful levels of pollution, or where developments arelocated within safety consultation zones (for example, areas around pipelines, airports,
railways and sewage treatment plants). The Council therefore encourages pre-application
discussions with applicants involving bodies responsible for pollution control or drainage
where pollution is an issue. In some cases this may involve an Environmental Statement,

80East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

prepared as part of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) to ensure theenvironmental impacts of a significant development proposal are comprehensively
considered.

Policy ENV 9: Pollution
All development proposals should minimise, and where possible, reduce all emissions and otherforms of pollution, including light and noise pollution, and ensure no deterioration in air and water
quality. All applications for development where pollution is suspected must contain sufficient
information to enable the Council to make a full assessment of potential hazards and impacts.
Proposals will be refused where, individually or cumulatively, there are unacceptable impacts
arising from the development on:
 The natural environment, general amenity and the tranquility of the wider rural area, including
noise and light pollution.
 Health and safety of the public.
 Air quality.
 Surface and groundwater quality.
 Land quality and condition; or Compliance with statutory environmental quality standards.
In exceptional cases, development proposals may be permitted where it can be clearly
demonstrated that the environmental benefits of the development and the wider social andeconomic need for the development substantially outweigh any adverse impact in terms ofpollution. In such cases, where pollution is unavoidable, mitigation measures to reduce pollution
levels will be required in order to meet acceptable standards.
New development will not be permitted where there is a potential to conflict with existingdevelopments that require particular conditions for their operation, or that are authorised or
licensed under pollution control or hazardous substances legislation, where it would be likely to
impose significant restrictions on the activities of the existing use in the future.
Development proposals on contaminated land (or where there is reason to suspect contamination)must include an assessment of the extent of the contamination and any possible risks. Proposals
will only be permitted where the land is, or can be made, suitable for the proposed use.
Development proposals where there is a risk of pollution should include a Pollution Management
Plan which includes details of the identified risks and the proposed control measures.
Conditions may be attached to any planning permission, or Section 106 agreements used, toensure adequate reduction and management of impacts.

6.11 Green Belt
6.11.1 Green Belts are primarily designed to control the spread of development and thecoalescence of towns by keeping land permanently open. The NPPF attaches great
importance to Green Belts in preventing urban sprawl and keeping land permanently open.
Strict control of development should ensure their open and rural character is not eroded.

81East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.11.2 The Cambridge Green Belt was established formally in 1965, and includes approximately
1,910 hectares of East Cambridgeshire around the villages of Bottisham, Lode andSwaffham Bulbeck. The purposes of the Cambridge Green Belt are to: Preserve the unique character of Cambridge as a compact, dynamic city with a thriving
historic centre.
 Maintain and enhance the quality of its setting; and Prevent communities in the environs of Cambridge from merging into one another andwith the city.
6.11.3 The boundaries of the Green Belt in East Cambridgeshire were subject to minor changes
in the Core Strategy (2009) to remove anomalies, as informed by the Council’s Green Belt
Assessment (2005). Only one major change is proposed in this Local Plan, involving therelease of a small area of land for residential development on the edge of Bottisham. For
further details, see the Bottisham Village Vision in Part 2.
6.11.4 Development proposals which come forward in the Green Belt will be assessed against
Government policy in the NPPF and other policies in this Local Plan. Development will bestrictly controlled, and generally linked to those uses which require a rural setting andpreserve the openness of the Green Belt. The NPPF sets out clear guidance on the typesof buildings and development that may exceptionally be permitted in Green Belt areas, as
listed below. Please note that this is a summary, and applicants should refer to the NPPF
for further guidance (as well as other policies in this Plan for further requirements relating
to these uses or proposals).
 Extensions or alterations to buildings, where not disproportionate additions comparedto the size of the original building.
 Re-use of buildings, provided they are of permanent and substantial construction.
 Replacement of a building, provided it is in the same use and not materially larger.
 Development on brownfield land where there is no greater impact on openness ofGreen Belt than the existing development.
 Affordable housing.
 Development brought forward under a Community Right to Build Order.
 Buildings for agriculture or forestry.
 Facilities for outdoor sport, outdoor recreation and cemeteries.
 Mineral extraction and engineering operations.
 Local transport infrastructure.

Policy ENV 10: Green Belt
Development in the Green Belt will be strictly controlled, and limited to certain exceptions asprescribed in the NPPF. Development proposals for exceptions will also need to accord with otherpolicies in the Local Plan.
Where development is permitted within the Green Belt it must be: Located and designed so that it does not have an adverse effect on the rural character andopenness of the Green Belt; and Subject to landscaping conditions, together with a requirement that any planting is adequately
maintained to ensure that any impact on the Green Belt is mitigated.

82East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Where development is permitted adjacent to the Green Belt account will be taken of any adverse
impact on the purposes of the Green Belt. Development on the edges of settlements that are
surrounded by the Green Belt must include high quality landscape and design in order to protect
the purposes of the Green Belt.

6.12 Historic environment
6.12.1 The role of the historic environment in achieving sustainable development is set out innational policy. All development should aim to conserve heritage assets in a manner
appropriate to their significance and provide a positive response to the historic characterand local distinctiveness of the district. The significance of heritage assets lies in how they
are valued in terms of their special historic, archaeological, architectural or artistic qualities.
The contribution of the setting of heritage assets to the appreciation of these qualities will
be carefully considered, alongside other more direct impacts of development proposals.
6.12.2 The district contains a great wealth and variety of buildings and structures that areimportant to the character and appearance of towns and villages. Within the district, there
are 26 designated Conservation Areas, approximately 930 Listed Buildings and 41 sites
designated as Scheduled Ancient Monuments. Ely Cathedral is one of England’s greatmonuments, and is of national and international significance, as well as having resonanceas a local landmark and symbol of the fens.
6.12.3 The Council will pro-actively seek opportunities to enhance or better reveal the significanceof heritage assets through all appropriate means, applying the historic environment
evidence base as part of a strategy for achieving positive outcomes for the historic
environment. This will apply to investigating how heritage assets at risk, or potentially atrisk, can be restored and brought back into beneficial use.

6.13 Conservation Areas
6.13.1 The Council has designated a number of Conservation Areas in the district. These arelisted in Appendix 2 and the boundaries are shown in the maps in Part 2 of this Plan. These
areas have been designated due to their particular architectural or historic interest, taking
account of the overall quality of the area, mix and style of buildings, quality of open spaces,
and other features which contribute to the overall character.
6.13.2 The Council is undertaking a programme of Conservation Area reviews and has adopted
several Conservation Area Appraisals as Supplementary Planning Documents. These
appraisal documents examine boundaries, character and general condition. In addition the
programme also includes the designation of new Conservation Areas. The Conservation
Area Appraisals for both the revised and new Conservation Areas will be adopted as
Supplementary Planning Documents to the Local Plan.
6.13.3 Designation emphasises the special care that must be taken over the design, layout andmaterials of development proposals to ensure the character and appearance of these areas
is preserved and enhanced. Traditional features and local characteristics should berecognised and reflected in development proposals. However, new development does notalways have to mimic the past, and high quality schemes that provide a successful visual
contrast with their surroundings may also be appropriate.

83East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.13.4 Demolition of buildings in Conservation Areas will be resisted, except in very exceptional
cases where it can be satisfactorily demonstrated that the building is structurally unsoundor of little or no importance to the character and appearance of the area. In all
circumstances, demolition will only be allowed if planning permission has already beenobtained for the redevelopment of the site, to ensure no adverse impact on the character orappearance of the area.
6.13.5 Where necessary, the Council will use Section 215 notices and Article 4 Directions tomaintain and enhance the quality of Conservation Areas.

Policy ENV 11: Conservation Areas
Development proposals, within, or affecting a Conservation Area should:
 Be of a particularly high standard of design and materials in order to preserve or enhance thecharacter or appearance of the area.
 Seek to retain attractive traditional materials and features such as original doors, windows,
chimneys and boundary walls; and Only involve the demolition of buildings where:o They are structurally unsound (for reasons other than deliberate damage or neglect), beyond
reasonable repair, and measures to sustain the existing use or find an alternative use/user
have been exhausted; and in all caseso They have little or no architectural, historic or visual significance or have a negative impact on
the Conservation Area; and in all caseso Comprehensive proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have been submitted and havereceived planning permission.
Where there is an adopted Conservation Area Appraisal SPD, developers will be expected to show
how this has informed their proposals.

6.14 Listed Buildings
6.14.1 Buildings are listed by the Secretary of State in recognition of their special architectural or
historic interest, and any works which affect the character of a Listed Building require Listed
Building Consent. Within the district there are almost 930 Listed Buildings, about 100 ofwhich are Grade I or Grade II*. The high ratio of Grade I and II* is due in part to Anglesey
Abbey and the Ely Cathedral complex. The main aim of listing is to prevent alterations thatare detrimental to the special character of the building or structure, including the interior.
6.14.2 The setting of a Listed Building is also important, and proposals that detract from the setting
will be resisted. Similarly, where a Listed Building has landscape value, contributing to thewider setting of a settlement or the countryside, it will be necessary to demonstrate thatdevelopment proposals do not adversely affect character or views.
6.14.3 There is a strong presumption in favour of the retention and preservation of Listed
Buildings. Demolition, in full or in part, will be approved only in the most exceptional
circumstances as set out in Policy ENV 12, after applicants have demonstrated that every
effort has been made to keep the building. If demolition is permitted, the Council is likely torequire an appropriate archive of the features and fabric that would be lost. The best way ofpreserving a Listed Building is by securing an active, economically viable use, andsympathetic consideration will be given to proposals that help to secure the long-term future84East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policiesof the building. Such proposals will only be acceptable where there is no detriment to thestructure, character, appearance or setting of the building.
6.14.4 Applicants proposing the alteration, extension or change of use of a Listed Building will be
required to provide sufficient information to demonstrate how the proposals would
contribute to the building’s conservation, whilst preserving or enhancing its architectural or
historic significance.
6.14.5 Setting and contribution to the wider environment need to be fully considered andrespected when proposing extensions, alterations or new buildings. Planning permission
will be refused for any form of development that would adversely affect the setting of a
Listed Building or a group of Listed Buildings.
6.14.6 Investing in historic buildings can have a direct impact on the quality of life of residents.
Many buildings at risk have a rich historic legacy and contribute to local identity. The repair
and refurbishment of declining and/or derelict historic buildings can often be a catalyst in
encouraging confidence and investment in an area.

Policy ENV 12: Listed Buildings
Proposals that affect a Listed Building will not be permitted where it would have a detrimental
impact on the visual, architectural or historic significance of the asset.
Proposals to extend, alter or change the use of a Listed Building will only be permitted where theywould: Preserve or enhance the significance of the building and not involve substantial or total loss ofhistoric fabric.
 Be compatible with the character, architectural integrity and setting of the Listed Building; and Facilitate the long-term preservation of the building.
Proposals that affect the setting of a Listed Building will only be permitted where they would: Preserve or enhance those elements that make a positive contribution to or better reveal thesignificance of the heritage asset.
 Not materially harm the immediate or wider setting of the Listed Building. This setting may
extend well beyond the immediate building curtilage and may include an extensive street scene
or a wider urban design context, especially when the proposal is within a Conservation Area; and Facilitate the long-term preservation of the building.
Proposals to demolish all or part of a Listed Building will not be permitted other than in wholly
exceptional cases where: All possible measures to sustain the existing use or find an alternative use have been exhausted,
including active and genuine marketing28 of the asset.
 Reasonable endeavours have been taken to secure a public or charitable organisation to take on
the asset and failed.
 The building is structurally unsound (for reasons other than deliberate damage or neglect)beyond all reasonable repair and its redevelopment would bring wider public benefits; and in all
cases
28

Applicants should provide evidence that the building has been marketed for a period of no less than 12 months, at a price that reflects
its condition.

85

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Comprehensive proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have been submitted and havereceived planning permission.
The Council will monitor Heritage at Risk within the district and will pro-actively engage with key
stakeholders in order to secure and improve those heritage assets deemed to be most at risk. The
Council will use its statutory powers to enforce the repair of heritage assets where appropriate.

6.15 Local Register of Buildings and Structures
6.15.1 The Council, in conjunction with local amenity groups, will prepare a local register ofbuildings which make a valuable contribution to the local scene, local distinctiveness and/or
or local history, but which do not merit inclusion on the national list. These will be given
additional protection and their status will be a material consideration, but they will not havethe full protection of statutory listing.
6.15.2 Proposals for the change of use of a building or structure on the Local Register will be
required to demonstrate how this would contribute to its conservation whilst preserving or
enhancing its architectural or historic significance.
6.15.3 Applications proposing full or partial demolition will be required to demonstrate that theviability of continued beneficial use, restoration or conversion has been exhausted and its
redevelopment would bring wider public benefits.
6.15.4 In cases where demolition is acceptable, the Council will seek to ensure that provision ismade for an appropriate level of building recording to take place.

Policy ENV 13: Local Register of Buildings and Structures
Proposals that affect a building or structure on the Local Register will not be permitted where it
would have a detrimental impact on the visual, architectural or historic significance of the asset.
The Council will resist development that will: Involve the demolition or part demolition of buildings or structures on the Local Register; and Involve the inappropriate alteration or extension to buildings or structures on the Local Register.
Proposals to demolish all or part of a building or structure on the Local Register will not be
permitted other than in wholly exceptional circumstances where: All possible measures to sustain the existing use or to find an alternative use have been
exhausted, including active and genuine marketing of the asset29.
 The building is structurally unsound (for reasons other than deliberate damage or neglect),beyond all reasonable repair and its redevelopment would bring wider public benefits; and in allcases Comprehensive proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have been submitted and havereceived planning permission.

29

Applicants should provide evidence that the building has been marketed for a period of no less than 12 months, at a price that reflects
its condition.

86East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.16 Archaeological sites and monuments
6.16.1 East Cambridgeshire has a rich and varied archaeological heritage. In the north of the
district, settlement from the early pre-historic period focused on the dry land of the Isle of
Ely and surrounding fen margins, although well preserved artefacts and organic remains
may occur in the areas of fen. Extensive evidence of Roman activity survives throughout
the district, and in addition to the historic city of Ely, numerous medieval villages and towns
survive to the present day.
6.16.2 Archaeological remains are finite and non-renewable. As well as having historic value intheir own right, they are important for education, leisure and tourism and contribute to thecharacter of the district. The Council will make every effort to safeguard the local
archaeological heritage which is vulnerable to the impacts of development. Designated
Assets of national importance are listed in Appendix 2. These and other ‘undesignated’
assets of local, regional and national significance are listed in the Cambridgeshire Historic
Environment Record which is maintained by Cambridgeshire County Council, to whichmore assets are routinely added.
6.16.3 As most archaeological remains are yet to be discovered it is crucial that sites of potential
interest are appropriately assessed. Development that harms the significance of any
heritage asset of known or identified national importance will be resisted, and the impact ofdevelopment on all types of remains should be appropriately assessed as part of theapplication process.
6.16.4 Where permission for development is granted that would harm assets of archaeologicalinterest, a programme of conservation appropriate to their significance should beundertaken. Their in-situ preservation is preferred, but where this is not feasible, provision
should be made for a programme of archaeological excavation, recording and publicpresentation (where appropriate) to take place before development commences. The
analysis, reporting and publication of the evidence should take place thereafter. This will be
secured by a planning condition, the discharge of which will be agreed in conjunction with
the County Council Historic Environment Team. All works will be guided by national
planning policy, government advice and that issued by English Heritage.
6.16.5 Archaeological assessments are expected to define the location, extent, character,condition, quality and significance of any archaeological remains in order to establish thepotential impacts of the development and to enable any preservation or mitigation
strategies to be developed.

Policy ENV 14: Sites of archaeological interest
Development proposals at or affecting all sites of known or potential archaeological interest will: Have regard to their impacts upon the historic environment and protect, enhance and whereappropriate, conserve nationally designated and undesignated archaeological remains, heritage
assets and their settings.
 Require the submission of an appropriate archaeological evaluation/assessment of significanceby a suitably qualified person. This initial work may be required prior to the submission of aplanning application; and Not be permitted where the proposals would cause substantial harm to new or known nationally
important sites, including Scheduled Ancient Monuments and their settings.

87East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

6.17 Historic parks and gardens
6.17.1 English Heritage has compiled a ‘Register of Parks and Gardens of Special HistoricInterest’ which includes 4 sites within East Cambridgeshire. The aim of this register is todraw attention to important historic parklands, pleasure grounds and gardens laid out
before 1939 and which are considered to be an essential part of the nation’s heritage. The
County Council has also identified 6 other historic landscapes as being of local significance.
All of these sites are listed in Appendix 2. Any development must have careful regard to theimportant landscape architecture of the site, and the setting of these heritage assets. Whenconsidering proposals for enabling development, the Council will utilize best practiceguidance where available in order to help inform the decision making process. Developers
are encouraged to enter into pre-application discussions with the Council at an early stage
when considering a proposal for enabling development. The Council will expect sufficient
information to be submitted with any application that affects a historic park or garden listed
in Appendix 2, to enable the impact of development to be properly assessed.

Policy ENV 15: Historic parks and gardens
Proposals that affect the significance of a Historic Park or Garden will not be permitted where theywould have a detrimental impact on its character, amenity or setting.
As part of any permission, the Council may seek the agreement of a management plan to secure
the long-term preservation of the asset promote good land management and encourage best useof resources.

6.18 Enabling development associated with heritage assets
6.18.1 Enabling development is a development proposal that is contrary to established planningpolicy and in its own right would not be permitted. Such a proposal may however beallowed where it would secure a proposal for the long-term future of a heritage asset.
6.18.2 At the heart of enabling development is an ‘exchange’ whereby the community accepts
some disbenefit, as a result of permission being granted for development which would
otherwise be unacceptable, in return for the long-term conservation of the heritage asset.
6.18.3 The policy will only be used where the public benefit of securing the future of a significant
heritage asset through enabling development decisively outweighs the disadvantages ofbreaching normal policy presumptions. In considering enabling development proposals,
developers are encouraged to enter into pre-application discussions with the Council.

Policy ENV 16: Enabling development associated with heritage assets
Enabling development will only be permitted when all of the following conditions are met:
 The enabling development takes the opportunity to enhance the heritage asset and its setting
and will not materially harm the heritage value of the asset or its setting.
 The public benefit of the survival or enhancement of the heritage asset outweighs the disbenefitsof providing the enabling development.
 The impacts of the enabling development are precisely defined at the outset.
 The proposal avoids detrimental fragmentation of management of the heritage asset and where88East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

applicable, its continued use for a sympathetic purpose.
 The scale of the enabling development is the minimum necessary to secure the future of theheritage asset and all aspects of design and layout minimise disbenefits.
 The heritage objective can be securely linked to the enabling development through a planningagreement.
 Financial assistance to secure the long-term future of the heritage asset is not available from anyother source.
 It is necessary to resolve problems arising from the inherent needs of the heritage asset rather
than the circumstances of the present owner or the purchase price paid.
 The heritage asset will be repaired or enhanced to an agreed standard at an agreed stage in thecourse of the enabling development, preferably at the outset and certainly before completion;and There will be no adverse impact on sites of biodiversity or geological importance (see Policy ENV
7).

89

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7

Community services and infrastructure

7.1

Introduction

7.1.1

In order for communities to be successful, it is vital that they are well served by a full rangeof services and infrastructure which are appropriate to people’s needs, affordable, andaccessible to all.

7.1.2

Community services and facilities include schools and other education provision, social
services, libraries, shops, pubs, open space, sports facilities, healthcare, places ofworship, parish and village halls, police and emergency services, transport, public utilities
and other infrastructure. Services and facilities are particularly important in rural areas.
Many communities have experienced losses of important local services such as shops,
post offices and primary schools in recent years. Support will be given to community-based
initiatives that result in improvements to the local service and facility delivery and makethose settlements more sustainable.

7.2

Retail and town centre development

7.2.1

Town and village centres are at the heart of our community, and provide a focus for retailand other town centre uses, including, leisure, commercial, office, tourism, cultural andcommunity facilities. The Government is committed to sustaining and enhancing the vitality
and viability of these centres, and making town centres a particular focus for development.

7.2.2

The policy approach seeks to focus main town centre uses within the identified town
centres in the district, wherever possible. The town centre boundaries are shown in themaps below. Edge of centre and out of centre locations may be appropriate in exceptional
circumstances, according to the sequential approach and other tests in the NPPF andreferred to in Policy COM 1. The sequential approach involves looking at sites in the town
centre first, then edge of centre locations – and only considering out of centre locations
where suitable sites are not available in more central locations.

7.2.3

A Retail Impact Assessment will be required for retail schemes outside town centres which
propose 280m2 or more of net retail floorspace. Impact assessments can help to establish
if retail development proposals will have an adverse effect or not on town centres.
Developers planning schemes which incorporate 280m2 or more of net floorspace willneed to agree the scope of any impact assessment with the Council in advance ofsubmitting a planning application. As a minimum, all retail assessments should include
information on the following:
Appropriate data and catchment (including assumptions made).
Sequential approach.
Qualitative and quantitative need for the proposed development.
Turnover of proposed store/centre (based on net floorspace and an appropriate
turnover ratio).
 Turnover of competing stores/centres.
 Direct or cumulative impact/trade diversion from each competing store/centre to the
proposed development (including sensitivity testing of best and worst case scenarios).
 Impact on committed or emerging development proposals.






90

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 Impact on local linked trips, town centre objectives and the vitality and viability of town
centres.
 Impact of any proposed mitigation proposals; and Scale and accessibility.
7.2.4

It is recognised that small-scale local facilities such as corner shops, food and drink outlets
or localised leisure/community facilities are vital for the sustainability of many ruralcommunities within the district, and neighbourhood areas within towns. As such, Policy
COM 1 supports the development of such uses. It is also recognised that farm shops may
be appropriate, where these accord with the criteria in Policy COM 1.

7.2.5

In addition, although many tourist facilities and attractions (particularly those attracting
significant numbers of people) should be located within settlements, there may becircumstances where tourist facilities/attractions require a rural location (for example,
picnic sites, or wildlife centres), or where expansion is proposed in connection with existing
tourist facilities or attractions in the countryside. Proposals will need to accord with thepolicy below and with Policy EMP 7.

Policy COM 1: Location of retail and town centre uses
Within the defined town centres, proposals for retail and other ‘town centre uses’ will be supported
where:
 The scale and type of development is directly related to the role and function of the centre, in
accordance with the hierarchy identified in Policy GROWTH 2.
 There would be no adverse effect on the vitality and viability of the centre, or on any othercentres.
 The development would enhance the character and attractiveness of the centre and its locality,and not adversely affect residential amenity.
 The local transport system is capable of accommodating the potential traffic implications, andnecessary mitigation measures are provided to make the development viable in transport terms;
and Proposals on allocation sites accord with relevant site policies in Part 2 of the Local Plan.
Outside the town centres of Ely, Soham and Littleport, proposals for retail and ‘town centre uses’
may be permitted under the following circumstances: The sequential approach has been followed and there are no suitable sequentially preferablesites available.
 The site is suitable for the proposed use and the building form and design is appropriate in thelocal context.
 The scale and type of development is directly related to the role and function of the centre or its
locality, in accordance with the hierarchy in Policy GROWTH 2.
 For retail developments of 280m2 net floorspace or larger, there would be no adverse effect on
the vitality and viability of the nearest town centre, or on any other centres, as demonstrated in a
Retail Impact Assessment.
 The development would enhance the character and attractiveness of the centre and its locality,and not adversely affect residential amenity; and The development would be accessible by a choice of means of transport (including public

91East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

transport, walking and cycling), and the local transport system is capable of accommodating thepotential traffic implications.
As an exception to this approach, support may be given to: The provision of small-scale localised facilities in villages and neighbourhoods outside town
centres (such as corner shops, food and drink outlets and small-scale leisure facilities), where it
can be demonstrated that:o The development would meet a clear localised neighbourhood need.
o The development is not of a scale and type which should be located within identified town
centres; ando Other relevant criteria in this policy are met.
 Farm shops, where these are of an appropriate scale and would not detract from the character
and appearance of the area, and it can be demonstrated they would make an on-going
contribution to sustaining the agricultural enterprise as a whole.
 Proposals for tourist facilities and attractions which require a rural location, or are associated withthe expansion of existing tourist facilities/attractions in the countryside – and which accord with
criteria in Policy EMP 7; and Proposals for hotel development in the Station Gateway area of Ely.

7.3

Retail uses in town centres

7.3.1

The health, vitality and viability of town centres depends upon their accessibility,
attractiveness and ability to retain and develop a wide range of facilities and attract
continued investment. The Council intends to develop key local indicators relating to thevitality and viability of the district’s town centres – this data will then be reported in the
Annual Monitoring Report. Retaining a significant proportion of A1 retail units in town
centres is key in achieving this vision. Non-retail uses such as financial services, cafés,
restaurants and public houses can also play a role in the viability of town centres and may
be appropriate complementary uses, provided that the retail function of the centre is notundermined..

7.3.2

The town centres of Ely, Soham and Littleport are key areas for shopping, leisure andbusiness activity in the district. The boundaries of the town centres are shown in the maps
below. A ‘primary shopping frontage’ (as well as ‘secondary shopping frontage’) has been
defined for the larger centre of Ely, where the retail shops are concentrated. The extent of
the town centre boundaries and the primary shopping frontage may be subject to changeover the Plan period, and the Council will review this through regular town centre ‘healthcheck’ surveys.

Ely
7.3.3

New areas of primary shopping frontage have been designated in Ely city centre,
recognising the importance of existing links between key retail areas and the opportunity tocreate a more extensive retail circuit. Policy COM 2 is designed to maintain apredominance of retailing within the primary shopping frontage area. The Council will resist
the loss of A1 shop units within these areas but allow a more flexible approach within thesecondary shopping frontages. Over time, it is hoped that this approach will strengthen thefunction of the core shopping area and allow non-A1 uses to relocate towards the more
peripheral areas.

92East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.3.4

Vacancy rates for shop units constantly vary within Ely city centre. During morechallenging economic times when retail vacancy rates can be higher, it may be preferable
for the premises to be occupied by a community use instead of the unit remaining
unoccupied. Retail economy is related to environmental quality and the Council is aware of
the risk that premises which are not being utilised may degrade the wider environment. In
order to prevent the gradual erosion of vitality and environmental quality in such situations,a temporary community use may be allowed in such circumstances. Developers shouldseek advice from the District Council in such cases.

Soham and Littleport
7.3.5

In the town centres of Soham and Littleport, a slightly more flexible approach is proposed.
It is recognised that these areas play a different role to the core of Ely, and the provision ofa wider range of services in these areas can encourage the enhanced sustainability ofthese settlements. Retail units are desirable but other uses may include professional andfinancial services, restaurants/cafés, pubs and takeaways, and cultural/community
services. Nevertheless, the approach also recognises the importance of having a mix ofsizes of shop units, in order to attract a range of uses and types of retailers, and the factthat there are only a small number of larger shop units in the town centres. The Council
therefore seeks to protect against the loss of larger A1 retail units, which are defined as
those measuring 200m2 or larger (gross retail floorspace). There are also specific sites
which are afforded additional protection under policies in the Town Visions in Part 2 of thisLocal Plan.

Residential uses in town centres
7.3.6

The loss of ground floor town centre units to housing can have an adverse impact on thehealth, vitality and vibrancy of town centres, and it is often hard to reverse as it normally
involves a significant physical change to the frontage. Where planning applications are
required, within the Ely Primary Shopping Frontage change of use to residential at groundfloor level will not be acceptable. Within the remainder of Ely city centre, and in the town
centres of Soham and Littleport, the Council will seek to avoid the change of use toresidential units at ground floor level, unless it can be demonstrated that an alternative
town centre use, relating to retail, leisure, business and cultural activities, is not reasonable
and/or viable. As part of this, applicants submitting planning applications will be expected
to demonstrate evidence that efforts have been made to find alternative uses, including
marketing of a unit for sale or let at an appropriate price for at least 12 months.

Policy COM 2: Retail uses in town centres
Ely Primary Shopping Frontage
Within Ely Primary Shopping Frontage, as defined on Map 7.1, the development of A1 retail uses
will be encouraged where this does not conflict with other policies of the Local Plan. Where
planning applications are required, the loss of A1 retail uses will generally be resisted – but may bepermitted in exceptional circumstances where the following criteria are satisfied: The proposal would not result in a concentration of non-A1 retail uses in the immediate street
frontage.
 The proposal would not detract from the dominant retail appearance of the street frontage, andwhere appropriate, positive measures to enhance or restore the character of the site or its
immediate area have been incorporated.

93East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 The proposal would generate significant pedestrian visits during shopping hours.
 The proposal would complement the existing mix of uses/retailers and the shopping function of
the city centre.
 The proposal does not involve the loss of a shop unit measuring 200m2 or larger (gross retailfloorspace).
 The proposal does not involve ground floor residential development; and The proposal has been marketed for A1 retail at an appropriate price for a minimum of 3 months.
If the unit has remained vacant for a minimum period of six months, a temporary change of use
from A1 retail to community use may be acceptable.
Ely Secondary Shopping Frontage
Within Ely Secondary Shopping Frontage, as defined on Map 7.1, planning applications forchanges of use from A1 retail to other uses may be permitted provided that: The proposed use provides a service that complements the shopping function of the city centre.
 There is no adverse impact on residential amenity; and The proposal does not involve ground floor residential development.
Soham and Littleport town centres
Within Soham and Littleport town centres, as defined on Maps 7.2 and 7.3, planning applications
from changes of use from A1 retail to other uses may be permitted provided that: The proposed use provides a service that complements the shopping function of the centre.
 There is no adverse impact on residential amenity.
 The proposal does not involve the loss of a shop unit measuring 200m2 or larger (gross retailfloorspace).
 The proposal accords with any relevant policies contained within the Town Visions in Part 2 of
the Local Plan; and If residential development is proposed, that clear evidence has been submitted to demonstratethat alternative town centre uses are not viable.

94East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Map 7.1: Ely Town Centre95East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Map 7.2: Soham Town Centre

96East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Map 7.3: Littleport Town Centre97East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.4

Retaining community facilities

7.4.1

The provision of community facilities is vital to maintaining the quality of life in local centres
and boosting the social and economic vitality of the community as a whole. Community
facilities include local shops, Post Offices, pubs, community meeting places, schools,
health care facilities, open spaces, allotments, cultural facilities and sport and recreational
facilities. The NPPF sees good community facilities as important, and presses strongly forthe retention of existing open space, sports and recreational buildings and land, including
playing fields.

7.4.2

Looking at recent trends and the issues facing the economy and the public sector over thePlan period, a concern for the district will be the loss of existing facilities. Although any lossof community facilities is more likely to be an issue in the villages (where there is a limited
range of shops and services), the loss of facilities in market towns can also have an
adverse effect on the local community, even where the facility is not the last one in thesettlement. The impact on people without access to a car and in areas served poorly by
public transport can be particularly acute. In support of the strategic policies, the Plan
seeks to prevent the loss of services and facilities unless there are exceptional reasons tojustify it.

7.4.3

In the case of commercial community facilities such as shops and pubs, permission may
be granted for change of use to residential or other non-community use if the applicant candemonstrate the facility is neither viable nor likely to become viable for that use or analternative community use. Applicants will need to provide evidence that premises havebeen marketed locally and nationally for 12 months for the current use or an alternative
local commercial or community facility, free of ties and restrictive covenants, at a priceagreed with the Council following an independent professional valuation - and that there
has been no interest in continued use as a community facility. Applicants should also
provide evidence that all reasonable efforts have been made to preserve the facility
including all diversification options.

7.4.4

In the case of non-commercial community facilities such as community halls, open spaces
and healthcare facilities, where market testing may not be applicable, permission involving
loss may be granted if the applicant can demonstrate there is no community need for thefacility, and that the site is not needed for an alternative community facility. The local
community should also be consulted regarding the relative importance of the facility interms of its social role, and the need for other community facilities. This should take theform of proper documented evidence and should be agreed with the Council prior to thesubmission of a formal application for alternative development. In the case of open spaceand recreational facilities (including parks, village greens, other amenity areas, allotments,
play areas, playing fields), the Council will also require applicants to demonstrate that theland affected does not make an important contribution to biodiversity, the landscape andvisual qualities of the area. Where proposals result in the loss of open space provision, therelevant community and statutory stakeholders (including Sport England) will need to be
consulted.

7.4.5

The loss of a community facility (commercial or non-commercial) may also exceptionallybe justified where it involves a proposal to make alternative provision to that facility, which
is of equal or greater quality, and in an equally or more accessible location to the original.
Or alternatively where a different community facility is to be provided which brings
demonstrable greater benefits for the local community. However, it should be noted that
proposals involving the provision of different community facilities will not be appropriate in98

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

relation to open space and recreational facilities. As set out in paragraph 74 of the National
Planning Policy Framework it is important to retain existing open spaces, sport andrecreational facilities for these particular uses.
7.4.6

In all cases, applicants are advised to have regard to the local list of Assets of Community
Value, which local authorities are required to maintain under the Localism Act. Whenlisted assets are to be sold or change ownership, community groups have the opportunity
to submit a ‘first’ bid for the asset when it comes on the open market.

Policy COM 3: Retaining community facilities
Commercial community facilities
Proposals that would lead to the loss of commercial community facilities (existing sites or sites lastused for this purpose) will only be permitted if:
 It can be demonstrated that the current use or an alternative community use is not financially
viable and that all reasonable efforts have been made to sell or let the property for community
purposes at a realistic price for at least twelve months; or Development would involve the provision of an equivalent or better replacement community
facility (either on-site or in an appropriately accessible alternative location); or Development would involve the the provision of an alternative community facility which brings
demonstrable greater benefits to the settlement or neighbourhood - except in the case of open
space, sports and recreational facilities which should be retained where possible in accordancewith paragraph 74 of the National Planning Policy Framework.
Non-commercial community facilities
Proposals that would lead to the loss of non-commercial community facilities (existing sites or sites
last used for this purpose) will only be permitted if:
 It can be demonstrated there is a lack of community need for the facility, and that the building orsite is not needed for any alternative community use – and in the case of open space, that thesite does not make an important contribution in amenity, visual or nature conservation terms; or Development would involve the provision of an equivalent or better replacement community
facility (either on-site or in an appropriately accessible alternative location); or Development would involve the provision of an alternative community facility which brings
demonstrable greater benefits to the settlement or neighbourhood - except in the case of open
space, sports and recreational facilities which should be retained where possible in accordancewith paragraph 74 of the National Planning Policy Framework.

7.5

New community facilities

7.5.1

Community facilities are essential to the social well-being of communities, and there is
likely to be a need for new facilities over the Plan period as the population expands. The
Council will support improvements to existing facilities and the development of new ones
where there is a local need. Such facilities will be directed towards existing town andvillage centres, depending on their scale and the area served, and to new residential
developments. New facilities in the countryside will require special justification, but may bejustified where there is lack of suitable land within a settlement, or where a rural location isrequired (for example, a Country Park). Such developments should be well related to99

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

existing settlements in order to minimise impact on the countryside and provide goodaccessibility for local users (particularly by foot or cycle). Where new buildings areproposed, applicants will be expected to demonstrate that options to re-use existing ruralbuildings in the area have been explored (in line with Policy EMP 4).
7.5.2

The design of new facilities should have regard to the desirability of having shared usage,
and allowing easy future adaptation to alternative community uses. Multi-functionalbuildings make economic sense, but can also help increase social interaction between
different community groups.

7.5.3

New and/or improved community facilities will need to be provided as part of major
residential development, and will also be facilitated through developer contributions inconnection with other schemes. Policy GROWTH 3 deals with the role of developer
contributions in providing and supporting services.

Policy COM 4: New community facilities
Proposals for new or improved community facilities should be located within settlement boundaries
wherever possible. In exceptional circumstances facilities may be permitted in the countryside,
where there is a lack of suitable and available land within settlements, or where a rural location isrequired.
Proposals for all new or improved community facilities should:
 Be well located and accessible to its catchment population (including by foot and cycle).
 Not have a significant adverse impact (itself or cumulatively) in terms of the scale or nature oftraffic generated.
 Not have a significant adverse impact on the character of the locality, or the amenity of nearby
properties.
 Demonstrate that opportunities to maximise shared use have been explored; and Be designed to facilitate future adaptation for alternative community uses or shared use.

7.6

Strategic green infrastructure

7.6.1

The NPPF requires local planning authorities to plan positively for the creation, protection,enhancement and management of ‘networks of biodiversity and green infrastructure’.
Whilst Policies COM 3 and 4 cover more localised types of open space (such as
allotments, parks and village greens), this policy focuses on strategic networks and sites ofa strategic nature. Such areas offer opportunities for extensive walking, cycling and otherforms of recreation, but are also important in terms of their landscape and biodiversity
value (including the provision of ecological networks) and in helping to mitigate the effects
of climate change. The cross boundary nature of many of these projects means that theDistrict Council will need to work closely with neighbouring authorities to bring forward
these schemes.

7.6.2

The Cambridgeshire Green Infrastructure Strategy (2011) provides a valuable framework
for considering strategic green infrastructure in East Cambridgeshire. A map showing
strategic green infrastructure is included as Appendix 4 in this Local Plan. The Strategy
identifies a number of key strategic area projects, including:100East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.6.3

 Ely Country Park Ely Ouse corridor
 Soham Town Commons Littleport Urban Greenway
 Ouse Washes improvement and habitat creation
 Wicken Fen Vision
 Green Fen Way (Fens Adventurers Partnership) Fens Waterways Link
 Block Fen Nature Reserve
Development proposals which harm these and other strategic sites and networks will be
resisted. Permission will only be granted in exceptional circumstances, where it can bedemonstrated that the need for and benefits of development outweigh adverse impacts.
Development proposals relating to the creation or enhancement of strategic sites/networks
will generally be supported, providing they are consistent with the objectives of theCambridgeshire Green Infrastructure Study, help to achieve Natural Englands Accessible
Natural Greenspace Standards (ANGSt)30, and do not have significant adverse impacts interms of landscape character or traffic generation.

Policy COM 5: Strategic green infrastructure
Proposals which would cause loss of or harm to existing strategic green infrastructure will not be
permitted, unless the need for and benefits of the development demonstrably and substantiallyoutweigh any adverse impacts on the green infrastructure.
The Council will support proposals for new and improved strategic green infrastructure wherethese:
 Are consistent with the objectives of the Cambridgeshire Green Infrastructure Strategy (2011).
 Provide increased public access for quiet recreation and/or increased provision for biodiversity.
 Do not harm the character and appearance of any existing buildings or the locality.
 Will have no adverse effects on any existing designated sites of conservation or biologicalimportance and impacts will be monitored to ensure the effectiveness of alternative provision
away from more sensitive sites.
 Would not (by itself or cumulatively) have a significant adverse impact in terms of the amount or
nature of traffic generated.
 Will not detract from residential amenity; and Will aim to achieve Natural Englands Accessible Natural Greenspace Standards (ANGSt)
through improving accessibility, naturalness and connectivity of greenspaces, which areappropriate in scale and location to the needs of the local community.
New development will be expected to contribute towards the establishment, enhancement and ongoing management of strategic green infrastructure by contributing to the development of strategic
green infrastructure network within the district, in accordance with Policy GROWTH 3.

30‘Nature Nearby – Accessible Natural Greenspace Guidance’ Natural England (2010)101

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.7

Telecommunications

7.7.1

Telecommunications is the general term for the transfer of information over varying
distances through an array of technologies such as telephone, television, mobile phones
and the Internet. High quality communications infrastructure includes the recent advancesin broadband and wireless technologies. Broadband networks are being developed with
the Coalition Government’s vision for the UK to have the best superfast broadband
network in Europe by 2015. The mobile phone industry has also rapidly progressed inrecent years, with the use of 3G (3rd Generation) technology. Technology relating to 4G isdue to be rolled out across the UK over the next few years.

7.7.2

High quality telecommunications are becoming increasingly important for economic
growth, attracting new business and allowing existing businesses to remain competitive.
Telecommunications also have social benefits, increasing social inclusion through better
access to services that are web-based. Advanced infrastructure such as superfast
broadband can also encourage homeworking and reduce car journeys.

7.7.3

The Council supports the expansion and provision of high-speed broadband technology inall parts of the district. ‘Connecting Cambridgeshire’ was launched in 2012 with the aim ofproviding access to superfast broadband to at least 90% of homes and businesses acrossCambridgeshire and Peterborough, and better broadband connections for all otherpremises, by 2015. To enable this, it will be important for all new residential, employment
and commercial developments to be future proofed by providing on-site infrastructure forbroadband and other utility needs. This can be facilitated by providing ducting. For further
details see Policy ENV 2 on design.

7.7.4

The Council supports the development and provision of telecommunication infrastructures
throughout the district. At the same time the Council is keen to minimise any adverse
impact on the character of the locality and the environment. Applicants will need to haveregard to issues of design and siting, and demonstrate that opportunities to share existingtelecom sites or existing buildings have been fully explored. Proposals must comply withthe criteria in Policy COM 6 below.

7.7.5

As directed by Government, the planning system is not the place for determining healthsafeguards. If a proposal regarding a new or existing mast or base station meets ICNIRP(International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) guidelines for public
exposure then the planning authority should not need to consider the health aspects or any
related concerns.

Policy COM 6: Telecommunications
The Council will permit the development of new telecommunications equipment, provided that: The applicant has demonstrated that alternatives have been investigated to share existingtelecommunication facilities or site equipment on or within existing structures or buildings.
 Proposed development will not cause significant or irremediable interference with otherelectronic equipment, air traffic services or instrumentation operated in the national interest.
 Proposals are sited and designed to minimise impact on the character and appearance of thearea, using innovative design and/or camouflaging where necessary.
 The proposal will not have an unacceptable impact on the appearance of the locality, sites
protected for nature conservation or heritage assets.

102

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

 If approved, provision is made for the removal of the facilities and reinstatement of the site to its
former condition should it cease to be operational; and The application is accompanied by necessary evidence to support the proposal, including theoutcome of consultation with key organisations, and a statement that ICNIRP guidelines on nonionising radiation protection will be met.
It is important for new development to have ease of access for future installation, maintenance andupdating of technology. Conditions will also be applied to permissions requiring the removal of any
mast/apparatus and reinstatement of the site to its former condition if the equipment becomesredundant.

7.8

Transport impact

7.8.1

The transport impact of new development is a key planning issue, which needs to be fully
assessed in order to ensure that development proposals are safe, well connected and do
not damage residential amenity. The NPPF supports the need to avoid adverse impacts
through development and to mitigate them where they may occur. However, it requires the
response to be proportionate and says that development should be refused on transport
grounds only where the residual cumulative impacts are severe.

7.8.2

The planning and design process should ensure access to a site is safe and convenient,and the needs of all users, including pedestrians, cyclists, bus and rail passengers, people
with disabilities and occupants of vehicles, are taken into account. This should include
provision of routes for walking and cycling in order to encourage sustainable forms of
movement as an alternative to the car. Further guidance in terms of travel routes andvehicular access is set out in Policy ENV 2, and in more detail in the Council’s Design
Guide Supplementary Planning Document.

7.8.3

The volume and type of traffic generated by a development is a key consideration and theCouncil needs to ensure that road safety is not jeopardised by allowing proposals thatwould generate levels of traffic beyond the capacity of the surrounding road network.
Traffic generation can also impact on the quality of people’s lives, the character of an area
and the environment. Particular attention should be paid to proposals that generate a large
net increase in trips, involve heavy lorry movements, or result in high levels of on-street
parking nearby. This policy approach should be read in conjunction with Policy COM 8 onparking provision.

7.8.4

Planning applications need to address the transport implications of the proposeddevelopment. Many schemes will need to include the submission of a Transport
Statement, setting out potential trip levels and any local transport issues. This will depend
principally on size and location and will be required for all major applications. Schemes
which create significant transport implications will require the submission of a detailed
Transport Assessment with the planning application. This should set out in full the impacts
and potential mitigation measures, to illustrate how the volume of trips generated will beaccommodated and how accessibility to the site by all modes of transport will be achieved.
Construction traffic should be considered in the Assessment. Developers should seek
advice from the District Council and County Council prior to submission of an application
as to whether a Transport Statement or Transport Assessment will be required. Applicants
are advised to discuss the content of Transport Assessments with the County Council toensure that they are agreed to the satisfaction of the Council as Highway Authority.

103East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.8.5

Proposals that are likely to have significant transport implications also need to beaccompanied by a Travel Plan.31 Applicants should seek advice from the Council prior to
submission of an application as to whether a Travel Plan will be required, and if so, toagree its scope.

Policy COM 7: Transport impact
Development should be designed to reduce the need to travel, particularly by car, and should
promote sustainable forms of transport appropriate to its particular location. Opportunities should
be maximised for increased permeability and connectivity to existing networks.
Development proposals shall:a. Provide safe and convenient access to the highway network.
b. Provide a comprehensive network of routes giving priority for walking and cycling.
c. Protect existing rights of way or allow for agreed diversions in exceptional circumstances.
d. Consider the travel and transport needs of people with disabilities.
e. Accommodate the efficient delivery of goods, supplies and services.
f.

Be capable of accommodating the level/type of traffic generated without detriment to the local
highway network and the amenity, character or appearance of the locality.

g. Be accompanied by a Transport Statement where appropriate; or if the proposals are likely toresult in significant transport implications, be accompanied by a Transport Assessment. The
coverage and detail of this should reflect the scale of development and the extent of thetransport implications.
h. Be accompanied by a Travel Plan for residential and non-residential developments that arelikely to generate significant amounts of traffic; andi.

Within (g) and (h) indicate any steps to mitigate impacts relating to noise, pollution, amenity,
health, safety and traffic.

7.9

Parking provision

7.9.1

East Cambridgeshire is a mainly rural area, with limited public transport, and car parking
has a role in improving access to local services and facilities. The under-provision of
parking on-site in new developments may lead to on-street parking, creating potential
problems of highway safety and efficiency as well as unsightly street environments. It istherefore considered that development schemes should generally meet the car and cycle
parking standards set out below. However, some flexibility is also required to take accountof different circumstances, such as the accessibility of the site or the historic nature of thesite or streetscape. In relation to accessibility, applicants proposing lower standards willneed to demonstrate the existence of sustainable high quality and frequent public transport
services and high quality pedestrian and cycle links. In relation to the historic
environment/streetscape, there may be some circumstances where lower levels of parking
provision would help to protect/enhance local character. Applicants will be required tosubmit justification for proposed parking levels as part of the planning application.

31

Travel Plans enable options for sustainable travel and reductions in car use to be explored.

104

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

7.9.2

The Council will encourage business and mixed use development schemes to provide
shared car parking facilities as this can help to reduce the overall number of parking
spaces required and make better use of land. This may involve visitor parking, sharedpublic car parking spaces, or provision for grouped private car parking within commercial
schemes. Where large developments are proposed (residential and non-residential)
consideration should be given to the allocation of spaces for car clubs.

7.9.3

Good cycle parking will be required within residential and non-residential development toencourage the use of more sustainable forms of transport. Standards are set out below.
These are set as a minimum, as the availability of secure cycle parking is a key factor in
determining whether people choose to cycle or not. Cycle parking for employees should,
wherever practicable, be covered in a convenient and secure location. Individual secure
covered cycle storage should be provided for dwellings.

7.9.4

Consideration also needs to be given to motorcycle, moped and scooter parking. Thisshould be negotiated on a case-by-case basis depending on the results of the Transport
Statement and Transport Assessment.

7.9.5

Car parking should be sensitively designed in order to not be obstrusive or damaging to
the character of an area. This may involve incorporating landscaping, concealing or
breaking up parking areas in order to reduce their impact. Garages should be large
enough for comfortable and convenient use by modern cars and bicycles (where storage
provision is not provided separately); and car parking areas should be well designed andcontribute to an attractive environment. Consideration should be given to providing
charging points for electric vehicles in public and private parking areas. Further advice on
parking is included in the Council’s Design Guide Supplementary Planning Document.

Policy COM 8: Parking provision
Development proposals should provide adequate levels of car and cycle parking, and makeprovision for parking broadly in accordance with the Council’s parking standards (including parking
for people with impaired mobility).
In appropriate circumstances, parking standards may be relaxed in order to reflect accessibility of
by non-car modes, and/or if lower levels of provision would protect or enhance the character ofConservation Areas or other sensitive locations.
Car free development may be considered acceptable where there is clear justification having
regard to the location and the current and proposed availability of alternative transport modes.
Where opportunities arise, for example, on large single business use and mixed-use sites, shareduse parking and car sharing will be encouraged as part of an agreed Travel Plan to minimise
provision where the location and patterns of use allow.

105

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies
Table 7.1: Parking provision

Parking provision(Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)

Use class andnature of activity

Staff/residents
cars

Public/visitors
cars

Minimum cycle
parking provision

Up to 1 car space2
per 14m

1 cycle space per225m

Up to 1 car space2
per 20m

1 cycle space per250m

Up to 1 car space2
per 25m

1 cycle space per230m

Up to 1 car space2
per 5m1 cycle space per220m

Up to 7 spaces per
10 staff members

On merit

On merit

Up to 1 car space per
staff member

Up to 1 car space2
per 45m ofdisplay area, 1
2
per 35m for
motor service
centre, 1 per
2
20m retail floorarea (at petrol
filling stations)

On merit

Up to 1 car space per230m

Allowance
included instandard for staff
Allowance
included instandard for staff

1 cycle space per230m

Allowance
included instandard for staff

On merit

Retail & Financial services
A1:Retail (food)
Allowance included
in standard for public
and visitors
A1:Retail (non food)
Allowance included
in standard for public
and visitors
A2:Financial andAllowance included
professional services in standard for public
and visitors
Food and Drink
A3, A4, A5:
Allowance included
Restaurants & cafes, in standard for public
pubs/bars & hot foodand visitors
takeaways
A: Sui Generis(including, retailwarehouse clubs,
launderettes, taxi/
vehicle hire premisesamusement centres)
A;Sui Generis(including motor
vehicle sales, motor
repair garages, petrol
filling stations)

Business
B1:Business
B2:General industrial

Up to 1 car space per250m

B8:Storage andDistribution

Up to 1 car space per
2
100m

106

1 cycle space per
2
50m

Notes

Road side
restaurants/transportcafes will require
lorry parking
provision on merit.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Parking provision(Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)

Use class andnature of activity

Staff/residents
cars

Public/visitors
cars

Minimum cycle
parking provision

C1:Hotels

Up to 1 car space per
staff bedroom, plus
up to 1 space forevery 2 non-resident
staff members

Up to 1 car space
per guest
bedroom

1 cycle space per 3
staff members
working at thesame time

C2:Residential
Institutions

Up to 1 car space perfor each resident
staff member, plus
up to 1 space forevery 2 non-resident
staff members

Up to 1 car spaceper 4 residents

1 cycle space per 3
members of staff

Staff car and cycle
parking relates tothe total number ofworkers required onstaff at particular
times (including
overlapping shifts)

I car space perdwelling (average perdevelopment)
2 car spaces per
dwelling (average perdevelopment)

Up to 1 car spaceper 6 units

1 cycle space per
bedroom

Up to 1 car spaceper 4 units

1 cycle space perdwelling

Cycle parking fordwellings can beaccommodated
within garages,
provided there isroom for both car
and cycle parking

Up to 1 car space foreach staff member

Up to 1 car space2
per 30m

1 cycle space per 5
staff members,
plus at least 1
2
space per 35m

Allowance included
in standard for
public/visitors

Up to 1 car spaceper 4 seats, or up
to 1 space per
215m

1 cycle space per 8
seats or at least 1
2
space per 20m

D1:Non-residential
Institutions (schools,
crèches/ nurseries)

Up to 1 car space foreach member of staff

Up to 1 car space
per class, up to alimit of 8 spaces

D1:Non-residential
Institutions (clinics,
health centres,
surgeries)

Allowance included
in standard for
public/visitors

Up to 5 car
spaces per
consulting room

Creche/nurseries:
1 space per 2 staff
members working
at the same time.
Primary schools: 6
cycle spaces perclass; Secondary
schools: 12 spaces
per class2 cycle spaces per
consulting room

Communal accommodation

Dwellings
C3:Dwellings (towncentres as defined on
the Policies Map)
C3:Dwellings (otherlocations)
Community facilities
D1:Non-residential
Institutions(museums, libraries,
galleries, exhibition
halls)
D1:Non-residential
Institutions (publichalls and places ofworship)

107

Notes

Additional car
parking can beprovided for bars,
restaurants andother facilities
available to the
public, using therelevant standards
for those uses.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part One: Spatial strategy and policies

Parking provision(Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)

Use class andnature of activity

D2:Assembly and
Leisure (cinemas,
and conference
facilities)
D2:Assembly and
Leisure (other uses)

Staff/residents
cars

Public/visitors
cars

Minimum cycle
parking provision

Allowance included
in standard for
public/visitors

Up to 1 car spaceper 5 seats

1 cycle space per
2
50m , or at least 1
space per 8 seats

Allowance included
in standard for
public/visitors

Up to 1 car space2
per 22m

1 cycle space per
2
30m of net floorarea and 1 spaceper 15 spectator
seats

Nature of activity

Existing businesspremises

New business premises
Shopping areas; leisureand recreational facilities;
other places open to the
publicMinimum disabled parking provision
Staff
Public/visitors

At least 1 space foreach disabled
employee
At least 5% of car park
capacity (minimum of 1
space)At least 1 space foreach disabled
employee

At least 2% of car park
capacity (minimum of 1
space)
Allowance included instandard for staff
At least 6% of car park
capacity (minimum of 1
space)

108

Notes

Notes

Additional spaces may berequired for hotels andother places that cater forlarge numbers of disabled
peopleEast Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

PART 28Village and Town Visions

109East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.1

AldrethDescription of Aldreth
Aldreth is a hamlet located two miles south-west of the village of Haddenham. Aldreth issurrounded by fenland on all sides and the River Great Ouse runs close by. The hamlet is servedby one road.
Aldreth has a limited range of facilities – there is no food shop and no church, although the church
building is now the thriving Village Centre and there is a recreation field and play area. Aldreth hasa daily bus service to Ely (Monday – Saturday).
Key statistics
Aldreth32
Population
33
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)34
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

260
110
9
10
Daily service to Ely (Monday-Saturday) (as at 2012)

Housing
Aldreth is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Aldreth.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Aldreth to define the built-up part of the village
where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
32

Population for Aldreth settlement (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Aldreth settlement (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
34
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
33

110East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are several businesses in Aldreth including Artes Mundi Fair Trade Gifts, Black Pearl bookkeeping and David Harrison Handling Solutions Ltd. The District Council is keen to retain the stockof business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Aldreth. However, suitable new
employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Aldreth have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities in thehamlet. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
Improvements to and upkeep ofVillage Centre
Improvements to Broadband
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes
Improved transport links/public
transport services
More support for home working andbusinesses operating from home

Suggestions
General maintenance of building.
The District Council is working in partnership with the County
Council to seek improvements to the Broadband service acrossthe district.
Improved cycle/footpath between Aldreth & Haddenham.
More frequent bus services to Ely and outlying villages.
Improvements to Broadband/telephony service.

The top priority is for improvements the Village Centre. This will enable local groups to continue to
use the facility. The second priority, a better Broadband service, is an issue that the District Council
is already working with County Council to address across the district through the Connecting
Cambridgeshire project. The third priority is improvements to pedestrian/cycle links. In particular
the existing path to Haddenham is in need of resurfacing. The District Council will also work in
partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport
services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Aldreth (including the Village Centre, recreation field and playarea) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Aldreth (see Inset Map 8.1)

111

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.2

Ashley© Ashley Parish Council

Description of Ashley
Ashley is a small village in a pleasant setting about 4 miles east of Newmarket. The village isadjacent to the Suffolk boundary and has close ties to Newmarket. It has a clearly defined centre
associated with both a prominent pond and the point where the road from Newmarket reaches the
top of the chalk ridge. The older core of attractive flint buildings is covered by a Conservation Area.
Facilities in the village include a post office, church, public hall, public house and a sports field. The
village has a regular bus service which runs to Newmarket.
Key statistics
Ashley35
Population
36
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)37
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

720
330
17
8
Regular but infrequent services to Newmarket (Mon-Sat), access to
the Suffolk Links Demand Response Transport service operated by
the Voluntary Network

Housing
Ashley is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Ashley.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Ashley to define the built-up part of the village
where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
35
36

Population for Ashley parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Ashley parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.

37

East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.

112

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a number of current businesses in the village, including the Crown Pub, Plough
Restaurant, Ashley Stores and the Hascombe, Darley and Dukes Studs. The District Council iskeen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic growth.
Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Ashley. However, suitable new
employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Ashley have indicated a desire for better road/transport infrastructure and improved
community facilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
A road improvement scheme
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improved transport links/public
transport services
Improvements to thecommunity/village hallTraffic calming/speed reduction

Suggestions
Possible road safety reviews of bend near village pub and corner at
entrance to High Street. Better street lighting into the village from
Gazeley Road.
More footpaths and cycle routes.
An improved bus service to Newmarket and a direct service to Bury
St Edmunds.
Provision of a larger village hall.
Speed bumps at the end of High Street/Newmarket Road.

The top priority is for a road improvement scheme. The second and third priorities are alsotransport-related, involving improvements to pedestrian/cycle links, and public transport services.
The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore options andsecure funding for road and transport schemes in Ashley. The District Council will also work in
partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport
services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Ashley (including the shop, pub, restaurant, public hall, churchand sports field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with theCounty Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve
facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3.
Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Ashley (see Inset Map 8.2)

113

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.3

BarwayDescription of Barway
Barway is a small rural village, located three miles south of Ely and four miles north-west of
Soham. The village contains several listed buildings including a small medieval church, which has
been converted into a house. The village is a compact shape and is largely set around the village
green.
There are no significant facilities within the village, with residents travelling to nearby Ely or Soham
for their goods and services. There is a bus service one day a week into Ely.
Key statistics
Barway38
Population
39
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)40
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

70
30
1
11
Return bus service into Ely, one day a week (Thursday) as at 2012

Housing
Barway has experienced limited new growth in the last ten years on small ‘infill’ sites within thevillage. There are likely to be some further opportunities for infill development over the Plan period.
Additionally, two new housing allocation sites are proposed on land east of The Barn, Randall
Farm and land east of 5 Barway Road. See below for details.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Barway to define the built-up part of the village
where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent
38

Population for Barway, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Barway, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
40
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
39

114

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy
GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with Policy BAR 1 and BAR
2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.

Policy BAR 1: Housing allocation, land east of The Barn, Randalls Farm
0.3 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 5 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3, withpriority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect housing need within Barway.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties and to provide an
attractive development.
 Make provision for the road across the frontage to be widened to 5 metres.
 Ensure new dwellings are connected to the foul sewerage and drainage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Policy BAR 2: Housing allocation, land east of 5 Barway Road
0.3 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 5 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3, withpriority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect housing need current within Barway.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties and to provide an
attractive development.
 The design layout should consider the proximity of the foul pumping station and allow for a
distance of 15 metres from the boundary of the curtilage of the dwellings to reduce the risk of
nuisance/loss of amenity associated with the operation of the pumping station.
 Make provision for the road across the frontage to be widened to 5 metres, and extend the 30
mph speed limit across the frontage.
 Provide landscaping along the boundary with the agricultural land to the north and east.
 Ensure that new dwellings are connected to the foul sewerage and drainage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

115

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment
There are several small businesses within the village, including a coach firm and laundry.
Additionally there is a large agricultural firm on the edge of the village that employs a high numberof people. The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order tosupport local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only
be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1). Other suitable new employment
proposals within, and on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle, subject to Policies
EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Barway have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements. A
list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1

Priority
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

2

Traffic calming/highway
improvements

3

New play area/
improvements to open
space

Suggestions
 Provision of a picnic/rest area for cyclists using the NCN cycle route.
 District and County Council to ensure access remains possible to existing
Rights of Ways.
 Work with District and County Council to ensure better maintenance offootpaths/cyclepaths and improved footpath/cyclepath surfacing.
District and Town Council to work with County Council to explore and seek
funding for the following improvements:
 Widening of road on entrance to the village.
 Provision of traffic lights and improved signage on the A142 junction.
 Extension of 30 mph speed limit to Goose Fen Drove turning, before thefirst five houses in the village.
The former Village Hall site should be redeveloped for community use, toprovide community woodlands with play area and seating. Developer
contributions could help to realise this objective.

The top priority is for improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes, followed by the provision of trafficcalming/highway improvements and the need for a new play area and open space in the village.
The District Council will work with the Town Council and County Council to explore options andsecure funding for such schemes.
The community’s vision to establish a woodland and play area on the site of the former Village Hall
will help to provide a vital new community facility in Barway. The development of new housing in
the village should help to provide a source of funding and enable the community to realise its
objective. This will be through Community Infrastructure Levy payments.
Spatial strategy for Barway (see Inset Map 8.3)

116

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.4

Black Horse Drove

Description of Black Horse Drove
Black Horse Drove is located 3 miles north-west of Littleport close to the border with Norfolk. It isa linear village that has been developed mainly to the north of the drove. There is a mixture ofbungalows and houses and there are extensive views across the surrounding fens.
Black Horse Drove has a limited range of services – there is a community centre, children’s playarea and field, public telephone and a post box. There is also a bus service that runs through Black
Horse Drove one day a week.
Key statistics
Black Horse Drove
Population41
42
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13
43
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

180
80
5
5
A limited service which operates once a day to Littleport,
Prickwillow and Ely (Thursdays only) (as at September 2012)

Housing
Black Horse Drove is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on
suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofBlack Horse Drove.

41

Population for Black Horse Drove, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Black Horse Drove, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
43
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
42

117

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Black Horse Drove to define the built-up part ofthe village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Black Horse Drove. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and Community Facilities
Residents in Black Horse Drove have identified a number of infrastructure and community
improvements. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1
2

Priority
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to play area and field

The first priority are improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes with the second being improvements
to the play area and field. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council
to explore options for funding for such schemes.
The current community facilities in Black Horse Drove (including the Community Centre andchildren’s play area and field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will
work with the County Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer
contributions, to improve facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will be
resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village
will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Black Horse Drove (see Inset Map 8.4)

118

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.5

Bottisham© Tony Jolley, Bottisham Parish Council

Description of Bottisham
Bottisham is a relatively large village situated approximately 7 miles east of Cambridge and 6
miles west of Newmarket. The village is wholly enclosed within the Green Belt. To the north,
Bottisham Park provides a mature, well-wooded parkland setting. A Conservation Area isdesignated along the High Street that contains a number of 16th and 17th century buildings.
Local amenities include a public house, shop and post office, GP surgery, library, primary school
and Bottisham Village College. There is also a long-established employment area off Tunbridge
Lane. The village has limited open space particularly in terms of what is available for public use.
The open space adjacent to the Village College is widely used for informal recreation and events,and makes an important contribution to community life. There is a good bus service operating from
Bottisham to Cambridge, Newmarket and Ely.
Key statistics
Bottisham
44
Population
45
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
46
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

2,290
890
150
99
Services to Cambridge, Burwell, Newmarket, Bury St Edmunds
and Ely (Mon-Sat) (as at 2012)44

Population for Bottisham parish (mid-2012) Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Bottisham parish (mid-2012) Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
46
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
45

119

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Bottisham has faced pressure for growth due to its close proximity to Cambridge, and is likely tocontinue to grow over the next 20 years. This will include new housing development on ‘infill’ sites
within the village. In addition, a new housing allocation is proposed on the edge of Bottisham, off
Bell Road (see details below).
A development envelope has been drawn around Bottisham to define the built-up part of the village
where housing development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy BOT 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation – land east of Bell Road
The site is located to the south of Bottisham, wholly within the Cambridge Green Belt whichsurrounds the village. The area is bounded by the Hastoe housing development to the west, St
Peter’s Field housing development to the north and a former medieval moated site and fishponds
to the east which is designated as a Scheduled Ancient Monument (SAM). The allocation site isconsidered to be the most sustainable location for the expansion of Bottisham and was identified
as a preferred broad area for growth in the Core Strategy (2009).
Land is released from the Cambridge Green Belt for the development of the site. Proposals willneed to include measures to reinforce the Green Belt boundary for the village to protect the
openness and rural character of the surrounding countryside from encroachment. Prominent
physical features suitable for creating strong boundaries include roads, railways, watercourses,
ridgelines, protected woodlands or hedges. In selecting the most appropriate type of boundary
treatment, developers are encouraged to consider the level of noise protection/reduction it could
provide from the A14.
The site’s sensitive location, adjacent to a Scheduled Ancient Monument (SAM) needs to be fully
addressed. The monument is of national importance and its significance and value to the village
have been enhanced by research undertaken as part of the St Peter’s Field housing development.
It will be important for any development to address the issues of setting and impact on thesignificance of the heritage asset to the satisfaction of English Heritage, Cambridgeshire County
Council Archaeology and the District Council’s Conservation Officer. Key requirements include:Allowing no development to the south of the moat as this would result in adverse impact
upon the rural context and the position of the moat on the southern boundary of the historiccore of Bottisham.



A buffer area to the west of the monument as indicated on Map 8.5 in order to protect its
setting. The use of the buffer area should be restricted to activities that would not have an
adverse impact on the SAM, e.g. public open space.



Careful consideration of the nature of the boundary treatment with the adjacentdevelopment; development should face the monument and create a soft edge.

120East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

There is an identified local need for allotment space within Bottisham. Land east of Bell Road is the
only area capable of delivering this community use over the Plan period, so it is crucial thatprovision is made as part of the scheme – either within the site or adjoining it to the south/southwest (not within the SAM buffer area).
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior to theapproval of a development scheme. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will expand on Policy BOT 1 and demonstrate how a highquality development will be achieved. Once approved by the District Council, the Masterplan will be
published as a Supplementary Planning Document, and used to guide detailed planning decisions.
The Masterplan will be subject to regular reviews as appropriate to ensure that proposals for thesite remain robust in the face of changing circumstances.

Policy BOT 1: Housing allocation, land east of Bell Road
1.7 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 50 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared, and approved by the District Council inadvance of any planning applications being submitted.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3, withpriority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need in Bottisham.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties and to provide an
attractive extension to Bottisham. Areas requiring particular attention include those areas ofdevelopment facing the SAM and those on the eastern side of the site with views of Holy Trinity
Church.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application.
 Be sensitive to the Scheduled Ancient Monument (SAM) and avoid impact on its value as adesignation and wider setting. As such, a buffer zone is required as indicated on Map 8.5.
Appropriate uses for the buffer zone to the west of the monument could include suitable public
open space or a nature conservation area. Proposals should also demonstrate an appropriate
mechanism for the long-term management and maintenance of the monument and buffer area.
 Provide new allotments within the site or adjoining it to the south/south-west for the use of thelocal community, as part of the open space provision for the site to meet the identified need forthe village. The allotment land should be accessible by car, foot and cycle and include theprovision of a water supply and a parking area.
 Be accompanied by a Landscape Assessment and include measures to enhance thesurrounding Green Belt and provide a well-defined and defensible boundary to the Green Belt on
the southern and western boundaries of the site. The boundary treatment should also seek toreduce noise impact from the A14.
 Exploit opportunities for new pedestrian and cycle links to the High Street and include measuresto actively promote sustainable transport, including public transport, walking and cycling.
 Provide the main vehicular access from Bell Road, via a spur off the existing access that serves
St. Peter’s Field (subject to a Transport Assessment demonstrating the adequacy of the Bell121

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Road/Newmarket Road junction).
 Demonstrate that there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
Employment provision in Bottisham is limited compared to larger settlements in the district but
there is an established business park at Tunbridge Court on Tunbridge Lane. Other key employers
in the village include the schools, retail outlets and health facilities. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
Employment growth in Bottisham is required to allow for the sustainable growth of the village andhelp meet local employment needs. An employment allocation is proposed to the rear of Tunbridge
Lane Business Park to allow the extension of that facility. Development on this site will need to bein line with Policy BOT 2. Other suitable new employment proposals within, and on the edge of thevillage will be supported in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Employment allocation – extension to Tunbridge Lane Business ParkThe site is located within the Green Belt, adjacent to the existing Tunbridge Lane Business Park.
The area was identified in the Core Strategy (2009) as an area for employment development.
The development of this land for employment purposes should help to provide additional jobs in
Bottisham, and reduce the amount of out-commuting from the village. It is considered that B8 uses
are inappropriate on the site as they may cause harm to the residential amenity of neighbouring
properties and have a detrimental impact on the character and appearance of the surroundingarea.
The development of the site will require the release of land from the Cambridge Green Belt. Thereis a clear limit to the east of the site due to an existing right of way which should enable thecreation of a new defensible Green Belt boundary.
The Highways Authority has advised that safe vehicular access can be achieved via the existing
business park.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior to approvalof a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles including access and movement, built
form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy BOT 2, andensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy BOT 2: Employment allocation, extension to Tunbridge Lane Business Park
1 hectare of land is allocated for employment development (B1/B2 uses) on land adjacent to
Tunbridge Lane Business Park.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of any initial planning application, andapproved by the District Council.

122

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Development proposals will be expected to: Demonstrate compatibility with adjacent land uses including evidence that the local highway
network is able to accommodate the traffic that would be generated.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order to minimise
visual impact on the surrounding Green Belt and on residential dwellings to the south.
 Provide landscaping along boundaries with adjoining Green Belt.
 Retain and enhance the existing public right of way which adjoins the site.
 Demonstrate that any adverse impacts on protected species can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate that there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Bottisham needs to be served by appropriate levels of infrastructure and facilities, in order toensure the quality of people’s lives and prevent unnecessary travel. As outlined in Chapter 3, theDistrict Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers and partners to enable thedelivery of necessary infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will also seek to secureplanning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers towards new
infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. As set out in Chapter 3, the loss ofcommunity facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits Bottisham will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Bottisham are set out in the table
overleaf. These have been identified through technical work, discussions with infrastructure
providers, and community consultation - and are linked to the estimated future levels of growth in
Bottisham over the next 20 years.
Infrastructure /facility

Location

ProviderUpgrade to
sewage treatment
facilities

SewageTreatment
Works

Anglian Water

New allotments

Land east of
Bell Road

123

Deliverydate(estimated)2015 - 2020

Details
WWTW currently operatingclose to full permitted capacity.
Only modest development as
outlined in the Local Plan
could currently be
accommodated. Consultation
with Anglian Water would be
required to ensure thatcapacity is available for further
development or whether an
upgrade is required (withdevelopment coming forward
once improvements have been
implemented).
Facilitated as part of the Bell
Road development (see Policy
BOT 1).

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Infrastructure /facility
Creation of a newpedestrian / cycle
link from the Bell
Road area to HighStreetDevelopment of
new public open
space andchildren’s playarea
Extension to
Bottisham Primary
SchoolExtension to
Bottisham Village
College
A14

Local highway
network

Location

Deliverydate(estimated)

ProviderLand east of
Bell Road

BottishamParish Council /ECDCCounty Council

As required

County Council

As required

South of thevillage

Highways
AgencyIncluding BellRoad,
Tunbridge
Lane, Lode
Road and HighStreetCambridgeshire
Police / County
Council

Spatial strategy for Bottisham (see Inset Map 8.5)

124

Details
Facilitated as part of the Bell
Road development (see Policy
BOT 1).
The Parish Council are also
engaging with local
landowners to explore otherpotential sites for new open
space. Partly facilitated bydevelopment at Bell Road (seePolicy BOT 1).
Limited expansion is possibleat the site of BottishamPrimary School.
There is physical capacity on
the Bottisham Village College
site to expand.
The A14 causes noise
pollution within the village. The
Parish Council is lobbying the
Highways Agency to introduce
noise reduction measures. The
District Council also wish to
see traffic noise reduced aspart of the Bell Road
development (see Policy BOT
1).
The Parish Council is working
in partnership with the local
police and County Council
Highways to identify and costsome speed reduction / trafficcalming measures for thevillage.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.6

Brinkley

Description of Brinkley
Brinkley is a pleasant village set in wooded, rolling countryside, approximately 5 miles south of
Newmarket. The village has a number of attractive listed buildings including Brinkley Hall, which isalso included within the County list of Historic Parklands. The older parts of the village are coveredby a Conservation Area.
Facilities in the village include a church, Memorial Hall, public house and play area. The village hasa regular bus service which runs to Newmarket.
Key statistics
Brinkley
47
Population
48
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)49
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

400
160
3

1

Limited services to Cambridge (Mon-Sat), Newmarket (Mon-Fri),
Linton and Haverhill (Mon-Fri). (as at Nov. 2012)

Housing
Brinkley is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Brinkley. A‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Brinkley to define the built-up part of the village
where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.

47

Population for Brinkley parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Brinkley parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
49
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
48

125East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain the stock of businessland and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employmentsites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Brinkley. However, suitable new
employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Brinkley have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities in thevillage. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1
2
3
4

5
6

Priority
Reduce speeding
through the village
Improvements to the
speed of local broadband
service
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to thecommunity/village hallCommunity shop
More school places

Suggestions
Parish Council to work with District and County Council andCambridgeshire Police in exploring options to address speeding issues.
Options for the provision of access to either superfast or basic broadband
will be considered by the Connecting Cambridgeshire project.
http://www.connectingcambridgeshire.co.uk/
Cycle route to Burrough Green (along the road, not across country).
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sourcese.g.
 New flooring Landscaping
 Repaint the exterior
Explore options for the provision of a community shop.
Work with County Council to ensure that any shortage of spaces is fully
considered and addressed within the next capital expenditure programme.

The top priority is to address speeding issues through the village. Other priorities include more
school places at Burrough Green School and improvements to the Memorial Hall. The District
Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore options and secure funding
for the above improvements in Brinkley and will also liaise with the County Council to explore issue
of extra school places.
The current community facilities in Brinkley (including the church, Memorial Hall, public house andplay area) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Brinkley (see Inset Map 8.6)

126

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.7

Burrough Green© Geoffrey Woollard

Description of Burrough Green
Burrough Green is a small village located approximately 5 miles south-west of Newmarket. A
Conservation Area covers the southern and central parts of the village and includes a number of
attractive buildings including several thatched cottages. The Green forms a focal point for thevillage, providing recreational opportunities for residents.
The facilities within the village include a school, public house, church, cricket club and village hall
known as the Reading Room. There is a regular bus service to Cambridge and Newmarket.
Key statistics
Burrough Green
50
Population
51
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
52
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

370
160
10
12
Limited services to Cambridge (Mon-Sat), Newmarket (MonFri), Linton and Haverhill (Mon-Fri) (as at Nov. 2012)

Housing
Burrough Green is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Burrough Green.

50

Population for Burrough Green parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Burrough Green parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
52
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
51

127

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Burrough Green to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
Current businesses in the village include RE and GB Way antiquarian booksellers, R Jaggard &Sons coal merchants, and several units on the Running Horse business park. The District Council
is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to reuse employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Burrough Green. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Burrough Green have identified a number of infrastructure and community
improvements. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:
Priority=1=1=1

New play areas
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes
Improvements to the community /Village Hall

Suggestions
Potential locations include the village green, near the school ornear the pub
Parish Council to work with County Council to seek improvements,
e.g. new link to Green Lane byway
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding
sources e.g. new windows

Three priorities were identified as equally important for the parish. The District Council will workwith the County Council and Parish Council to explore options and secure funding for
improvements to community facilities and transport infrastructure within Burrough Green.
The current community facilities within Burrough Green are good (including the school, pub, churchand village hall) and contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of existing community
facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that
benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Burrough Green (see Inset Map 8.7)

128

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.8

Burwell

Description of Burwell
Burwell is the fourth largest settlement in terms of population in the district (with a population of
6,32053), after the three market towns Ely, Littleport and Soham. The village is situated in the southof the district, 4 miles north of Newmarket and 11 miles north-east of Cambridge. Burwell has an
attractive historic environment with two Conservation Areas, the earthwork remains of the 12th
century Burwell Castle (a Scheduled Ancient Monument), Devils Dyke (also a SSSI) and nearly
sixty listed buildings. Burwell also lies close to Wicken Fen National Nature Reserve and theNewmarket horseracing industry.
Though in East Cambridgeshire, its close proximity to Newmarket and lack of bus services to Elymean that many people in Burwell look to Newmarket for shops and services. Burwell itself has agood range of services including a primary school, several shops, public houses, banks, village
halls, a sports centre, swimming pool, doctor’s surgery, pharmacy and petrol station. The village
acts as a local service centre for the surrounding smaller villages, so existing retail and services
need to be retained.
The key challenge for Burwell will be achieving balanced growth – ensuring that both housing andemployment growth occur together. Some housing growth is needed in Burwell to meet the
housing needs of the village and also in order to support the existing shops and services. Burwell
has a range of employment opportunities, mainly provided on business parks on the edge of thevillage. However, it also has a high level of out-commuting and one of the challenges for Burwell is
to reduce this by providing more jobs in the village. The District Council will need to be proactive in
helping to bring the employment allocations into use. There needs to be a balance, however,between meeting these needs and retaining the rural feel of the village. It is also important to avoid
further elongating the village and instead locate new housing close to the village centre.
It is important that necessary infrastructure and facilities are in place to support the growth of thevillage. Burwell Village College Primary School is currently at capacity and has recently had toexpand into temporary classroom accommodation. Further growth would mean that expansion
53

Population and dwellings for Burwell parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).

129

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

would need to be made permanent. The doctor’s surgery may also need to expand to meet theneeds of the increased population. Concerns have been raised about the quality of outdoor sports
facilities in the village and there is a desire within the community to consolidate the outdoor pitches
on a single site, alongside team changing and parking facilities. Raising the quality of the riverside
area is another priority for the village.
The village has good road access to the A11 and A14. It has a regular bus service to Newmarket
and Cambridge, but no bus service to Ely. One key infrastructure requirement is provision of afoot/cycle path around the bridge on Exning Road, to enable safe access to Exning andNewmarket for pedestrians and cyclists.
A Vision for Burwell
A vision for Burwell in the year 2031 is set out below – followed by a set of strategic objectives todeliver and facilitate the vision. The vision provides clear direction for development in Burwell up to
2031. It has been developed from the key characteristics and issues described above, and throughconsultation on the Local Plan. It has also been informed by the ‘Burwell Masterplan’ document
which looks at the long-term growth of Burwell over the next 20 years. Its purpose is to inform
debate on the future capacity of Burwell to grow, and feed into development of the Local Plan. The
Masterplan was adopted by the Council in 2013, and can be viewed on the Council’s website atwww.eastcambs.gov.uk.
Burwell vision statement
In 2031 Burwell will be a thriving rural community with a variety of local shops, services andemployment that has retained its local village character and community support networks.

Burwell strategic objectives
1. Ensure all new development is in keeping with the rural character of the village, reflecting its
distinctive design characteristics and with densities that respect the rural tradition of the village.
2. Avoid further elongation of the village, and focus housing growth close to the centre part of
Burwell where easy access can be provided via foot or cycle to key services and facilities.
3. Address the traffic volume and speeding issues as new development takes place, seeking topromote walking, cycling and public transport wherever possible.
4. Support job retention and creation by retaining existing employment sites and facilitating new
developments in the village.
5. Protect and enhance the village centre, by retaining existing shops and facilities, andsupporting proposals for expansion.
6. Provide enhanced infrastructure and facilities to support growth, including the consolidation of
outdoor sports facilities on a single site off Newmarket Road.
7. Raise the quality of the riverside area of Burwell by exploring options to increase access andrecreation facilities and ensuring that new development reflects and enhances the character of
its riverside setting.
Housing
Burwell is one of the largest villages in the district, and is likely to continue to grow over the next 20
years.

130

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Burwell to define the built-up part of the village
where housing development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unlessthere are exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable
housing. Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy
GROWTH 2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
There are some opportunities for development on land within the built part of Burwell, on ‘infill’sites. It is estimated that there could be capacity for perhaps 182 dwellings between 2013 and2031, from outstanding planning permissions (yet to be completed), large potential sites within thevillage boundary, and potential small ‘windfall sites’ that may come forward within the village.
Details of the estimated supply from these sources is set out in the table below (source: AMR
March 2014).
However, the supply of potential sites within Burwell is limited, and a new housing allocation site istherefore proposed on the edge of Burwell off Newmarket Road. Development on this allocationsite will need to be in line with Policy BUR 1 – see details below. The new housing site is locatedin the central belt of Burwell and should provide good access to shops and services in the core of
the village and will avoid elongating the settlement. The site is allocated for approximately 350
dwellings.
Estimated housing supply in Burwell 2011-31
Housing sources
Number of dwellings
Completions 2011-13
13
54
Outstanding planning permissions
127
Potential large future sites
24
Estimated windfall on small sites
31
Housing allocation
350
ESTIMATED SUPPLY
545

Housing allocation – land off Newmarket Road
The site is located to the east of the village, and is currently open farmland. The area is boundedby residential development to the west, Newmarket Road to the south, and farmland to the northand east. The area was allocated for housing in the East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy (2009)and identified as the preferred location for housing development in the Burwell Masterplan (2013).
The site is in single ownership (Cambridgeshire County Council).
The allocation is for 350 dwellings, plus land for open space, and new outdoor sports provision(including sports pitches). It is estimated that approximately 20 hectares of land will be required tofacilitate this scale of development.
The 20 hectare allocation will take up only a proportion of a large open field and landholding, and it
is possible that at some unknown date in the future, there could be a proposal for further
development on the site as part of a future Local Plan review. The design of any scheme will
therefore have to have regard to this in relation to layout, design and access. This should take theform of an Indicative Development Framework or broad concept plan, which will need to besubmitted alongside the planning application for the first phase of the development.

54

It should be noted that 35 of these outstanding commitments relate to an application approved for log cabins for tourism purposes off
Weirs Drove.

131East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

There is a community aspiration for land to be available for self-build properties and part of the siteshould be identified for such purposes. There is also a desire to consolidate outdoor sports
facilities in the village on a single site as part of this development.
Careful landscaping around the perimeter of the site will be necessary to create an attractive
setting and entrance to the village and a suitable buffer between the site and the existing
residential development.
Safe vehicular, cycle and pedestrian access to the site will be provided off Newmarket Road, as
demonstrated through a Transport Assessment. This will need to have regard to potential future
expansion on the site. An additional access point for emergency vehicles exists off Ness Road
and this should be brought up to a useable standard for emergency vehicles, pedestrians andcyclists. It will also be important to provide pedestrian and cycle links through to Felsham Chase, toallow ease of movement for local people.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole allocation, prior toapproval of a scheme. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement, built
form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy BUR 1, andensure a high standard of comprehensive planning. The Masterplan will need to be submitted
alongside an outline planning application. Whilst new development does not necessarily have totake a traditional form, it will be expected to harmonise and be sympathetic with the character ofthe village. Development will need to comprise of a mix of densities across the site, have regard to
the rural character of the village and be sensitive to the edge of settlement location.

Policy BUR 1: Housing allocation, land off Newmarket Road
Approximately 20 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 350
dwellings. The development envelope for Burwell should subsequently be considered to be locatedon the edge of the development scheme
A Masterplan for the whole scheme will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3, withpriority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Burwell,including provision for an element of self-build properties.
 Provide a minimum of 2.2 hectares of public open space on-site and at least 1 play area.
 Provide a minimum of 2.5 hectares of land for outdoor sports provision, changing facilities andon-site parking principally within the site.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height, and soft landscaping, to minimise the visual
impact of the development.
 Provide appropriate landscaping as a buffer where necessary to existing developments andwhere the scheme follows the new edge of the village.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application.
 Provide footpath and cycle linkages between Felsham Chase, Newmarket Road and Ness Road,132

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

and a foot/cycle path link through the site between Newmarket Road and Ness Road.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Newmarket Road, as demonstrated by a Transport
Assessment, with an additional access point provided for emergency vehicles off Ness Road.
 Provide necessary highway improvements and traffic management measures on nearby roads,
as demonstrated in the Transport Assessment for the development proposal.
 Demonstrate how they fit with the longer-term plans for the area to the east of the allocation site
– via an Indicative Development Framework or broad concept plan for the whole area; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
Burwell has a range of employment opportunities, mainly provided on business parks on the edgeof the village. The main estate in Burwell is the Meadow View Business Park on Reach Road.
There are also a number of small units on Heath Road to the east of the village, and on Broads
Road to the north. Other key employers in the village include the school, Burwell House, themedical centre, and shops and businesses located in the village centre.
There are currently an estimated 1100 jobs55 in Burwell. The District Council is keen to try andprovide more jobs in Burwell, and increase the levels of self-containment. The current selfcontainment level is estimated to be approximately 29%, e.g. with 1,100 jobs available for 3,800
people of employment age (16-64 years). As part of this strategy, a number of new sites areproposed for employment development in Burwell, to try and increase the stock of commercial
premises. This includes employment allocations on Reach Road – see Policies BUR 2 and 3
below. A summary of employment potential on these sites is set out in the table below. The tablealso includes an estimate for additional home working employment in Burwell over the Plan period.
Additional jobs from these sites/sources alone could help to increase the level of self-containment
in Burwell to an estimated 51% by 2031 (with 1730 jobs available for an estimated 3400 people ofemployment age)56. However, this is a conservative estimate and self-containment is likely to behigher, as it doesn’t take account of other potential increases in jobs in the village from existing
businesses, schools, shops and levels of home working.
Employment potential on new sites in Burwell
Location
Hectares Estimated jobs growthLand at Reach Road
2.5
337
Former DS Smith Site
3293
Home working
129
TOTAL ADDITIONAL JOBS
759

Policy reference
Policy BUR 2
Policy BUR 3-

It is also important to try and prevent the loss of existing business premises and land, in order tosupport local economic growth. This is even more crucial in the context of the current economy
where viability and profits margins are low for business development, particularly speculative
schemes. The District Council is keen to retain the existing stock of business land and premises in
Burwell, given this context. Proposals to re-use existing employment sites in Burwell for otherpurposes will therefore only be permitted in certain circumstances – as set out in Policy EMP 1 in
Chapter 5 (Employment). The proposed employment allocations should be retained for
employment uses as set out in Policy EMP 1.

55
56

Source ONS 2009
Future population estimate as provided by Cambs County Council Research Group, based on the housing trajectory133East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Large-scale new employment development should be focused in the allocated employment sites –in order to facilitate their development, ensure suitable access, and minimise impact on the setting
and character of Burwell. However, small-scale employment schemes that come forward on theedge of Burwell may be supported in principle as well as extensions to existing businesses andproposals involving the re-use of existing rural buildings – subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and
EMP 4.
Employment allocation – land at Reach Road
The site is located on the southern side of Reach Road, directly adjacent the Meadow View
Business Park and is currently uncultivated. The eastern boundary of the site is bordered by Reach
Road and the western boundary of the site borders farmland. The site was identified as a potential
area for employment development in the Core Strategy (2009) and the Burwell Masterplan (2013).
The Local Highway Authority has indicated that some improvements to Reach Road will be
required. A Transport Assessment will also be necessary to consider the adequacy of the Reach
Road/B1102 junction to cope with additional traffic volumes.
The existing electricity pylons and overhead cables that cross the site will influence the layout ofthe development. Part of the site is situated in an area of high flood risk, so mitigation of flood risk
will need to be demonstrated in the detailed design and layout of the site.
It will be important to provide landscaping on the eastern and western boundaries of the site. Theremay be an opportunity to improve the existing view of development on the approach from Reach
Road to the west through an appropriate strategic planting scheme.

Policy BUR 2: Employment allocation, land at Reach Road
Approximately 2.5 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1/B2) on land at
Reach Road.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access to the site from Reach Road.
 Ensure there is sufficient capacity at the Reach Road/B1102 junction for the additional traffic
flows generated by development at this site.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings and landscaping, inorder to minimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside.
 Take into account the existing electricity pylons and overhead cables when considering thelayout of the development.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with adjoining agricultural land and retain existinghedgerows and trees.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.

134

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment allocation – former DS Smith Site, Reach Road
This site is part of a larger site previously occupied by DS Smith. The original site was allocated for
housing and employment in the 2000 Local Plan (a 49/51 split). Whilst the housing element of thesite has been built, the employment element (this site) remains vacant.
The old factory building remains on the site, now in a derelict state, and the site is overgrown.The
site is bordered to the south-east by housing. To the north is an existing employment area andBurwell Fire Station, and to the west of the site is ‘Paulines Swamp’, a County Wildlife Site.
The Council considers that it is important to retain this strategic employment site in Burwell as theCouncil’s Jobs Growth Strategy identifies a need to retain existing employment sites in order tounderpin future economic growth.
There is a demand for employment land in the south of the district, and the loss of employment
land may harm local firms, who may find it difficult to find suitable replacement sites. It is also
important to retain employment sites to ensure that housing growth is matched by a growth in job
opportunities for local people – in order to avoid further out-commuting. In addition there is a strong
local desire to retain the site for employment use as demonstrated in the Burwell Masterplan and it
remains an employment allocation in that document.
A buffer zone between the site and the adjoining housing will need to be provided and suitablelandscaping established along the other boundaries. Development will also need to be sensitive tothe nearby County Wildlife Site.
The Local Highway Authority has indicated that some improvements to Reach Road will be
required. A Transport Assessment is also necessary to consider the adequacy of the Reach
Road/B1102 junction to cope with additional traffic volumes.

Policy BUR 3: Employment allocation, former DS Smith site, Reach Road
Approximately 3 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1, B2 & B8) on the
DS Smith site, Reach Road.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access to the site from Reach Road.
 Ensure there is sufficient capacity at the Reach Road/B1102 junction for the additional traffic
flows.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings and landscaping, inorder to minimise visual impact on the adjoining housing and surrounding countryside.
 Protect and enhance County Wildlife Site 11.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with adjoining agricultural land and adjacent
properties; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Village Centre
Burwell has a historic village centre which provides a range of food (convenience) and non-food(comparison) shops, pubs, community facilities and other services. The current key attractors

135East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

include Barclays Bank, Lloyds Pharmacy, Post Office and the Co-operative store. There are also a
number of important community facilities in and around the centre, including the churches, library,Sports Centre, and the Mandeville Hall and Gardiner Memorial Hall meeting rooms. There is no
main shopping area, but shops appear in clusters in the core of the village along High Street, The
Causeway and North Street.
The village centre appears to be performing well, given the population of Burwell and its catchment
area. Whilst it provides a good range of community facilities, there is a fairly limited choice ofshops, restaurants and cafes. It is important to retain the existing retail and commercial
employment uses in the village centre and support opportunities for expansion to ensure it
continues to fulfill its service centre role for residents and neighbouring communities – see Policy
BUR 4. More parking is also needed near the shops and services as the current public car park isheavily used and should be retained. It will also be important to protect existing community facilities
in the village centre. As set out in Chapter 7, the loss of community facilities will be resisted under
Policy COM 3.

Policy BUR 4: Burwell Village Centre
The strategy for the enhancement and development of Burwell village centre is as follows: Existing retail units within Burwell village centre are to be retained. The conversion or
redevelopment of existing retail units to other uses (particularly housing) will be discouraged inaccordance with Policy COM 3.
 Proposals for additional retail and village centre uses in Burwell will be encouraged.
 Enhanced pedestrian and cycle routes and cycle parking to be provided within the village centre.
 The current public car parking at Burwell Ex-Servicemen's Social Club should be retained for its
current use.
 Privately owned car parks and car parking areas located in or close to Burwell village centre
should be retained – unless applicants can demonstrate that alternative provision of equivalentvalue can be made to off-set any loss.
The Weirs/Riverside
The Weirs form the boundary of the village on the western side of the village. This is an attractive
area, which at present is spoilt by litter and dumping. Burwell Lode was significant in the historicdevelopment of this area. The Weirs provides an attractive footway that could be developed toform part of a village trail to trace the former industrial history of the village. There is also scope topromote the natural history and biodiversity of the locality. Further details relating to strategic green
infrastructure are set out in Policy COM 5 in Part 1 of the Local Plan.
There is potential here for small scale marina development with associated facilities, employment
and recreational opportunities associated with fishing and boating, and development of boating
links with Wicken Fen, provided that the scale of the proposals is modest and in keeping with thisrural Fen area.
Any development in the locality should look at the potential to improve and enhance this area,
which could benefit from better pedestrian and cycle access links and improved signage andlandscaping. Proposals must be able to demonstrate that any additional traffic generated fromdevelopment in this area can be accommodated and any impact on North Street mitigated.

136

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy BUR 5: The Weirs/Riverside
The quality of The Weirs/Riverside area should be enhanced as this is a key open space for thepeople of Burwell. Opportunities should be explored to improve public access and create a newvillage trail along the river area.
Development proposals in the area, associated with the provision of river or recreation facilities will
generally be supported.
All development proposals adjacent to or in the vicinity of The Weirs/Riverside area will be
expected to: Be sensitively designed and in scale with the character of the area.
 Demonstrate that the development is consistent with the objectives of the Anglian River BasinManagement Plan.
 Improve pedestrian and cycle access links to this area.
 Improve the appearance and setting of the area; and Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that additional traffic generated can beaccommodated and mitigated.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Burwell needs to be served by appropriate levels of infrastructure and facilities, in order to ensure
the quality of people’s lives and prevent unnecessary travel. This includes infrastructure such as
water, energy, sewerage treatment works, and roads – and community facilities such as schools,
open space, health, and sport and recreation facilities.
As outlined in Chapter 3, the District Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers toenable the delivery of necessary of infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will also seek
to secure planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers towards
new infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. As set out in Chapter 7, the loss ofcommunity facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits Burwell will be supported in principle, subject to Policies GROWTH 3
and COM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Burwell are set out in the table below.
These have been identified through technical work, discussions with infrastructure providers, andcommunity consultation - and are linked to the estimated future levels of growth in Burwell over the
next 20 years.
Infrastructure /facility
Extension to PrimaryschoolLocation

ProviderThe CausewayCambs County
Council

Limited expansion ofeither or bothSoham andBottisham Village

Soham/
BottishamCambs County
Council

137

Deliverydate (est.)

Details
Temporary extension granted2012 – more permanent
expansion to be determined.
Limited expansion required. To
be included in future County
Council capital programme.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Colleges
Early years facility
Exning Bridge

TBC
Newmarket
Road

Private provider
Cambs County
Council/Suffolk
County Council
Cambs County
Council

Outdoor Sports
facilities

Newmarket
Road

New link to create
Burwell Circular
walking/cycle route
Improvements toriverside usage,
appearance andaccessBurwell Lode Bridge

Newmarket
Road

Developer

The Weirs

VariousHarrisons
Drove

National
Trust/Cambs
County Council

Expansion ofDoctors Surgery

Newmarket
Road

NHS Trust

Spatial Strategy for Burwell (see Inset Map 8.8)

138

TBC

NK
Provision of a safe foot/cycle
path around the bridge.
Consolidation of outdoor sports
pitches, car parking andchanging facilities on Newmarket
Road housing allocation site (seePolicy BUR 1).
Provision of foot/cycle path linkfrom Newmarket Road to Ness
Road (see Policy BUR 1).
Possible modest Marina typedevelopment adjacent to Burwell
Lode. Other improvements as set
out in Policy BUR 5.
Provision of a dual purpose
bridge for cyclists, pedestrians
and equestrians over Burwell
Lode.
An extension to the existing
surgery premises may benecessary to meet demands of
new population.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.9

Chettisham© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Chettisham
Chettisham is a small settlement located approximately 2 miles north of Ely. It lies in the parish ofEly, and has a population of approximately 180 people. The village is mainly located to the west of
Lynn Road, and is surrounded by open farmland. Chettisham Business Park lies to the east of thevillage, and there is a County Wildlife Site, Chettisham Meadow, to the north. There is also a
railway line that crosses north of the village, but with no station.
There are limited community facilities within the village, with dependence on either Ely or Littleportfor services. There is a church, a public telephone, and a garage with petrol station. Chettisham iswell served by public transport with a bus that runs through the village 6 days a week taking
residents to either Ely/Cambridge or Littleport.
Key statistics
Chettisham
57
Population
58
Dwellings (est.)
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
59
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

170
70
2
2
Regular bus service Mon – Sat between Littleport and Cambridge.

Housing
Chettisham is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Chettisham. A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Chettisham to define the built-up
part of the village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl
57

Population for Chettisham (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Chettisham (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
59
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
58

139

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH
2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Although no new housing allocations are proposed on the edge of Chettisham, there areproposals for a large area to the north of Ely to be developed for housing and employment uses.
Further details can be seen in the Ely Town Vision section. It will be important to ensure that the
integrity and setting of Chettisham is not adversely affected by this proposal and that adequate
separation is provided.
Employment
There are a number of current businesses in the village, including Chettisham Garage, Century
Park and Chettisham Business Park. The District Council is keen to retain employment land andpremises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites forother purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Chettisham. As part of thedevelopment of the North Ely area, an extension is proposed to Chettisham Business Park (seethe Ely Vision for further details). Other suitable new employment proposals within or on the edgeof the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Chettisham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities
in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1=2=2

Priority
New recreational facilities within village
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes
New community facilities

Suggestions
Provision of a children’s play area.
More footpaths and cycle routes, especially towards Ely.
New community/village hall.

The top priority is to provide a new children’s play area to enhance the quality of life and wellbeing of young people in the village. The following priorities were equally important to residents.
First, need to improve the pedestrian and cycle routes to better link the village to surrounding
settlements such as Ely and Littleport, as well as Chettisham Meadow. Second, need for a newcommunity/village hall as the last hall closed over 30 years ago. This will enhance the community
facilities in the village and contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will workwith the County Council and Parish Council to explore options and secure funding for
improvements to community facilities and transport infrastructure within Chettisham.
The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new
community development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy
COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Chettisham (see Inset Map 8.9)

140

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.10 Cheveley© Mike, geograph.org.uk

Description of Cheveley
Cheveley is a pretty linear village located four miles south-east of Newmarket, and close to thevillages of Ashley and Saxon Street.
The central part of Cheveley has been designated a Conservation Area and contains an early 14th
Century church and a number of thatched cottages.
Cheveley has a good range of local services including a church, post office, village store, public
house, primary school, community room (within the school) and recreation ground. There is aregular bus service to Newmarket. The parish of Cheveley also includes part of the suburbs ofNewmarket. A separate Vision for this area is included in the Plan – see section 8.25 below.
Key statistics
Cheveley
60
Population
61
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
62
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

980
460
41
69
A regular service to Newmarket (Mon-Sat)

Housing
Cheveley is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. This may include development on the derelict ‘Home Office bungalows’site on the southern edge of the village. Additionally, two new housing allocation sites are
60

Population for Cheveley village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Cheveley village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
62
East Cambrirdgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes supply fromrural exception windfall sites.
61

141

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

proposed for approximately 20 dwellings – on land to the rear of Star and Garter Lane, and land
between 199-209 High Street. Details of the allocation sites are set out in the section below.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Cheveley to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with Policies CHV 1
and CHV 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate and deliver a higher quality scheme.
Housing allocation – land to the rear of Star and Garter Lane
The site is located close to the village centre, and is currently open farmland. The allocation site is
not visible from the main road. However, development should be designed to minimise the impact
on the amenity of adjacent properties.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided off Star and Garter Lane. This is a private
drive and the Highway Authority has advised that the access is suitable to accommodate up to 2
dwellings.

Policy CHV 1: Housing allocation, land rear of Star and Garter Lane
Approximately 0.2 hectares of land is allocated for residential development on land at the rear ofStar and Garter Lane for up to 2 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Star and Garter Lane.
 Ensure that adequate maintenance and servicing (waste collection) arrangements would bepossible; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land between 199-209 High Street
The site is located off the High Street, opposite the junction with Spurling Close and is currently agrassed paddock. The southern and eastern boundaries of the site border open countryside.
Development proposals should include an appropriate landscape buffer to lessen any potential
impact upon the open countryside.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided off the High Street.

142

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy CHV 2: Housing allocation, land between 199-209 High Street
Approximately 0.75 hectares of land is allocated for residential development on land between
199-209 High Street for up to 18 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3, withpriority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Cheveley.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties and the open
countryside.
 Provide safe vehicular access from High Street; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
Local employment is focused on the horseracing industry, with several stud farms located aroundthe village including Fittocks Stud, Brook Stud, Glebe Stud, Farmers Hill Stud and Sandwich Stud.
There are also a number of businesses within and on the edge of the village. The District Council
is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Cheveley. However, suitablenew employment proposals on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Cheveley have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements. A
list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1
2

Priority
Traffic calming/highway
improvements

5

Improvements to thecommunity/village hall
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to the pavilion
and recreation ground
Need for more school places

6

Improvements to play areas

7

Improvements to public
transport services

3
4

Suggestions
Parish Council to work with District and County Council to explore specificpriorities to which future funding sources can be directed e.g. improving
road/footpath surfacing and addressing speeding issues.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sources
e.g. improvements to the recreation ground pavilion.
Parish Council to work with County Council to seek improvements tofootpath surfaces and the potential to make paths wider.
Explore provision of wheelchair access.
Seek permanent space for preschool group, Cheveley Acorns.
Work with County Council to ensure that any shortage of spaces is
considered and addressed within the next capital expenditure programme.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sources
e.g. new play area equipment.
Seek improvements to local bus service.

143

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The current community facilities in Cheveley (including the village store, pub, community hall, post
office and church) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with theCounty Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, toimprove facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy
COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Cheveley (see Inset Map 8.10)

144

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.11 Chippenham© Chippenham Parish Council

Description of Chippenham
Chippenham is situated 4 miles north-east of Newmarket, and has a population of 550. It is
located in the east of the district with the Suffolk border lying to its north and south. Very little
growth has occurred in the village in the last decade. The historic core of the village is included ina Conservation Area that features a row of picturesque artisan cottages with long front gardens.
There are many other Listed Buildings in the village, including the village church and ChippenhamHall.
To the south of the village is Chippenham Park, a historic estate with vast grounds. Chippenham
Fen is located to the west of the village and is designated as a Site of Special Scientific Interest
and a Special Area of Conservation.
Chippenham has a church, village hall and public house, with a farm shop located to the southeast of the main village. Children use the primary school at Isleham, which also offers othercommunity facilities such as post office and village shop, along with Fordham. The closest main
service centre is Newmarket.
Key statistics
Chippenham
63
Population
64
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-2013 (net)65
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

500
240
10
3
Public transport is limited in the village with a Mon-Fri commuterbus service to Newmarket, and one bus service to Newmarket thatruns on a Tues and Saturday morning.

63

Population for Chippenham parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Chippenham parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
65
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
64

145

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Chippenham is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofChippenham.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Chippenham to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a number of employment opportunities in the village, including the public house, farm
shop and Chippenham Hall, which is also a wedding venue. However, there is little employment
land and premises (e.g. industrial or offices) in the village. The District Council is keen to retain
employment land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (seePolicy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Chippenham. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Chippenham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities
in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
Highway improvement & trafficcalming scheme
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes
Improvements to recreational
facilities/open spaces
Increasing school spaces
Improvements to broadband

Suggestions
To include traffic calming of High Street and resurfacing works at
Tharp Way.
More footpaths and cycle routes, especially a link to La Hogue
farm shop, and to Chippenham Fen.
Improvements to include facilities for young people and families,
such as picnic area, and play area.
Liaison with County Council.
The Council is part of a county wide scheme for broadband
improvements.

The top priority is to improve local highways in order to reduce the volume and speed of trafficthat passes through the village. Another priority is to improve pedestrian and cycle routes in thevillage including a link to both the farm shop and nearby Chippenham Fen.
Other suggestions by residents are to increase the amount of school places and to improve therecreational facilities and open spaces within the village to cater better for the younger population
as well as families. The District Council will work with the County Council and Parish Council to
explore options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities and transport

146

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

infrastructure within Chippenham. A good broadband connection was also identified as acommunity priority. The District Council is already working with Cambridgeshire County Council toaddress this issue across the district through the Connecting Cambridgeshire project.
The current community facilities within Chippenham (including the pub, church and village hall)contribute to the quality of peoples’ lives. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefit the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Chippenham (see Inset Map 8.11)

147

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.12 Coveney

Description of Coveney
Coveney is a distinctive small village set along a low ridge overlooking the fens, approximately 4
miles north-west of Ely. The Parish of Coveney also includes the hamlet Wardy Hill (see separate
Wardy Hill Vision).
Facilities in the village include a Village Hall, 2 churches and a play area. The village has one bus
service a week on a Thursday to Ely.
Key statistics
Coveney
66
Population
67
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
68
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

240
100
2
4
Service to Ely (Thursday only) (as at June 2012)

Housing
Coveney is likely to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within
the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Coveney.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Coveney to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
66

Population for Coveney village (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Coveney village (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
68
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
67

148

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Coveney. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Coveney have indicated a desire for improvements and infrastructure andcommunity facilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
12
34

Priority
Improvements to
Broadband
Improvements tovillage
hall
Improvements to roads
and footpaths
Improvements to the playarea

Suggestions
District Council is working in partnership with the County Council to seek
improvements to the Broadband service across the district.
New roof needed.
Better upkeep of roads in village.
Improve West Fen Road.
Provision of more play equipment.

The top priority is improvements to Broadband speeds in the village, an issue that the District
Council is already working with County Council to address across the district through theConnecting Cambridgeshire project. Other priorities include improvements to the village hall,roads and footpaths and play areas in the village. The District Council will work with the Parish
Council and County Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements tocommunity facilities and transport infrastructure in Coveney.
The current community facilities in Coveney (including the village hall, churches and play area)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Coveney (see Inset Map 8.12)

149

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.13 Dullingham© Tim Owen, Dullingham Parish Council

Description of Dullingham
Dullingham is a historic village set within wooded countryside, situated 4 miles south of
Newmarket and 14 miles east of Cambridge.
There is an extensive Conservation Area as well as a registered Historic Park and Garden(attached to Dullingham House). The communities of Cross Green and Dullingham Ley form partof the parish of Dullingham, although they are separate hamlets.
Dullingham has a range of facilities, including a primary school (shared with neighbouring
Stetchworth), two public houses, a community hall (the Taylor Hall), a sports field and a children’s
playground. The Ellesmere Centre in Stetchworth provides a variety of community facilities and iswithin walking distance, particularly from the eastern part of the village. Dullingham’s railway
station is located about a mile from the village centre, and provides services to CambridgeIpswich, Newmarket and Bury St. Edmunds. The village has an infrequent bus service toNewmarket and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Dullingham
69
Population
70
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)71
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

750
320
23
12
Regular bus services to Newmarket and Cambridge (MonSat). Rail services to Cambridge, Newmarket, Bury St.
Edmunds and Ipswich.

69

Population for Dullingham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Dullingham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
71
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
70

150

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Dullingham is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Dullingham.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Dullingham to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
The Parish Council is keen to explore the delivery of a small-scale affordable housing scheme on
the edge of the village, possibly via a Community Land Trust mechanism. This and other housing
schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policies GROWTH 2,
GROWTH 6 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate. The Parish Council wish to see thediversity of the village maintained, with the housing stock reflecting a range of sizes.
In developing any proposals for new housing, developers may wish to consult the Dullingham
Parish Plan 2006 (http://www.dullingham.org.uk/Documents/Parish_plan/Parish_plan.pdf) as thissets out how the local community would like to see the character of the parish maintained andenhanced by any new development.
Employment
There are more than a dozen small and medium sized businesses in the village, including several
stud farms, and a number of high tech businesses. The Parish and District Councils are keen toretain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic growth.
Proposals to reuse employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Dullingham. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Dullingham have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements.
A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
Priority
1

Improvements to main sewer

2

Improvements topedestrian/cycle/riding
routes3

Improvements to village
amenities

Suggestions
Main sewer through village runs near capacity and can overflow inheavy rain – needs improving.
B1061 needs to be made 30 m.p.h. through village to make walking,cycling and riding safer. Road to Newmarket is dangerous for cyclists.
Keep heavy traffic off smaller roads where possible and encourage
cycling and riding routes.
Encourage greater use of the Village Hall and improvements to Sports
Pavilion.

151

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The top priority is improvement to the main sewer. Other priorities include improvements towalking/cycling/riding routes, and village amenities.
The current community facilities in Dullingham (including the school, pub, sports field andplayground) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be
resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village
will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Dullingham (see Inset Map 8.13)

152

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.14 Ely© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Ely
Ely is England's second smallest city, and the main market town in East Cambridgeshire with apopulation of about 19,00072. Located in the Fens approximately 15 miles north of Cambridge, it isfamous for its magnificent Norman cathedral known locally as ‘The Ship of the Fens’. Rich inhistory, Ely was the stronghold of Hereward the Wake and home to Oliver Cromwell. Ely is an
important tourist destination for day trips, and has a range of other attractions including theattractive riverside, the award winning Jubilee Gardens, Ely Country Park and Ely Museum.
The city has undergone rapid growth in recent years, with a significant amount of new housingdevelopment on its north-western edge, and on a range of other ‘infill’ sites. However, employment,
services, and infrastructure have not kept pace with the rising population. As a consequence there
are high levels of out-commuting to jobs in London, Cambridge and South Cambridgeshire, placingpressure on an overloaded transport infrastructure. One of the key challenges is to promote future
local commercial and employment growth to reduce this out-commuting.
Ely is a compact city, with the medieval town layout still clearly evident. The city centre remains
relatively healthy, with a good mix of retail, commercial and leisure, although some uses are inneed of updating/expansion. However, the historic fabric limits opportunities for new developmentin the central area; some other sites may therefore need to be developed for large format retailuses.
Ely is well connected by both road and rail. Two major ‘A’ roads, the A10 (north-south) and A142
(east-west) connect Ely to the national road network. Ely station is an important interchange pointwith services to key destinations including Cambridge, Stansted Airport, Norwich, London,
Birmingham, Manchester and Liverpool. Most of the city’s residents live within walking or cycling

72

Source: Population of Ely City, 19,180 (mid-2012) Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.

153

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

distance to the centre. However, pedestrian and cycle networks are fragmented and incomplete
and require re-design improvement in many locations.

Key statistics
Ely
73
Population
74
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)75
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
76
Employment
Existing public transport services

19,180
8,340
2,299
3,948
8,000
Mainline railway station with services to Cambridge, London,Peterborough, the Midlands and the North-west. Regular bus
services within Ely and to Cambridge, Chatteris, Newmarket andsurrounding villages.

A vision for Ely
A vision for Ely in the year 2031 is set out below – followed by a set of strategic objectives todeliver and facilitate the vision. The vision provides clear direction for development in Ely and has
been developed from the key characteristics and issues described above, and through consultationon the Local Plan. It has also been informed by the ‘Ely Masterplan’ (adopted 2010), which aimed
to provide a holistic vision to help ensure that Ely develops in a coordinated, planned andintegrated way. The Ely Masterplan can be viewed at www.eastcambs.gov.uk. The vision andpolicies in the Ely Town Vision have also been informed by the Ely Environmental Capacity Study(as referred to in paragraph 6.2.4). This Study provides a detailed assessment of the landscapecharacter of Ely and its environs, including an analysis of the distant and near views of Ely
Cathedral. The Study remains an important part of the evidence base informing the Local Plan andplanning applications, and is due to be updated in 2015.
Ely vision statement
Ely will develop into a special 21st century cathedral city and Cambridgeshire market town that
respects the national and international importance of its historic environment, with a thriving city
centre and great quality of life for its residents. Development will respect the city’s distinctiveness,
which includes the historic core of the city, the green rural spaces in and around the city, the riverand fen setting, the views of the cathedral, the character and compactness of the city and thestrong local cultural and community network.
A sustainable urban extension to the north of the city will provide new housing and small business
opportunities as well as helping to support a range of existing and new community facilities –including a new leisure centre and multiplex cinema, new primary schools, a new transportinterchange and employment hub at the station, and an extended Country Park. Major
improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway alongside othertransport solutions will help to reduce congestion in the station area and aid economic growth. The
city’s strategic location will be attractive to employers wishing to establish or expand on newly
serviced employment areas on the outskirts of the city, offering a range of job opportunities to local
73

Population for Ely City, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Ely City, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
76
Source: ONS 2009
74
75

154

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

people.
Ely strategic objectives
1. Improve and extend the city centre, to meet the needs of an expanded population and provide
a revitalised and vibrant hub that is attractive to residents and visitors alike, creatively using
and supporting its heritage assets.
2. Protect and enhance Ely’s ‘distinctiveness’, with all new development responding positively tothe unique character of this historic city, and respecting the setting and views of Ely Cathedral(with regard to the Ely Environmental Capacity Study and subsequent updates).
3. Achieve sustainable growth and widen housing choice with an exemplar urban extension to thenorth.
4. Regenerate the area around the railway station to deliver a vibrant, mixed-use area, andenhance the riverside area of the city.
5. Enable easy access to key destinations with improved walking and cycling routes and public
transport services, including a new transport interchange at the railway station and major
improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway to reduce
congestion.
6. Support the retention and creation of local jobs to reduce the current high levels of outcommuting, by retaining and expanding existing employment sites such as Lancaster Way
Business Park, developing new locations for business and supporting enterprise e.g. at North
Ely, the Station Gateway area and Octagon Business Park.
7. Provide enhanced infrastructure and facilities, from district-wide facilities to serve the wider
rural community to local facilities of an appropriate scale to serve neighbourhoods. This should
include the provision of 2 new primary schools, and a new sports and leisure village off
Downham Road.
8. Protect and enhance the rural setting of Ely, and create a strategic network of green spaces on
the eastern edge of the city, including an extension to Ely Country Park, which improves
accessibility and has regard to the enhancement of biodiversity and geodiversity of designatedsites which are of national/international significance.
9. Protect and enhance the historic environment, particularly in the city centre.
10. Respond to climate change, taking opportunities to make the city resilient for the future
including sustainable drainage systems and low carbon development.

Housing and employment strategy
Ely will be the focus for housing and employment growth over the next 20 years. This section gives
an overview of the strategy and proposals for this growth. The following sections provide detail on
specific development sites.
Housing
A development envelope has been drawn around Ely to define the built-up part of the city where
housing development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unlessthere are exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable
housing. Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policies
GROWTH 2, and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.

155East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

There are some opportunities for housing development on land within the current built-up part ofthe city, on ‘infill’ sites. However, there is an insufficient supply of infill sites to meet the levels of
growth that are needed in the city, so a new housing development site is proposed on the northernedge of Ely – see Policy ELY 1. In addition, a number of mixed-use sites are proposed within andon the edge of the city – incorporating new housing in addition to commercial development. Detailsof these sites are set out in subsequent sections.
It is estimated that a total of about 4,043 dwellings could be provided in Ely between 2011 and
2031. It is hoped that the additional population will be able to support a comprehensive range ofservices and facilities and provide much needed investment in infrastructure. A summary of thistotal additional housing supply is set out in the table below (source: ECDC Annual Monitoring
Report March 2014).
Estimated housing supply in Ely 2011-31(source: Housing Supply Paper September 2014)
Housing Sources
Number of
dwellings
Completions 2011-13
95
Outstanding commitments at 31.3.13
145
Large potential sites
56
Small windfall sites
68
Allocations
3,679
TOTAL
4,043

Employment
Businesses in Ely benefit from the city’s excellent transport links as well as its proximity to
Cambridge and Newmarket – the internationally renowned horseracing capital. However, theCouncil’s Jobs Growth Strategy (2012) reveals that Ely has underperformed in relation to businessdevelopment in recent years despite a planning policy framework that sought to focus growth in themarket towns.
The Jobs Growth Strategy highlights the potential to target the high amenity, high value-added
business sectors in the area around the railway station. Other opportunities to create jobs in Ely
include expanding the successful ‘start up businesses’ sector, promoting measures to facilitate
homeworking, and expanding or intensifying employment at existing sites such as Lancaster Way
or the Road and Rail Distribution Centre at Queen Adelaide.
The key economic challenges facing Ely are:
 The significant imbalance between homes and jobs. Out-commuting is a key concern with alarge proportion of residents leaving Ely to work (Census, 2001). The Ely New Estates Survey
2007 suggests that the level of out-commuting from new estates may be as high as 70%.
 The lack of new services, facilities and infrastructure developed over the past decade.
 The shortage of high quality office accommodation.
To meet these economic challenges, the following jobs targets are recommended for strategic sites
in Ely. These targets are based on broad estimates of the scale and type of employment that might
be expected to come forward and are set lower than the estimated capacity of each site in order toprovide for an oversupply which enables choice in the market.

156

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Recommended jobs targets for strategic sites
Site
Lancaster Way
North Ely
Station Gateway
Octagon Business Park
Ely Road and RailDistribution Centre
TOTAL

Site area andrecommended mix of uses
40.4ha:75% B8, 25% B2
B1, B2 and B8 – minimum of
2.8 haB1 and B2 – broadly
equivalent to 3.8ha
B1, B2 and B8 – 1.92ha
12ha:
90% B8, 10% B2

Potential
number of jobs

Jobs
TargetStrategic
Policy2242

1973

ELY 11

1511

1300 - 1500

ELY 1

483

Minimum of
800
417

ELY 7 and
ELY 8
ELY 9

533

469

ELY 12

5,668

5,059

899

In total, these sites could deliver around 5,000 jobs to 2031, with an additional 200-400 jobs
expected to come from an increase in homeworking. This could increase the level of selfcontainment within the city.
It is also important to try and prevent the loss of existing business premises and land, in order tosupport local economic growth. This is even more crucial in the context of the current economy
where viability and profits margins are low for business development, particularly speculative
schemes. The Council is keen to retain the existing stock of business land and premises in Ely.
Proposals to re-use employment sites in Ely for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances – as set out in Policy EMP 1.
Large-scale new employment development should be focused in the allocated sites – in order tofacilitate their development, ensure suitable access, and minimise impact on the setting andcharacter of Ely. However, small-scale employment schemes that come forward elsewhere on theedge of Ely may be supported in principle – subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4 (as set
out in Chapter 5).

Housing-led sustainable urban extension - North Ely
The principle of developing an exemplar urban extension at North Ely was established in the Ely
Masterplan (2010), with a ‘phase 1’ of the development identified as a preferred broad area ofgrowth in the East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy (2009).
The site is the only remaining opportunity to accommodate large-scale growth on the edge of Ely
and its development is central to both the district-wide strategy and the strategy for Ely within thePlan period. The aim is for the development to integrate with existing communities and create asustainable and balanced community with high design and environmental standards, and providing
a range of local services and facilities including employment areas, schools, and extensive green
space. It is estimated that there is potential for approximately 3,000 dwellings.
The site is divided into two distinct parcels of land, one owned by the Church Commissioners andthe other by a consortium of landowners and covers some 210 hectares of greenfield land to thenorth of Ely, bounded to the west by the A10, to the north-east by the railway line and to the northwest by the small hamlet of Chettisham. The southern part of the site is adjacent to an area of
Ministry of Defence land to the east of the Princess of Wales Hospital.
The North Ely Development Framework (adopted as Council policy in 2011) sets out eight broaddevelopment principles to guide the comprehensive development of North Ely to ensure that it157

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

becomes a sustainable and high quality new neighbourhood. Proposals should accord with alleight principles:
1. Integrating green space into the structure of the development
Green infrastructure will form an integral part of the development for the benefit of new andexisting residents. The development will provide a significant area of open space, including
an extension to Ely Country Park which will help to facilitate a continuous network ofaccessible greenspace around the perimeter of the city. Green spaces should permeate
through the development, reinforcing the character of the area and helping to provide a
network of safe walking and cycling routes. The urban areas should relate to theseadjoining green areas by creating attractive frontages enclosing or fronting spaces.
2. Creating strong links to the city and beyond
A sustainable transport strategy will be vital to reduce the impact of the development on theexisting highway network and the environment. The development will be well connected tothe city centre and other key destinations by a network of footpath and cycle routes and ahigh quality bus service. A new east-west link will be provided across the site, designed asa multifunctional tree-lined avenue that is capable of accommodating buses and higher
traffic flows without functioning as a ‘bypass’. This will create a new access onto the A10.
3. Locating key facilities close to housing to maximise walking and cycling opportunities
Two local centres are proposed. The larger centre at the Lynn Road junction will provide acomprehensive range of local services and facilities including a primary school, a modest
amount of retail / commercial space, community uses and public open space. Buildings andspaces should be designed to maximise social interaction, including the development ofactive frontages which have a positive relationship with the new east-west link road. There
should be space for cycle and footpaths as well as sufficient cycle parking. The visual
impact of car parking areas should be minimised. A smaller local centre should be deliveredat the Cam Drive junction. This will provide small-scale ‘top-up’ shopping facilities andservices within easy walking distance of homes. The centres should also be a focus for
employment provision, strengthening their role as a vibrant community hub.
4. Providing a range of homes and community facilities for all ages
North Ely will need to meet the diverse needs of existing and future residents – this will
include the provision of a wide range of housing types, sizes and tenures including
affordable housing, self-build plots and a retirement community. Discussions with
Cambridgeshire County Council suggest that there will be a need for 2 primary schools
within North Ely. The schools will be a key element of the development and a focus forcommunity activity.
5. Reinforcing the special quality and character of Ely through high quality design
North Ely must be a well-designed, high quality development that responds to the uniquecharacter of the city. Some key elements of Ely’s character include its walkability, and its
network of green spaces – both large and small. Proposals that do not meet high standardsof design will be resisted. Design Codes (or other mechanisms) will be established to give
clear guidance to developers on the environmental and quality standards that thedevelopment is expected to achieve. Various methods should be adopted to create variety
and distinctiveness in the built form including the use of different ‘character areas’, green

158

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

infrastructure, locally distinctive features or buildings, and incorporation of key views of Ely
Cathedral and the wider landscape. Developers should also consider using different
architects and design approaches as a way of achieving variety. The construction of a‘bland, characterless housing estate’, which could be anywhere in the country will not be
acceptable.
6. Offering a range of local jobs
The site will need to provide a range of employment uses to complement the scale ofhousing growth and add value to Ely’s employment offer. Part of this provision will befacilitated through an extension of approximately 2.8 hectares to the Chettisham Business
Park for B1, B2 or B8 development. Business units should also be included in the local
centres providing potentially around 3,000m2 of offices and business incubation/start-up
space and live/work units. The creation of jobs from other uses such as education, retailand community facilities and the facilitation of homeworking should also be maximised. In
total, the scheme offers the potential to deliver around 1,300-1,500 jobs.
7. Striving to meet the highest environmental standards
The scale of development suggests that larger-scale technologies such as Combined Heatand Power may be viable options for meeting the energy requirements of the sustainableurban extension. A Renewable Energy and Low Carbon Feasibility Study will need to be
produced to explore the potential for these technologies to be incorporated into thescheme.
8. Grouping together facilities and encouraging shared services
Where appropriate, certain community facilities should be co-located with other appropriate
uses in single multi-use buildings.
DeliveryDue to the scale of the development it is estimated that it could take around 20 years to complete.
As such, the site will need to be delivered in phases and landowners will need to continue working
with the Council to facilitate comprehensive delivery. Temporary trade-offs, where somecomponents are put on hold while other priorities are delivered, may be acceptable provided thatthe long-term vision for each component is not compromised, and that key infrastructure isdelivered in a timely fashion.
The District Council has produced a North Ely Supplementary Planning Document (to be adopted
in 2014) which sets out the broad location of land uses, roads, services, open space andlandscaping, and examines principles such as access and movement, built form and phasing. The
SPD has been informed by previous work, including the North Ely Development Framework(adopted as Council policy in 2011) and the Joint Strategic Masterplan prepared by the landowners
in 2013. The SPD provides further detail on how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy ELY 1.

159

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy ELY 1: Housing-led sustainable urban extension, North Ely
Approximately 210 hectares of land is allocated for a mixed-use urban extension, comprising: Up to 3,000 dwellings
 2 Primary schools with pre-school facilities Sufficient employment uses to deliver approximately 1,300-1,500 jobs. This should include aminimum of 2.8 hectares of employment land for B1/B2/B8 uses which incorporates an extension
to Chettisham Business ParkTwo local centres, providing retail and community facilities
 Two local centres, providing retail and community facilities An extension of Ely Country Park
A Strategic Masterplan for the whole site is important to deliver exemplary development77 as well
as being needed to provide context for consideration of planning applications. This context isprovided by the North Ely Supplementary Planning Document.
Development proposals will be expected to: Be exemplar, showcasing best practice of a quality that would be recognised nationally and thatstands comparison with the city’s existing heritage.
 Demonstrate a phased approach to development so that jobs, facilities and infrastructure aredelivered alongside housing.
 Provide a range of dwelling types and sizes to deliver a balanced community over the lifetime ofthe development, including a proportion of Lifetime Homes and a minimum of 5% self-build
properties.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide sufficient employment-generating uses to deliver approximately 1,300-1,500 jobs, anddemonstrate that the number of jobs that can be provided on-site has been maximized.
 Pay particular attention to layout, scale, height, design and massing to ensure that thedevelopment complements and reinforces the special quality and character of Ely. Proposals will
be required to:o Take account of design guidance set out in the North Ely Development Framework (2011) /subsequent SPD..
o Take account of approved Design Codes (or other mechanisms employed) to ensure highquality and locally distinctive design.
o Adopt a varied urban design/architectural approach across the site, with strong legibility andpermeability e.g. through the creation of different ‘neighbourhoods’ and ‘character areas’,green infrastructure, locally distinctive features or buildings, open spaces and incorporation of
key views of Ely Cathedral and the wider fen landscape.
o Address how development on the edge will successfully integrate with the existing built form
and landscape including the Princess of Wales Hospital, Ely Country Park, and the wider fen
landscape.
o Create a clear green buffer between the development and Chettisham to maintain its
distinctive identity and prevent coalescence.
o Maximise opportunities for walking and cycling by giving careful consideration to the locationof key uses. Demonstrate that all homes are within a 5-minute walk of a local centre.
77

See Glossary for details.

160

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

o Integrate sufficient on plot, on-street and off-street car and cycle parking into the schemewithout creating excessive areas of surface car parking, recognising that levels of car
ownership are high.
 Provide a ‘heart’ for the development in the form of a mixed-use area focused around theinterface between Highflyer Avenue and Lynn Road, comprising shopping facilities to meet theday-to-day needs of North Ely residents and a range of other community / employment uses
which create vitality and generate footfall. Another local centre with corner shop type ‘top up’
shopping facilities should be provided in the Cam Drive area. The two local centres should jointly
provide up to 1000m2 of convenience and up to 1000m2 comparison net retail floorspace.
 Provide 2 new primary schools with pre-school facilities through Section 106 agreements. One in
the Cam Drive area and one within the central mixed-use area.Provide a minimum 30% of thetotal gross site area as green infrastructure / public open space by: bringing green space into thedevelopment, delivering an extension to Ely Country Park (incorporating a mix of habitats anduses), creating green buffers to Chettisham and the A10, locating allotments in accessible
locations and maximising opportunities to incorporate small-scale features including green roofs,
living walls, street trees and small irregular green spaces. Maximise opportunities to make green
spaces multifunctional e.g. recreation and health, food production, biodiversity, and climatechange mitigation.
 Undertake a project level Habitats Regulation Assessment screening. Where this identifies alikely significant effect, applicants will be required to submit sufficient information for a projectlevel Appropriate Assessment to be undertaken by the District Council under the Habitats
Regulation Assessment process, to ensure there will be no adverse effect on European sites.
 Submit sufficient information, in consultation with Natural England, to explore the implications ofdevelopment upon designated sites at national level and to address in particular the impact ofadditional visitor numbers within the Country Park and any extension, and to propose possible
mitigation measures where appropriate to ensure there are no adverse impacts.
 Create strong transport links to the city centre and other key attractors such as the station, river,proposed Leisure Village and Lancaster Way by incorporating safe and attractive walking andcycling routes and high quality public transport infrastructure. The main east-west link between
Thistle Corner and the A10 should take the form of a tree-lined avenue (Highflyer Avenue),
fronted by development.
 Complete a feasibility assessment of the potential for significant on-site renewable energy
provision (above any provision required to meet national standards). Where the feasibility
assessment demonstrates that on-site renewable energy provision is both technically feasible
and financially viable, this will be required as part of the development.
 Demonstrate that there is adequate capacity in the foul sewerage network.
 Demonstrate that potential noise impacts from the A10 can be adequately mitigated.
 Take account of the North Ely Supplementary Planning Document; and other policies of the
Local Plan.

City centre sites
Ely has a historic city centre which provides a range of shops, pubs, restaurants and otherservices. The current key attractors for local residents are Waitrose and various markets, plus Ely
Cathedral which attracts around 250,000 visitors a year. The city centre is focused along the HighStreet, Market Street, Market Place and The Cloisters shopping precinct. Ely Cathedral lies to thesouth of the core shopping area and leisure facilities are currently located within the Paradise area
to the north.

161

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The healthcheck carried out by the Council as part of the 2012 Retail Study indicates the following
key challenges facing Ely city centre:
 Although the proportion of vacant units in Ely city centre is low compared to thenational average, the natural churn of retailers indicates that it has not been immune
from the effects of the downturn and increased competition from Internet retailers andcompetitor centres. Furthermore, the majority of businesses lost between 2010-11
were independent traders.
 Ely ranks below the national average for leisure provision, particularly
hotels/guesthouses, pubs and restaurants. There are also a number of comparison
uses with little or no representation including childrens & infant wear, fitted furniture,gardens & equipment and office suppliers.
 Retailers’ size requirements for new stores have increased significantly in recent years.
However, Ely is a compact city with the medieval layout still clearly visible and there
are limited opportunities to accommodate larger shops. As such there is unfulfilled
demand from retailers wanting to move into Ely – in 2011, 12 retailers expressed aninterest for a total of c.25,000 sq ft of space.
 Whilst the car parking is well located in relation to the centre it does become congested
at peak times, primarily on market days and Saturdays.
The Council’s vision is for the city centre to be expanded and improved, offering opportunities tobring additional people into the city centre, encouraging a more lively evening economy as well asa more viable retail offer. The city centre should remain a focus for A1 retail uses since they draw
pedestrians. All proposals for development within Ely City Centre should accord with Policies COM
1 and COM 2. It will also be vital to ensure that any new retail developments developed outside thecity centre adhere to Policy COM 1 which seeks to protect the vitality and viability of the city centre.
The Council’s 2012 Retail Study identifies a need for an additional 6373m2 of comparison (nonfood) retail floorspace and 995m2 of convenience (food) retail floorspace within Ely to 2031.
However, these estimates are based on maintaining the current leakage rates78 (76% forcomparison and 44% for convenience spend).
Four potential redevelopment areas were identified for city centre expansion following the Ely
Masterplan (2010), as listed below and shown on the map overpage. The Grange and the Waitrosesite are likely to offer potential for retail development, which should help to significantly improve theretail offer of Ely city centre. However, at this stage, the capacity of the Grange site only has been
fully assessed (with estimated potential for 4200 m2 of comparison floorspace). The other two sites
are likely to offer potential for a mix of residential, office and community/leisure uses. Further
details are set out in the following sections.
The Grange, Nutholt Lane (see Policy ELY 2)
Paradise area (see Policy ELY 3)
Waitrose carpark area (see Policy ELY 4)
Police/ambulance stations, Nutholt Lane (see Policy ELY 5)78

In retail, leakage occurs when members of a community spend money outside that community. For example, at present 76% of themoney spent on non-food goods by the Ely community is not spent within the city.

162East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Retail-led / mixed use allocation – The Grange, Nutholt Lane
The Grange site covers an area of approximately 0.7ha and is located in a prime position to thewest of the city centre. It is defined by two of Ely’s primary strategic streets: Lynn Road to the west
and Nutholt Lane to the north. To the south, the site provides pedestrian links to Market Street, oneof the two main retail streets in the city. The site lies within Ely Conservation Area.
The site is currently occupied by the offices of East Cambridgeshire District Council (The Grange),
the former Ely Magistrates Court (Sessions House), the Job Centre and three small ancillarybuildings. The Grange has a surface car park which provides 95 public spaces in the evenings andat weekends. To the east the site abuts small-scale residential development - the scheme will needto have regard to these sensitive uses.
The majority of the site is owned by the District Council although Sessions House is currently
owned by Ely City Council and the Job Centre site is privately owned.

163

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The Grange site offers a good opportunity to extend the city centre. One of the main spatialchallenges of redeveloping The Grange is to accommodate a contemporary retail-led developmentwith a demand for larger scale retail floorplates in a sensitive, fine-grained historic environment.
It is estimated that the site could provide 50 residential units (or office accommodation) andapproximately 4,200m2 of retail / food and drink floorspace – approximately 50% of Ely’s identified
retail need. The timing of development of The Grange site will require the prior relocation of theDistrict Council offices and coordination with the development of other potential city centre sites.
The ‘Development Framework’ shown below indicates how the site could be sensitively developed.
It shows the development blocks, key pedestrian routes and a new area of public open space tothe rear of the Sessions House. Any redevelopment scheme will need to reflect these spatial
requirements and accord with the key development principles that are set out in Policy ELY 2
below. The second diagram shown below is an illustration of how the redevelopment of the site
could be achieved. It proposes a mixed-use retail-led development, incorporating an anchor store(1500-2500m2) supported by a mix of smaller retail units. Residential flats or offices would be
provided on the upper floors of the smaller retail units, but are not shown on this diagram.
Development Framework and illustrative concept for The Grange

Development Framework showing key pedestrianroutes and development blocks

Illustrative concept (ground floor land uses)

Policy ELY 2: Retail-led / mixed use allocation, The Grange, Nutholt Lane
Approximately 0.7 hectares of land is allocated for a retail-led / mixed use development on land at
The Grange, Nutholt Lane, comprising: Approximately 4200m2 of comparison retail floorspace.
 Approximately 50 dwellings, mainly provided in flats above (or a mix of dwellings and offices).
 A new public open space to the rear of Sessions House.
Redevelopment schemes should maximise the provision of A1 comparison (non-food) retailfloorspace whilst adhering to the requirements below. Redevelopment will require public car
parking to be relocated off-site; it must be demonstrated that equivalent provision will be delivered
either on the Paradise site, another appropriate centrally located site or mitigated through othermeasures.

164

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Development proposals will be expected to: Accord with the key spatial principles in the development framework diagram.
 Incorporate a larger floorplate retail unit within the scheme to maximise development potential.
 Enhance Ely Conservation Area and be sympathetic to the setting, appearance and character ofnearby Listed Buildings (particularly Ely Museum and the Sessions House).
 Improve the setting of Sessions House through the creation of an attractive new public open
space to the south and east of the building.
 Have particular regard to the layout, scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order toprovide a high quality scheme that enhances the city centre and minimises impact onneighbouring residential uses. Appropriate height will generally be 2-3 storeys.
 Maximise the number of pedestrian links, as indicated on the development framework diagram,including a minimum of two north-south links from Market Street to Nutholt Lane, a link to Lynn
Road to the west and future provision for a link to the east.
 Provide vehicular service access off Nutholt Lane, towards the east side of the site.
 Incorporate residential development on upper floors as appropriate. An element of affordable
housing (currently 30%) will be required under Policy HOU 3; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Housing-led / mixed-use allocation – Paradise area
The Paradise area lies off Nutholt Lane to the north of the city centre. The site is currently occupiedby the Paradise Sports Centre, the Paradise swimming pool, City of Ely Bowls Club and Newnham
Street public car park which provides a total of 178 spaces. To the north is a public open space
known locally as ‘Paradise Field’ which currently provides football and cricket facilities. The
surrounding streets are primarily low to medium density residential. The site lies within Ely
Conservation Area.
The ownership of the area is complex. Both Newnham Street car park and the Paradise Pool are
owned by the District Council and are available for development in the short-term (the pool iscurrently on lease until 2015). The Paradise Sports Centre and Paradise field are also owned by
the Council, however, they are subject to a lease to the Sports Trust until 2085. The Bowls Club isprivately owned. The Sports Centre, playing field and Bowls Club are in active use and it is notclear when they may become available for development.
The District Council has aspirations for the area to be comprehensively developed as a mixed-use
scheme incorporating residential, car parking and possibly community uses. Housing is considered
to be the most appropriate primary use for the Paradise Pool/Newnham Street car park site given
its location in a primarily residential area whilst the Bowls Club site could be suitable for a multistorey car park. The Paradise field would be retained as a key community facility and area ofamenity space. It is estimated there may be capacity for 64 dwellings – but this is dependent on
which areas become available, and further masterplanning work.
Other important considerations for any comprehensive scheme would include: Provision of improved pedestrian links to the city centre.
 Maintaining the existing level of green open space.
 Ensuring that development is appropriate for Ely Conservation Area and does not
obstruct key views of the cathedral.

165

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Provision of a positive frontage to overlook Paradise field.
 Exploring provision of a new vehicular access to the site from Deacon’s Lane.
 Provision of multi-storey car parking, in order to support the city centre.
The delivery timescales for parts of the area under third party control are uncertain. The policy
below therefore provides a vision for the area and sets out key principles which redevelopment
schemes for all or part of the area will need to accord with.

Policy ELY 3: A Vision for Paradise area
The Paradise area will be redeveloped as a mixed-use scheme, providing residential uses, carparking and community uses as appropriate. The development will enhance Ely Conservation Areaand be sympathetic to the setting, appearance and character of the historic setting including
incorporating views of the cathedral. New pedestrian links to the city centre will be provided and a
new vehicular access will be provided from Deacon’s Lane if feasible. Multi-storey car parking will
be provided to support the city centre. The total area of Paradise Field will be retained anddevelopment will create a positive frontage to this important open space.

Retail-led / mixed use allocation – Waitrose carpark area
Waitrose is located off The Cloisters shopping precinct on the edge of the city centre, and has alarge surface carpark. There is a need to retain carparking in this location, to serve Waitrose andthe town centre. However, as the carpark area is currently surface only, it represents fairly
inefficient use of space – and it is considered that there may be potential for the redevelopment of
the area to provide additional retail floorspace as well as carparking. Development on this sitewould provide a logical extension to The Cloisters retail development, and could provide potential
for either an extension to Waitrose or the provision of a mix of retail stores, including some large
format units. There may also be some potential for the provision of offices, community uses andsome flats on the upper floors.
The District Council has aspirations that this area will be comprehensively redeveloped in the
future. However, at present there are no firm proposals by the John Lewis Parnership to redevelop
the area, and it is not clear when this vision may be realised. As the delivery timescales areunclear, the policy below sets out a vision for the area and key principles which redevelopment
schemes will need to accord with.
As part of any redevelopment scheme it will be important to improve the accessibility andpermeability of the site – particularly to the north and west where access is currently poor.
Opportunities should be explored to create new pedestrian and cycle links to Nutholt Lane and/or
Newnham Street – potentially via land at 44 Nutholt Lane, or other locations. This could help tofacilitate the creation of a new town centre pedestrian circuit, as well as enabling better access to
the residential areas to the north.
Carparking could be partly re-provided on the site using an element of multi-storey provision. If a
reduction in carparking spaces is proposed, the applicant will need to demonstrate provision of166

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

additional parking spaces close by – for example, on land in the Paradise area (see Policy ELY 3).
Improved pedestrian links via Nutholt Lane will be an important part of this concept.

Policy ELY 4: A Vision for the Waitrose carpark area
The Waitrose carpark area will be redeveloped as a retail-led mixed use scheme, providing newretail floorspace and carparking. There may also be potential for the provision of offices,
community uses and flats on upper floors. The development will enhance Ely Conservation Areaand be sympathetic to the setting, appearance and character of the historic setting, including
incorporating views of Ely cathedral.
Carparking should be re-provided on-site to serve Waitrose and the city centre, potentially using anelement of multi storey provision. If less carparking is provided than current levels, applicants willneed to demonstrate that suitable alternative parking provision is available nearby for town centre
requirements.
Options to improve the permeability of the site and pedestrian and cycle linkages should be
explored. This should include the creation of a new link to Nutholt Lane if feasible.

Housing led / mixed use allocation – north of Nutholt Lane
This site is currently occupied by the Police and Ambulance stations. There are no current plans
for the re-location of these facilities. However, this Plan covers the period up to 2031, and it ispossible that one or both of these units may wish to move over this period – potentially to provide
improved facilities without constrained highways access. As delivery timescales are uncertain, thepolicy below provides a vision for the area and key principles which redevelopment schemes willneed to accord with.
It is considered that the site is suitable for residential-led development, but also potentiallyincorporating a mix of offices and community uses. As the site is located to the north of Nutholt
Lane, it is considered to be less suitable for retail development. Suitable new locations will need to
be secured for the relocated Police and Ambulance stations. It is broadly estimated that there
could be potential for about 30 dwellings on the site, but this is subject to further design work.
Any redevelopment scheme should be sensitively designed, and be sympathetic to theConservation Area and historic setting. As an important landmark site at a crossroads, the designof the scheme should be noteworthy, and incorporate a positive and attractive frontage onto
Nultholt Lane and Lynn Road. A mix of houses and flats may be accommodated within thescheme.

Policy ELY 5: A Vision for land north of Nutholt Lane
The area will be redeveloped as a residential-led scheme, which may also incorporate community,
leisure or office uses. Redevelopment will be dependent on identifying suitable locations for thecurrent users of the site.
The development will enhance Ely Conservation Area and be sympathetic to the setting,appearance and character of the historic setting, including incorporating views of Ely cathedral.

167

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The design of the scheme will maximise use of its landmark setting, and will provide a positive
frontage onto Nutholt Lane and Lynn Road.

Ely Market Square
Ely’s market square lies at the heart of the city, providing a dual role as a shopping destination anda civic square with weekly markets. The Council will support proposals which will enhance theseimportant events to ensure that they remain attractive and competitive.
The square is a focus for activity on market days but can seem unused and uninviting at othertimes. Streetscape improvements were undertaken in the area in 2002 which have enhanced theenvironment with new street furniture. However, the current 1960s building overlooking the market
square has long been considered to be unsympathetic to the historic character of central Ely andwould benefit from redevelopment. The District Council will continue to work with the owner of theexisting Market Place building on the potential to undertake improvement works.

Policy ELY 6: Ely Market Square
The District Council will support proposals that improve the character and appearance of theMarket Square and its function as a market and activity hub for Ely.

Station Gateway
The Station Gateway is the area on the southern edge of the city around the railway station. The
site covers an area of approximately 12.3 hectares and is bounded by the River Great Ouse to theeast, the Cambridgeshire Business Park to the west, Ely railway station to the south, andresidential development to the north. The railway station and the area to the north of Station Road
lie within Ely Conservation Area. In addition to the railway station, the area currently contains a
Tesco superstore, Standens Engineering, a car showroom and garages, vacant industrial units andother commercial enterprises.
The railway and the A142 have determined much of its character as an employment area and apublic transport link for the city. However, this development is unsympathetic and blights the first
impression of the city for thousands of rail and road users each day. Important views of thecathedral are framed by busy surface car parking, and industrial uses block both views and directaccess to the attractive riverside. In addition, congestion caused by the level crossing on Station
Road isolates the station and makes the area appear dangerous to cyclists and uninviting topedestrians.
There is an opportunity to make some major improvements to the area. The appearance of theStation Gateway could be improved by the re-development of selected sites, and significant
improvements could be made to the environment with major improvements to the A142 between
Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway.
Transport infrastructure development will play a dominant role in the considerations fordevelopment of the area. There is an opportunity to provide more car parking in the area forcommuters and visitors within a sensitively designed multi-storey car park near the station. In
addition, major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway will
manage heavy traffic from Angel Drove and Station Road and reduce congestion. This will address

168

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

existing severance issues by allowing greater pedestrian and cycle access to the city centre andriver. These environmental improvements will make the site more attractive to investors, enabling ahigh quality redevelopment that would support the long-term sustainable expansion of Ely.
The Station Gateway area is in multiple ownerships, so sites may come forward at different times.
The Council has identified four broad ‘areas’, as set out in Policy ELY 8 below. However, it will bevital to ensure that the redevelopment of each area contributes to the realisation of an overall
vision. A strategic Masterplan for the whole Station Gateway area is currently being prepared by
the District Council, to establish the broad location of land uses, open space and landscaping, andprinciples such as access and movement and built form. Once completed this will be adopted as a
Supplementary Planning Document and used to guide planning application decisions on individual
proposals. Development schemes will be expected to take account of the SPD, as well as Policy
ELY 7 and the relevant sections of Policy ELY 8.

Policy ELY 7: Employment-led / mixed-use allocation, Station Gateway
Vision: The Station Gateway area will be transformed into a vibrant mixed-use area which
provides an attractive gateway to the city. Existing industrial uses will be relocated where possible
and the sites comprehensively redeveloped with high quality offices and some apartments framing
views of the cathedral. The station will be enhanced to provide transport interchange facilities andcomplementary small-scale retail units. Sensitively designed multi-storey car parks will provide
parking for commuters and visitors. New pedestrian links will draw people to the riverside, Angel
Drove and into the rest of the city.
Approximately 12.3 hectares of land are allocated for a high quality mixed-use development
comprising: Approximately 32,700m2 of employment floorspace (B1 and B2 uses) on an area broadly
equivalent to 3.8 hectares (providing a minimum of 800 jobs).
 A new public transport interchange at the railway station.
 Small retail units (up to approximately 1,000m2) linked to the redevelopment of the railway stationinterchange.
 Approximately 400-630 residential units.
 Public open space, including public art.
 Carparking for occupiers/users of the site, and for the railway station.
A Masterplan is needed to provide context for consideration of planning applications in the area.
This will be published as a Supplementary Planning Document. Development proposals for all sites
within the Station Gateway area will be expected to: Take account of guidance set out in the Ely Station Gateway SPD.
 Comply with the relevant part of Policy ELY 8 which relates to particular areas.
 Support the creation of a public transport interchange at the railway station.
 Have particular regard to the layout, scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order tocreate a strong coherent urban form, frame and protect views, increase accessibility to the River
Ouse and Cathedral, minimise harm to Ely Conservation Area, and integrate development into
the surrounding urban fabric.
 Support the creation of a successful mixed-use environment that is easy to navigate andattractive to both visitors and residents as a place to visit.

169

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Develop new attractive, flexible and usable public spaces at key locations.
 Support the provision of a network of new pedestrian and cycle routes to Angel Drove and theriverside area to link with new development and promote the enjoyment and use of the river andpark, including additional cycle storage and parking and improved signage.
 Provide easily accessible car parking which does not dominate the character of the area.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) for any housing element as required
under Policy HOU 3.
 Maximise development value through high quality design and by exploiting views of the river andcathedral.
 Demonstrate that the development is consistent with the objectives of the Anglian River BasinManagement Plan.
 Demonstrate that any flood risk can be adequately mitigated; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Policy ELY 8: Station Gateway visions by area
The District Council will support proposals for individual sites which deliver development in line with
the Station Gateway SPD and the vision for the area as set out in Policy ELY 7, and accord withthe following site-specific visions/requirements:
Area 1: Railway station, Tesco supermarket and petrol station
This area should incorporate a new transport interchange for pedestrians, cyclists, buses and taxis
at the railway station, along with associated multi-storey car parking and appropriate small-scaleretail facilities. Potential for a secondary vehicular access into the station from The Dock/A142
roundabout should be explored. There is an opportunity to create a new public space / pedestrianroute across the Tesco site from the station towards the town centre, taking advantage of long
distance views of the cathedral. The re-location of the Tesco supermarket would allow the area tobe comprehensively re-developed. The Octagon Business Park off Angel Drove (Policy ELY 9)
may offer potential for its relocation – see Policy ELY 9 below. The wider site should be developed
for high quality offices and some apartments/houses, and small-scale retail units associated withthe station. The built-up area of the site should broadly comprise the following proportion offloorspace – residential 50%, offices 47%, retail 3%.
Area 2: Hanson concrete, Westmill Foods, EMG Ford
Sites in this area should be developed comprehensively for a mix of employment uses including
offices - and apartments/houses. The built-up area of the site should broadly comprise thefollowing proportion of floorspace – offices 33%, residential 67%. It will be important for proposals
to respect the sensitive location adjoining the County Wildlife Site. Opportunities should be taken toenhance the permeability of the area, for example with new pedestrian and cycle links to Potters
Lane and the County Wildlife Site.

170

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Area 3: Standens area
This area should be developed for a mix of uses including high quality residential development,
offering views of the riverside – with some office or hotel development near Station Road and therailway line. The built-up area of the site should broadly comprise the following proportion offloorspace – residential 61%, offices or hotel 39%. Strong pedestrian links should be provided toallow people to navigate easily between the station and the riverside/city centre. Proposals should
ensure the retention and enhancement of the existing boatyard/dock area.
Area 4: Angel Drove car park
The commuter car park will be redeveloped for employment uses (B1/B2 uses). Parking forcommuters will be re-provided in multi-storey car parking within Area 1.

Angel Drove - Octagon Business Park
This site comprises approximately 16ha of uncultivated and vacant fenland on the edge of the city
at the southern end of Angel Drove (the A142). The railway line forms the south-eastern boundaryof the site, with Angel Drove on its north-western edge. The established Cambridgeshire Business
Park lies to the north-east with open land to the south-west. The site is suitable for employment
uses (B1, B2 and B8) and also for retail uses, where it is demonstrated through a Retail Impact
Assessment that there would be no adverse impact on Ely city centre, and that other criteria in
Policy COM 1 are satisfied. This site offers potential to: re-locate the Tesco supermarket awayfrom the Station Gateway area; provide comparison retail floorspace for bulky goods not able to beaccommodated in the city centre (but which will reduce leakage of comparison goods outside ofthe district); and to accommodate service uses such as a hotel (C1) and a public house (A4).
Planning permission has been approved in principle for a scheme accommodating these uses(planning reference 13/00122/ESF), subject to agreement of conditions and an appropriate Section
106 agreement. The scheme involves the provision of approximately 1.92 hectares of B1/B2/B8development, 13.44 hectares of retail development and 0.64 hectares for provision of a hotel andpub.
The site is in a highly visible location, located at a key gateway into Ely. It will be important toensure that the implementation of the approved scheme (or any alternative scheme) delivers
design, layout, massing and landscaping of high quality and provides an attractive setting andentrance to the city.
The policy below provides a vision for the area and sets out key principles which redevelopment
schemes for all or part of the area will need to accord with.

Policy ELY 9: A Vision for Octagon Business ParkThe site will be redeveloped for employment uses (B1, B2 and B8), and retail development (e.g. forbulky retail goods or a supermarket), and other service uses (including C1 and A4). Proposals
incorporating retail development will need to accord with Policy COM 1 and demonstrate through a
Retail Impact Assessment that there will be no adverse impact on Ely city centre.
A Masterplan for the area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of any initial planning171

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

application for the site, and approved by the District Council.
Development will provide an attractive setting for this entrance into Ely, including the creation of astrong frontage along Angel Drove and consideration of the relationship of development to theCambridgeshire Business Park. Substantial landscaping will reinforce the fen character of the siteand minimise the visual impact of any car parking areas. A vehicular/pedestrian/cycle link to theCambridgeshire Business Park will be incorporated and appropriate provision will be made forbuses and taxis. The development of the site will need to be coordinated with the delivery of major
improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway.

Downham Road sports and leisure hub
The Downham Road site lies on the north-western edge of Ely, close to large areas of housing in
the north of the city (both existing and proposed). The site extends to approximately 7 hectares
and is within the ownership of East Cambridgeshire District Council.
The area already represents a major focus for leisure and sporting activity within Ely, offering
opportunities to play rugby, football, hockey, tennis, squash and golf. The District Council’s vision
is to build on these existing facilities and create a ‘sports and leisure hub’ for the district with a new
district-wide leisure centre and multiplex cinema. This will benefit the economy of Ely throughadditional visitors, but also improve social wellbeing in terms of promoting healthy lifestyles. The
development should not harm the vitality or viability of Ely city centre.
The aim is to create a complete destination, where visitors can participate, eat, drink and relax,
moving freely from one venue to another. There will be a need to give due consideration to theinter-relationship of different spaces within the site. It is therefore likely that a site-wide masterplan
will need to be produced in advance of development.
Sports provision
There is an identified need for a larger public swimming pool and sports centre within Ely to caterfor the increased population in the district79. The existing Paradise Pool is reaching the end of its
life and is in need of replacement; however, there is insufficient space on the site to deliver the sizeof facility that is now required for the district. Following a thorough process of assessment,
evaluation and consultation, it was concluded that the new leisure centre would be best located onland adjacent to Ely Rugby Club at Downham Road.
Planning permission was granted in 2010 for a new district-wide leisure centre, providing public
sport and wet/dry leisure facilities including a main pool, studio pool and splash pool, fitness suiteand flexible sports hall that could also host occasional concerts or events. Any application fordevelopment will need to demonstrate how the site could be safely accessed on foot and by cyclefrom the built-up area of Ely, and mitigates the A10 barrier. The proposals will allow the delivery ofa new and much needed facility within the short term whilst avoiding disruption to services on theexisting Paradise site.

79

Sports Facilities and Open Spaces Assessment (2005)

172

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Conceptual proposals, approved scheme

CinemaThere is strong public support for a new cinema in Ely. The Council carried out extensive public
consultation on four potential site options in 2012 and Downham Road emerged as the preferred
location.
It is likely that the site will need to be reconfigured to accommodate both the leisure centre andcinema – if this is found to be the case, the District Council will work with developers on thecompletion of a site-wide masterplan.

Policy ELY 10: Leisure allocation, land at Downham Road
Approximately 7 hectares of land is allocated for sports and leisure uses on land at Downham
Road, to include: A district-wide leisure centre.
 A multiplex cinema with a minimum of 5 screens.
 Complementary secondary uses such as cafés and restaurants, appropriate to the proposed roleof the site as a district sports and leisure hub. Proposals will need to demonstrate that theseuses will not harm the vitality or viability of Ely city centre.
If the leisure centre needs to be re-sited to accommodate the proposed cinema, then a masterplan
for the whole site will need to be prepared and submitted alongside a planning application. Thisshould include the creation of strong transport links into Ely and beyond, to encourage users totravel by foot, cycle and public transport. Any application for development will need to demonstrate
how the site could be safely accessed on foot and by cycle from the built-up area of Ely, andmitigates the A10 barrier.

Lancaster Way Business Park
Lancaster Way Business Park lies about a mile to the south-west of the city. It is a successful
location for employment, and provides industrial, warehousing, office and research anddevelopment uses on the site of the former RAF Witchford airbase.

173

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The business park has seen significant expansion over recent years and its further development isa key element of the Council’s employment strategy for Ely. The site is capable of providing a
range of employment opportunities through the provision of new flexible high quality employment
space. This will allow choice for companies looking to expand or move into the district, provide
local jobs and reduce out-commuting. Accordingly, the Core Strategy (2009) proposed a 30ha
extension to the south-east of the business park.
Outline planning permission has since been granted to extend the business park by 36.6ha for a
mix of B1, B2 and B8 uses. This development will make Lancaster Way one of the largest businessparks in the region.
The allocation for the Lancaster Way site has been extended to reflect the area that has planningpermission, providing certainty for its continuing employment use. It is estimated that there ispotential for an estimated 1973 new jobs to be provided on the site.

Policy ELY 11: Employment allocation, Lancaster Way
Approximately 40.5 hectares of land are allocated for employment at Lancaster Way for B1, B2
and B8 purposes. The area will need to be developed in accordance with the current or any
subsequent planning permissions.

Ely Road and Rail Distribution Centre, Queen Adelaide
Ely Road and Rail Distribution Centre is located in Queen Adelaide, approximately 1.2 miles northeast of Ely city centre. The site is owned by The Potter Group, who provide storage and logistics
services across the UK.
The site benefits from a direct link to the mainline rail network at an important interchange point
within the East Anglia rail network. Currently the site provides 24,000m2 of rail-connectedwarehousing, extensive hard standing and office accommodation.
An additional 12ha of land within the site is available for development. This area was previously
used for the storage of motor vehicles and has an authorised use for general storage anddistribution (B8 employment). Due to the historic use of the site, a Contamination Assessment will
be required prior to development to demonstrate that any risk can be adequately mitigated. This
area has potential to be redeveloped for a mix of B1, B2 and B8 uses, and to have capacity toprovide an estimated additional 469 jobs. However, it should be noted that the Road and RailDistribution Centre, plus some adjoining land, is identified in the Cambridgeshire and PeterboroughWaste Plan as a Transport Safeguarding Area (reference T2F). In this area there is a presumption
against any development that could prejudice the existing or potential use of the protectedtransport zone (as set out in Waste Policy CS23). Proposals will therefore need to have regard tothis, and consultation will need to take place with the County Council as Waste Planning Authority.
The site is located in a sensitive position in terms of nature conservation following the designationof ‘Ely Pits and Meadows’ SSSI. This comprises much of the land to the west of the site (known
locally as ‘Roswell Pits’) and land opposite the site (known locally as the ‘beet pits’). In addition, thesite is bordered by the River Great Ouse to the south-east, which is designated as a County
Wildlife Site. It will be important for any development to respect this setting, and ensure no adverse
impact on the protected areas.

174

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Access to the site by road is currently from the east, via a private road bridge over the river. A
secondary access into the site runs from Ely Road to the north of the site. A public footpath adjoinspart of the southern boundary of the site, providing an important link between Ely and two long
distance footpaths – the Fen Rivers Way and the Hereward Way.

Policy ELY 12: Employment allocation, Ely Road and Rail Distribution Centre
Approximately 12 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1, B2 and B8 uses).
Development proposals within the allocated area will be expected to: Avoid any adverse impact on the adjacent County Wildlife Site, SSSI and Ely Country Park byproviding appropriate landscaping treatment and other necessary mitigation measures.
 Demonstrate that any contamination on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Have regard to the Transport Safeguarding Area designation, and avoid prejudicing theoperations of the Rail and Road Centre (as set out in the adopted Cambridgeshire andPeterborough Waste Plan).
 Retain and enhance the public footpath link on the south edge of the site.
 Provide any necessary highway improvements to nearby roads; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Ely Riverside area
The riverside area of Ely is located on the east side of the city, in the vicinity of the River Great
Ouse. It is a predominantly residential area, with historic character, and provides an attractive
waterfront setting for the city. It also contains areas of open space, and a number of communityand leisure facilities, including Jubilee Gardens, Pocket Park, the Maltings community hall, and amarina. The area provides opportunities for boating, walking, cycling and recreation, and is an
important magnet for tourists and visitors to the city. There are a number of pubs and eating
establishments in the area, which add to the area’s attraction.
This area of Ely is considered to be key to the local tourist economy, and provides an important
attraction for local people. The District Council is keen to increase the attractiveness of the area for
visitors and residents, and to promote it as a destination. Proposals which provide new orenhanced tourist, community or leisure attractions in the area, and which accord with other policies
in this Local Plan, will normally be encouraged and supported. Opportunities should also be
explored to improve pedestrian and cycle links in the area, landscaping and the quality of thestreetscape. Any development should respect the historic character of the area, and look at
potential to enhance and improve the appearance of the area and the setting of the riverside.
Views across the area towards Ely cathedral will be particularly important to retain and enhance.

Policy ELY 13: Ely Riverside area
The quality and attractiveness of the riverside area should be protected and enhanced, as a key
destination in the district. Opportunities should be explored to improve pedestrian and cycle links,
landscaping and the quality of the streetscape.
Development in the area which provides new or enhanced tourist, community or leisure attractions,175

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

and which accords with other policies in this Local Plan, will normally be encouraged andsupported. All development proposals will be expected to: Be sensitively designed, and respect the historic character of the area.
 Protect and enhance the setting of the town.
 Retain and enhance key views of Ely cathedral; and Accord with other policies in this Local Plan.

Other infrastructure and community facilities
Ely needs to be served by appropriate levels of infrastructure and facilities, in order to ensure thequality of people’s lives and prevent unnecessary travel. This includes infrastructure such as water,energy, sewage treatment works, and roads – and community facilities such as schools, open
space, health, and sport and recreation facilities.
As outlined in Chapter 3, the District Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers toenable the delivery of necessary of infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will also seek
to secure planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers towards
new infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. As set out in Chapter 7, the loss ofcommunity facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefit Ely will be supported in principle, subject to Policies GROWTH 3 andCOM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Ely are set out in the table below. These
have been identified through technical work, discussions with infrastructure providers, andcommunity consultation – and are linked to the estimated future levels of growth in Ely to 2031.
Transport
In the face of continuing growth, the challenge presented to Ely’s transport network is tosustainably support an economically vibrant, multi-functional city while preserving the uniquecharacter and heritage that gives Ely its identity. The compact nature of the city, particularly in thecentral historic area, acts as a constraint on the width of carriageway on many roads. This limits
the scope for providing additional on-road infrastructure, such as dedicated cycle lanes and onstreet parking bays. However, it will be important within these constraints, to consider the needs of
all road users, and work towards improvements.
Ely has several long and short stay car parks that are managed by the District Council. Parking iscurrently provided free of charge. The majority of these car parks are clustered around the city
centre, providing around 1,200 spaces. In addition, 200 paid for spaces are provided at Angel
Drove, designed to accommodate railway station commuter traffic and free up space in the city
centre car parks for visitors and shoppers.
Ely is well connected to the national railway network, with services running regularly to a variety ofdestinations. Bus services connect Ely with a number of the villages in its rural hinterland. Only asmall number of services currently run commercially and the rest are under contract to the County
Council, and it is clear that there are pressures on subsidies. Several of the contracted services
are only available on market day (Thursday). There is no bus station in Ely but the main bus stops
in Market Street are served by all of the bus routes.

176

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Walking and cycling is vital to the delivery of a sustainable transport system. The compact natureof Ely and its relatively flat topography make it ideal for walking and cycling. However, there is a
shortage of cycle infrastructure and a necessity for cycle routes to be heavily reliant upon theexisting road system. Current levels of walking and cycling are low – in 2007, a study estimatedthat 80% of movements were by cars and taxis, 14% were goods vehicles and just 4% were softmodes – 3% walking and 1% cycling80. There is potential to increase these low levels of cycling, as
proposed in the Ely Cycle Strategy (2013), produced by the Ely Cycle Campaign.
The key transport challenges facing Ely are81:
 High reliance on travel by car and low rates of cycling and walking despite the compact
nature of the city, and its relatively flat topography.
 Lack of a joined up cycle network.
 Limited cycle parking in key locations.
 Lack of easily available bus route and timetable information.
 Poor bus stop infrastructure, such as a lack of seating, shelters and level boarding
access.
 Problems with heavy commercial vehicles using the roads particularly in the east of thecity.
 Congestion in the south of the city caused by the level crossing.
 Pressures on car parking at the station and city centre
The A142 passes under the railway line via a low bridge, with lorries having to use a level crossing
to the east. The level crossing is currently closed for around 35 minutes per hour and lorries
queuing for the crossing block access to the underpass for other vehicles. On an average weekday
15,000 vehicles use this road, including 1,200 lorries82 - causing significant rush hour delays.
Congestion at the crossing will increase in the absenceof intervention as Network Rail plans to increase
passenger and freight services through Ely. In addition,
the underpass has the third highest vehicle strike rate in
the country. Collisions result in disruption to the railway,
as well as traffic, as the railway must be closed after
each strike to inspect the bridge.
Enabling growth to take place in Ely without undue
congestion is essential to the future success of both thecity and the region. The Council has ambitions toredevelop the station area as a key gateway to the city
(Policies ELY 7 and ELY 8), including a new public
transport interchange to promote greater use of
Proposed route of the Ely Southern Bypass (as indicated in
the County Council’s planning application 2014)sustainable
travelmodes.
The
unwelcoming
environment is currently hindering this opportunity; in
addition to causing congestion, the high volume of traffic creates severance between the railway
station and the city centre for pedestrians and cyclists.

80

Cambridgeshire County Council Traffic Monitoring Report, 2007
Ely Market Town Transport Strategy, 2008
82
A142 Ely Railway Crossing Option Assessment Report, Cambridgeshire County Council, June 2012
81

177

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

In September 2012, the County Council considered five options including an underpass, traffic
stacking system and three different routes for a bypass. The County Council identified theconstruction of a bypass spanning the River Great Ouse and railway to link Stuntney Causeway toAngel Drove as their preferred option for identifying the issues identified above. Planningpermission for a bypass and associated works was granted by the County Council on the 8th
September 2014.

Route B photomontage view, Ely Setting Study (June 2012) (preliminary work prior to
submission of the County Council’s planning application 2014)178

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Infrastructure needs
Infrastructure /facility
Major
improvements to
the A142 between
Angel Drove andStuntney
Causeway
Upgrade to
sewage treatment
facilities

Location

ProviderDetails

County Council

Estimateddelivery
TBC

TBC

SewageTreatment
Works, Angel
Drove

Anglian Water

2015

2 new primaryschools

North ElyCounty Council/ developers

TBC

2 new pre-school
facilities

North ElyCounty Council/ developers

TBC

Early years
facilities
Enhanced post-16
facilities
Upgrade toPrincess of Wales
Hospital

TBC

PrivateprovidersCounty Council

TBC

The Core Strategy proposed therelocation of the Cresswells
Lane Sewage Treatment Worksto the north of Ely. However,further investigation has
concluded that relocating theworks would not be a viableoption. Upgrades will therefore
be carried out the existing works
on Angel Drove.
Facilitated as part of the North
Ely development (see Policy
ELY 1).
Facilitated as part of the North
Ely development (see Policy
ELY 1), as appropriate.
NK

Extension to Ely
Country Park

North Ely

New open spaceand play areas

Various

New roundabout
on the A10

TBC

Princessof
Wales
Hospital

TBC

NHS

TBC

ECDC / Ely
City Council /developers
Developers

TBC

A10 / North Ely

Developers /County Council

TBC

New transportinterchange

Railway station

TBC

Streetscapeenhancements incity centre
Improvements tothe pedestrian /Market PlaceCounty Council/ Network Rail /ECDC
ECDC / Ely
City Council /developers
County Council/ developers

Various179

Various

TBC
VariousSee previous page.

Explore the implications for post16 education needs.
NHS Cambridgeshire plan to
upgrade the existing Princess ofWales Hospital with a larger
Primary Care facility, providing
suitable modern
accommodation. The next stage
is to calculate spatial
requirements, followed by the
production of a masterplan by
the NHS.
Facilitated as part of the North
Ely development (see Policy
ELY 1).
Facilitated as part of new
housing development schemes
and through CIL contributions.
Facilitated as part of the North
Ely development (see Policy
ELY 1).
Future funding needs to be
secured. CIL contributions could
assist.
Funding to be secured. Could befacilitated via town centre
development schemes or CIL.
Funding to be secured. Could befacilitated via specificEast Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015

Infrastructure /facility
cycle network

Location

ProviderEstimateddelivery

Detailsdevelopment schemes or CIL.

Spatial strategy for Ely and Ely – Lancaster Way Business Park (see Inset Maps 8.14 and
8.15

180

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.15 Fordham

Description of Fordham
Fordham is a large village located four miles north of Newmarket and a mile south of Soham.
The village contains a number of Listed Buildings and has a designated Conservation Area. The
village was also the site of a Royal manor house, and a 13th century Gilbertine priory (Fordham
Abbey), although unfortunately nothing remains. There is an attractive river valley (the River
Snail) which passes through the heart of the village, and provides an important green area
between Market Street, River Lane and Mill Lane.
Fordham has a good range of local services, including several shops, a part-time post office, abeauty salon, two hairdressers, the Royal British Legion, two restaurants, two public houses, avillage hall, a community centre, a day care centre for the elderly, two churches, a primaryschool and pre-school. The recreation ground offers a good range of sporting facilities including
bowls, cricket, football, all-weather tennis, and a children’s playground. There is a regular bus
service to Ely, Newmarket and Cambridge.
South of the village there is cluster of commercial businesses on the Newmarket, Exning andSnailwell Roads, which provide an important source of employment for the area. This includes
the storage and distribution companies of Turners and DS Smith, plus other industrial andcommercial companies. There are also a number of businesses within the village.
Key statistics
Fordham
83
Population
84
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)85
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
83
84

2,770
1,170
97
129

Population for Fordham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Fordham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).

181

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Existing public transport services

A Monday – Saturday regular service to Ely, plus a Monday –Friday regular service to Newmarket and Cambridge (as at 2012)

Housing
Fordham is likely to continue to grow, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within
the village. Additionally, three new housing allocation sites are proposed off Mildenhall Road.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Fordham to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with Policy FRD
1, Policy FRD 2, and Policy FRD 3.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation - land east of 24 Mildenhall Road
The site is located between the Vicarage and a terrace of houses, and is currently in use as a
paddock. The site is close to the school and church and within walking distance of the village
shop and bus stops. Although it is a small gap site between houses, the site adjoins open
countryside and allotments to the rear. The site has an attractive green frontage on Mildenhall
Road, with a strong hedgeline along the front, which includes a number of small trees.
It will be important for any development to be sensitively designed to provide a high quality
scheme which enhances the setting of Fordham. Particular care should be taken to provide
attractive landscaped views of the scheme from along Mildenhall Road, across the fields from
Collin’s Hill, and from the countryside and allotments to the rear. This should include retention ofas much original hedgeline and planting as possible, and additional planting on all theboundaries (including new trees to off-set any loss on the frontage). It should also involve
ensuring that the rear part of the site is sensitively designed with lower densities and sufficientareas of open space, landscaping and garden land close to the boundary with thecountryside/allotments.
There is currently a pedestrian crossing island opposite the site on Mildenhall Road. If it is notpossible to retain in its current location, this will need to be relocated as part of the development
proposal. Vehicular access should be provided at one point into the site, in order to avoid
driveways crossing the footpath on Mildenhall Road.
The site is owned by the Parish Council, and there are aspirations to utilise any monies
generated from the scheme towards the provision of a new Pavilion building in the village,
and/or other priorities identified by the village community through the Parish Council.

85
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.

182

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy FRD 1: Housing allocation, land east of 24 Mildenhall Road
0.6 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 10 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to provide a scheme which minimises visual harm to thecountryside, enhances the setting of Fordham, and provides attractive landscaped views fromMildenhall Road and Collins Hill.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows and trees on the site, and provide additionallandscaping on the site boundaries.
 Provide a single safe vehicular access from Mildenhall Road, which either allows for theretention of the pedestrian island on Mildenhall Road, or involves its relocation as part of thedevelopment proposal.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Fordham.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential significance of the site prior to thesubmission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation - land between 37 and 55 Mildenhall Road
The site is located between housing on the north side of Mildenhall Road, and is currently an
agricultural field. It is a small gap site between houses, and adjoins open countryside to therear. The site is close to the school and church and within walking distance of the village shopand bus stops.
It will be important for any development to be sensitively designed to provide a high quality
scheme which enhances the setting of Fordham and the appearance of Mildenhall Road. Thisshould include retention of as much original hedgerow as possible, and additional planting on
the site. Access to the site will need to cut through an existing cycle route, and a safe crossing
point will therefore need to be provided. Vehicular access should be provided at one point into
the site, in order to minimise driveways crossing the cycle/footpath on Mildenhall Road.

Policy FRD 2: Housing allocation, land between 37 and 55 Mildenhall Road
0.3 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 6 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise visual harm to the countryside and provide an attractive
scheme which enhances the setting of Fordham.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows on the boundaries of the site.
 Provide safe vehicular access from one point off Mildenhall Road, a new crossing point for the183East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

pedestrian/cycle route, and any other necessary highway improvements.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Fordham.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land east of 67 Mildenhall Road
The site is part of an open field, which is currently in arable use. The site adjoins the main partof the village, with residential properties to the west. It is bounded by open countryside to therear and east, and forms part of a large gap site between the main part of the village, and theresidential area around Eldrith Avenue. Mildenhall Road runs along a ridgeline that offers views
to the north and the south – including good views across the site towards Isleham where there
are gaps in the hedgerow. The site is close to the school and church and within walking
distance of the village shop and bus stops.
It will be important for any development to be sensitively designed to provide a high quality
scheme which enhances the setting of Fordham and the appearance of Mildenhall Road. Good
quality landscaping will be needed, and this should include retention of as much original
hedgerow as possible. It should also include provision of views across the site towards thenorth. Access to the site will need to cut through an existing cycle route, and a safe crossing
point will therefore need to be provided. Vehicular access should be provided at one point into
the site, in order to minimise driveways crossing the cycle/footpath on Mildenhall Road.
The site contains a main sewer that passes along the frontage close to Mildenhall Road.
Development on the site will need to take account of the sewer, and developers will be
expected to liaise with Anglian Water to discuss requirements. Anglian Water has indicated thatan easement of at least 3 metres will need to be provided either side of the main sewer. In
addition, any crossing point for vehicular traffic will need to be designed in accordance with thecurrent edition of ‘Sewers for Adoption’ Guide (under S.104 of the Water Industries Act).

Policy FRD 3: Housing allocation, land east of 67 Mildenhall Road
0.5 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 10 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise visual harm to the countryside and provide an attractive
scheme which enhances the setting of Fordham.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows on the boundaries of the site.
 Be designed to allow provision for a view across the site towards the north.
 Provide safe vehicular access from one point off Mildenhall Road, a new crossing point for thepedestrian/cycle route, and any other necessary highway improvements.
 Take account of the main foul sewer which crosses the front part of the site, and liaise with184

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Anglian Water to ensure requirements are satisfied. This is likely to involve provision of aneasement of at least 3 metres either side of the sewer, and design of any vehicular crossing
points in accordance with the current edition of ‘Sewers for Adoption’.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Fordham.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan
Employment
There are a number of small businesses within the village, including a garage, MOT and service
centre, cattery and sports injury clinic. There is also a large cluster of commercial businesses tothe south of the village, near Snailwell Road. This includes a number of storage and distribution
firms, such as Turners and DS Smith, who have located there due to the area’s proximity to theA14. It also includes a number of manufacturing and industrial premises, as well as the Horse
Racing Forensic Laboratories.
The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support
local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only bepermitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
The cluster of employment activity off Snailwell Road in the south of the parish is important to
the economy of East Cambridgeshire, and is a key logistical location close to the A14. It istherefore proposed to allocate 5 additional sites for employment uses (B1/B2/B8) in the area, inorder to provide additional capacity for employment development and new businesses. Thesesites are shown on Map 8.17. Development on these allocation sites will need to be in line with
Policies FRD 4 to 8. Applications are likely to come forward at different points in time on each ofthese sites. However, there will be a need for some coordination and cooperation in terms ofaccess arrangements. Firstly, vehicular access points will need to be designed in some cases totake account of potential employment development on adjoining land in the future. Secondly,
there is a need to provide appropriate facilities to enable a bus service to serve the employment
cluster. This will involve the provision of 2 bus stops and lay-bys, plus a pedestrian crossing
facility on Newmarket Road – potentially on the stretch of the A142 between the Landwade
Road roundabout and the Fordham roundabout. Thirdly the existing footway/cycleway from
Fordham needs to be assessed to identify where widening is feasible to improve provision. Allapplications will be expected to make a contribution through Section 106 agreements toimprovements for bus users and cyclists. Details of access requirements are set out in theindividual site policies below.
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Fordham village. However,suitable new employment proposals on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.

185

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment allocation - land south of Snailwell Road
The site is located on the A142, opposite DS Smith. It is currently an agricultural field, lying in atriangle between the A142 and Snailwell Road. To the east and south, the site is mainly
bounded by industrial estates. However, there are four residential properties which border thesite (one on the south side, and three on the northern side).
The area was identified in the District Local Plan (2000) as an area for employment
development – but has yet to come forward. A review of future employment needs, as set out in
the Council’s Jobs Growth Strategy (2012), identifies the logistically important location of theFordham Snailwell Road employment cluster, and indicates that future expansion of storage
and distribution and manufacturing businesses is likely in this locality over the Plan period (up to2031). The site is currently in the ownership of Turners Ltd.
The site is highly visible from the A142 and Snailwell Road. Therefore, any scheme will need tobe carefully designed in terms of layout, scale, height and massing of buildings, in order tominimise visual impact – and also to minimise harm to nearby residential amenity. Development
will also need to maximise retention of existing hedgerows and planting along the boundaries,
and incorporate significant areas of landscaping and new planting (particularly along the roadboundaries, and adjoining the residential properties). The existing balancing pond within the site
provides an attractive feature and will need to be retained. Opportunities to enhance its
biodiversity, accessibility and appearance should be explored.
The site lies in an area of archaeological interest. To the north is a site of a Roman villa (aScheduled Ancient Monument) and there is evidence of Iron Age settlement in the vicinity.
Further archaeological investigation of the site will be required prior to an application being
submitted for development.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided off Snailwell Road. There is an existing
footpath on the north side of Snailwell Road, which stops partway along. This path will need to
be extended to the entrance of the allocation site, and a new safe crossing point provided forpedestrians and cyclists into the site. The vehicular access point will also need to have regard
to the need to provide future access to the employment allocation on the north side of Snailwell
Road (see Policy FRD 5).
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy FRD 4, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy FRD 4: Employment allocation, land south of Snailwell Road
Approximately 7 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses).
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, andapproved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact of the development from the A142 and186

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Snailwell Road, and minimise impact on the amenity of nearby residential properties.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows and trees on the site boundaries, and include
significant areas of new landscaping and planting on the boundaries (particularly alongside
the A142, Snailwell Road, and adjoining neighbouring properties).
 Retain and enhance the appearance, accessibility and biodiversity of the existing pond on thenorthern part of the site.
 Provide for an extension to the site of the existing footpath/cycleway which currently stops
partway along Snailwell Road, including a new crossing point across Snailwell Road into thesite.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Snailwell Road, which takes account of the need toprovide future vehicular access to land north of Snailwell Road (see Policy FRD 5 below), andother necessary highway improvements.
 Provide contributions towards the creation of two bus lay-bys and bus stops and a pedestriancrossing facility on Newmarket Road, to serve the employment cluster.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network, and that adequate surface water drainage and flood storage capacity isprovided.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation - land north of Snailwell Road
The site is located on the A142, opposite Turners, and is currently an agricultural field. To thenorth the site is bounded by commercial land operated by the Horse Racing Forensic
Laboratory.
The site is highly visible from the A142 and Snailwell Road. Therefore, any scheme will need tobe carefully designed in terms of layout, scale, height and massing of buildings, in order tominimise the visual impact. Development will also need to maximise retention of existinghedgerows and planting along the boundaries, and incorporate significant areas of landscaping
and new planting (particularly along the road boundaries).
The site adjoins the attractive valley of the River Snail to the east, which is also an area of
historical and archaeological interest. It includes the site of a Roman villa (which is a protected
Scheduled Ancient Monument) and there is evidence of Iron Age settlement in the vicinity. An
archaeological investigation of the site will be required prior to an application being submitted
for development and the impact of the proposed development upon it. Development will also be
required to respect the landscape character and biodiversity of the River Snail and the setting of
the valley. A buffer zone and appropriate landscaping and planting should be provided in thispart of the site, and measures investigated to avoid run-off into the River Snail.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided off Snailwell Road. There is an existing
footpath on the north side of Snailwell Road, which stops partway along. This path will need to
be extended to the entrance of the allocation site. The vehicular access point should also haveregard to the need to provide future access to the employment allocation on the south side of
Snailwell Road (see Policy FRD 4).
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land187

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy FRD 5, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy FRD 5: Employment allocation, land north of Snailwell Road
Approximately 5.5 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses).
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, andapproved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact of the development from the A142 andSnailwell Road.
 Protect the landscape character, heritage and biodiversity of the adjacent valley of the River
Snail and Scheduled Ancient Monument, through the provision of a buffer zone andappropriate landscaping, and measures to prevent run-off to the river. As part of this,developers will need to provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential andsignificance of the site prior to the submission of a planning application.
 Provide for the retention of existing hedgerows and trees on the site boundaries, and include
significant areas of new landscaping and planting on the boundaries (particularly alongside
the A142, Snailwell Road, and river valley).
 Provide safe vehicular access from Snailwell Road, which takes account of the need toprovide future vehicular access to land south of Snailwell Road (see Policy FRD 4 below).
 Provide for an extension to the site of the existing footpath/cycleway which currently stops
partway along Snailwell Road, and other necessary highway improvements.
 Provide contributions towards the creation of two bus lay-bys and bus stops and a pedestriancrossing facility on Newmarket Road, to serve the employment cluster.
 Undertake a project level Habitats Regulations Assessment screening. Where this identifies alikely significant effect, applicants will be required to submit sufficient information for a projectlevel Appropriate Assessment to be undertaken by the District Council under the Habitats
Regulation Assessment process, to ensure there will be no adverse effect on European sites.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation - land at Horse Racing Forensic Laboratories (HFL)
The site is currently owned and occupied by the Horse Racing Forensic Laboratories, whoprovide forensic testing and rehabilitation/hospital facilities for the race horsing industry. It
includes a number of buildings, laboratories, offices and parking areas (comprising roughly 3
hectares) – and also open areas and paddocks, some of which are used for rehabilitating
racehorses.
The site is extensively landscaped, and provides an attractive parkland setting for the R&D
business. However, the site has capacity for further development, and could offer potential forthe expansion of the laboratories, plus the development of other employment uses on the site.

188

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

This may include other R&D or office development (B1 uses), but could include diversification toprovide workshops or light industrial units (B2 uses). The other adjoining sites in the Fordham
Snailwell Road cluster (see Policies FRD 4, 6, 7 and 8) are considered to offer more suitable
opportunities for storage and distribution (B8) development.
Development proposals will need to be carefully designed in terms of layout, scale, height andmassing of buildings, in order to maintain the quality of the setting, and to minimise the visual
impact from the A142. Development will also need to maximise the retention of existinghedgerows and planting, and incorporate areas of landscaping and new planting whereappropriate.
The site adjoins the attractive valley of the River Snail to the east, which is also an area of
historical and archaeological interest. It includes the site of a Roman villa (which is a protected
Scheduled Ancient Monument) and there is evidence of Iron Age settlement in the vicinity. An
archaeological investigation of the site will be required prior to an application being submitted
for development. Development will also be required to respect the landscape character andbiodiversity of the River Snail and the setting of the valley. Appropriate landscaping and planting
should be provided in this part of the site, and measures investigated to avoid run-off into theRiver Snail.
There is existing vehicular and pedestrian/cycle access into the site from Newmarket Road. A
Transport Impact Assessment will need to be undertaken with any development proposal, toensure this is adequate and to identify any necessary highways improvements.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy FRD 6, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy FRD 6: Employment allocation, land at Horse Racing Forensic
Laboratories
Approximately 12 hectares is allocated for employment development (B1/B2 uses). The site iscurrently partly occupied by the HFL laboratories, but offers potential for further on-site
expansion and development.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, andapproved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to provide a high quality scheme, and minimise the visual impact ofthe development from the A142.
 Protect the landscape character, heritage and biodiversity of the adjacent valley of the River
Snail and nearby Scheduled Ancient Monument, through the provision of a buffer zone andappropriate landscaping, and measures to prevent run-off to the river. As part of this,developers will need to provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential andsignificance of the site prior to the submission of a planning application.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows and trees on the site.

189

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Provide safe vehicular access from Newmarket Road, and other necessary highway
improvements.
 Provide contributions towards the creation of two bus lay-bys and bus stops and a pedestriancrossing facility on Newmarket Road, to serve the employment cluster.
 Undertake a project level Habitats Regulations Assessment screening. Where this identifies alikely significant effect, applicants will be required to submit sufficient information for a projectlevel Appropriate Assessment to be undertaken by the District Council under the Habitats
Regulation Assessment process, to ensure there will be no adverse effect on European sites.
 Take account of the location of the National Grid’s gas transmission pipeline in the design ofthe development and meet the requirements of the National Grid and the Health and Safety
Executive relating to this issue.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation - land north of Turners
The site is located north of the existing Turners site on Newmarket Road, and adjoins the A142.
It is currently an open field, but part of the area has recently gained planning permission for an
overflow carpark and lorry park for the Turners operation (planning reference numbers
10/00607/OUT and 11/00681/FUL).
The site will need to be accessed via the existing Turners site. Direct access onto the A142 will
not be appropriate.
The site adjoins the A142 and is highly visible on the approach from the north and south. Views
across the site are dominated by the large cold stores and packing sheds on the Turners site.
Development of this site could provide an opportunity to provide additional screening,landscaping and planting which could improve the appearance of the area. However, any
scheme will need to be of a high quality, and involve the provision of buildings which areconsiderably smaller in height and bulk than on the adjacent Turners site. A range of types ofbuilding will help to provide visual interest, but as a guide, should not exceed 9 metres in height.
It will also need to include significant areas of landscaping and planting in a buffer adjoining theA142. The applicant will be required to demonstrate that a comprehensive scheme can bebrought forward, which improves the landscape quality of the area. A Masterplan will therefore
be required for the whole site, prior to approval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will
establish the broad location of land uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, andlook at principles such as access and movement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate
how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy FRD 7, and ensure a high standard ofcomprehensive planning.

Policy FRD 7: Employment allocation, land north of Turners
Approximately 8 hectares is allocated for employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses).
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, andapproved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to:190

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to provide a high quality scheme which minimises the visual impactof the Turners site from the A142.
 Include a variety of building heights which provide visual interest, and do not exceed 9 metresin height.
 Provide extensive landscaping and planting areas, particularly adjoining the A142.
 Be accessed via the existing Turners site to the south.
 Provide contributions towards the creation of two bus lay-bys and bus stops and a pedestriancrossing facility on Newmarket Road, to serve the employment cluster.
 Take account of the location of the National Grid’s gas transmission pipeline in the design ofthe development and meet the requirements of the National Grid and the Health and Safety
Executive relating to this issue.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation - land south of Landwade Road
The site lies between Landwade Road, the A142 and an adjoining railway line. The packing anddistribution firm DS Smith is located on part of the site, whilst the land to the south and west isundeveloped. The whole area is owned by DS Smith.
The site will need to be accessed via Landwade Road, rather than the A142. However, further
investigation will be required to determine the precise location of the vehicular entrance off
Landwade Road. Options to explore include whether the whole area should be accessed fromone point, either via the current DS Smith access or via a new access to the west of this; orwhether a new additional access point can be safely provided. A Transport Impact Assessment
will need to be undertaken with any development proposal, to ensure access is adequate and to
identify any necessary highways improvements.
The site is highly visible from the A142 and from the railway line. Development proposals willneed to be carefully designed in terms of layout, scale, height and massing of buildings, in orderto minimise the visual impact from the A142 and the railway line. Development will also need tomaximise the retention of existing hedgerows and planting, and incorporate areas oflandscaping and new planting, particularly along the boundaries of the A142 and railway line.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy FRD 8, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy FRD 8: Employment allocation, land south of Landwade Road
Approximately 14.5 hectares is allocated for employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses). Half ofthe site (about 7.5 hectares) is currently occupied by development associated with DS Smith,
but there is potential for further on-site expansion, particularly to the south and west.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, and191

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact from the A142 and railway line Provide for the retention of existing hedgerows and trees on the site boundaries, and include
significant areas of new landscaping and planting on the boundaries (particularly alongside
the A142 and the railway line).
 Demonstrate that safe vehicular access can be provided from Landwade Road (which takes
account of the existing access points and development in the vicinity), and provide necessary
highway improvements.
 Provide contributions towards the creation of two bus lay-bys and bus stops and a pedestriancrossing facility on Newmarket Road, to serve the employment cluster.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network
 Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Fordham have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements.
A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1

2

Priority
Need for more school places
and expansion of the primaryschoolImprovements topedestrian/cycle routes

3

Improvements to sports
ground/open space4

Traffic calming/highway
improvements/weight
restrictions

Suggestions
Work with County Council to ensure that the current shortage ofspaces and need for expansion is fully considered and addressed
within the next capital expenditure programme. This may involve theexpansion of the school onto neighbouring land.
Explore separation of cycle paths from footpaths along Mildenhall
Road.
Work with neighbouring parishes to explore the provision of a cycle
path from Fordham to Burwell to Cambridge, and Fordham to
Newmarket.
The following options have been identified as priority projects for
future funding sources:
New sports pavilion/centre.
New play area equipment.
Provision of additional seating around village.
New park/gardens/walks.
Maintenance/expansion of inner green core of village.
Work with District and County Council to ensure better maintenanceof footpaths and improved road/footpath surfacing.
Seek reduction of 30 mph speed limit on Mildenhall and Isleham
Road (including provision of street lighting on Isleham Road).
Improved road safety provision - particularly at school junction,
Collin’s Hill and through the centre of Fordham.
Provision of an additional bus stop on Newmarket Road near Horse
Racing Forensic Laboratory.

192

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Seek improvements to bus service – particularly for students
travelling into or out of Cambridge.

The top priority is the provision of more school places at Fordham Primary School, and the
expansion of the school to cater for future additional demand. The County Council is currently(at April 2014) working with the school governers to establish the scale of future requirements,
and to look at options for the expansion of the school. If the expansion cannot be catered forwithin the current school site, it may be necessary to expand onto land adjoining the school.
The deliverability of expansion options will need to be fully investigated.
The District Council is working with the County Council to explore options for improving accessto school places at Fordham and a number of surrounding local schools. The second priority isimprovements to pedestrian/cycle links, with the third being improvements to sports
ground/open space. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to
explore options and secure funding for such schemes.
The current community facilities in Fordham (including the shops, pubs, community hall, post
office and churches) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with
the County Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, toimprove facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Fordham (see Inset Map 8.16) and Fordham – Employment
allocations (See Inset Map 8.17)

193

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.16 Haddenham

Description of Haddenham© Haddenham Parish Council

Haddenham is a large village on the west 'shore' of the Isle of Ely and is located 7 miles southwest of Ely. The village occupies a dramatic ridge, with views north and south to thesurrounding fenland.
The village contains a large number of Listed Buildings and has two Conservation Areas, one ofwhich covers the Hill Row area. The A1123 and the A1421 roads run through the village,
meeting at a crossroads in the centre of the village.
Haddenham has a reasonable level of services, including a post office, several shops, a library,a primary school, two public houses, 3 churches, a village hall, a sports and social club, adoctor’s surgery, a pharmacy, an elderly day care centre and a number of public open spaces,
including the recreation field (which has Queen Elizabeth II Field status). Haddenham is servedby two regular bus services.
Key statistics
Haddenham
86
Population
87
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
88
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

2,740
1,170
118
103
Monday to Saturday regular bus service to Ely, and twice daily
service to Cambridge.

86

Population for Haddenham village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Haddenham village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
88
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
87

194

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Haddenham is a large village and is likely to continue to grow over the plan period, with new
housing being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. Additionally, two new housing
allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Haddenham at land off Rowan Close and land at
New Road. Details of the allocation sites are set out in the sections below.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Haddenham to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and on the 2 allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose isto prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on the allocation sites will need to bein line with Policies HAD 1 and HAD 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Because of its ridge location, any future residential development within Haddenham must haveparticular regard to the potential for visual impact on the surrounding countryside.
Housing allocation – land off Rowan Close
The site is located to the south-west of the village along the road to Aldreth. The site is boundedby existing housing to the north and a private garden and paddocks to the south. It is screened
to the south by hedgerows and mature trees, which should be retained as part of thelandscaping scheme for the site. The site is a natural extension of the existing housing at
Rowan Close and access will be via this estate.

Policy HAD 1: Housing allocation, land off Rowan Close
0.5 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 15 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within
Haddenham.
 Retain the existing hedgerow and mature trees that comprise the southern boundary of thesite.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height, and soft landscaping, to minimise thevisual impact of the development.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land at New Road
The site is located to the east of the village along the road to Wilburton. The site is bounded byHinton Hall gardens and fields to the north, the A1223 to the south and private dwellings to the195East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

east and west. The site consists of two parcels of land in separate ownership. Land at 3A New
Road is currently a mixed-use site with a small care repair business at the rear of the site. The
owner is flexible with regard to retaining the employment use if appropriate and a lower numberof dwellings will be appropriate on the site if the employment use remains. Land adjacent 5 New
Road is currently undeveloped.
The site has mature hedges to all boundaries, these should be retained where possible and softlandscaping will be required to minimise the visual impact of the development from the main
A1123 road. A single access onto the A1123 to serve the site will be required, which must be
safe and a suitable distance away from the corner of the New Road.

Policy HAD 2: Housing allocation, land at New Road
0.8 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 24 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a minimum of 0.16 ha of public open space on-site.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within
Haddenham.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height, and soft landscaping, to minimise thevisual impact of the development from the main A1123 road.
 Provide safe vehicular access from one point to the south-west of the site.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
There are a number of businesses in Haddenham, both in the centre of the village and on the
Haddenham Business Park. The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land andpremises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites forother purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
The Local Plan proposes the allocation of additional 0.8 hectares of employment land in
Haddenham in the form of an extension to Haddenham Business Park (see Policy HAD 3
below).
Other suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported
in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Employment allocation – land at Haddenham Business Park, Station Road
The proposed employment allocation, located to the south of the existing Haddenham Business
Park, will provide for a mix of uses including B1, B2 and B8. Access to the extension will be via
the existing business park entrance.

196

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The development will have to be sensitive to the adjoining residential properties and haveregard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order to minimise visual impact
from the A1421 and Ely Way and on adjoining residential properties. This proposal alsopresents an opportunity to improve the visual impact of the site from Ely Way by including softlandscaping to the boundary. Landscaping will also need to be provided along the boundaries
adjoining residential properties.

Policy HAD 3: Employment allocation, land at Haddenham Business Park, StationRoad
0.8 hectares of land is allocated for employment development at Haddenham Business Park
(B1, B2, B8). Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order tominimise visual impact from the A1421 and Ely Way and on adjoining residential properties.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries adjoining residential properties.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Haddenham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Priority
Traffic calming/highway
improvements/weight restrictions on
roads
Improvements to Broadband
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes
Improved transport links/public
transport services
Improvements to the community
facilities
More support for home working andbusinesses operating from home
Need for more school places

Suggestions
Work with Wilburton Parish Council to reduce the speed limit
between the two villages.
Install pedestrian crossing with traffic lights near crossroads.
The District Council is working in partnership with the County
Council to seek improvements to the Broadband service
across the district.
A Northstowe – Haddenham – Stretham – Ely route.
Improved regular service to Cambridge.
Including the Arkenstall Centre, the Recreation Centre and theSports and Social Club.
Improvements to Broadband service.
Work with the County Council to ensure that the shortage ofspace and future demand for additional capacity is fully
considered and addressed within the next capital expenditure
programme.

The top priority is to reduce the speed and volume of traffic, particularly lorries, coming throughHaddenham. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to
explore options and secure funding for traffic management schemes in Haddenham. The
second priority, a better Broadband service, is an issue that the District Council is alreadyworking with County Council to address across the district through the Connecting
Cambridgeshire project. The third priority is improvements to pedestrian/cycle links to enable
connections to Ely and neighbouring villages. The District Council will work with the Parish

197

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Council and County Council to explore options and secure funding for such schemes. The
District Council will also work in partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels, andencourage self-sufficient transport services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Haddenham (including shops, Post Office, pubs, Library,Arkenstall Centre, Doctors Surgery and churches) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The
loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new
community development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy
COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Haddenham (see Inset Map 8.18)

198

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.17 Isleham© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Isleham
Isleham is a village of considerable interest with its buildings of clunch and pebble, ragstone
and brick which range from late medieval to the present. The village lies 9 miles south-east of
Ely and 6 miles north-east of Newmarket.
The village contains a large number of Listed Buildings and a Conservation Area centred on
Church Street, Pound Lane and Mill Street. The scheduled remains of an 11th century
Benedictine Priory and the listed priory church are located 100m west of the Church of St
Andrew. The B1104 road runs through the village, meeting at the historic centre of the village.
Isleham has a reasonable range of services including a post office, several shops, three public
houses, three churches, a village hall, a large recreation ground (including an all-weather
surface), a bowls club, a playground, a primary school and two bus serviceswhich run throughthe village.
Key statistics
Isleham89
Population
90
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)91
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

2,370
1,000
101
86
A Tuesday and Saturday service to Fordham and Newmarket
and a Monday to Friday service to Snailwell and Newmarket.
Both operate once a day (as at October 2012).

89

Population for Isleham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Isleham parish, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
91
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
90

199

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Isleham is likely to continue to grow in the future, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. In addition new housing allocation sites are proposed at five locations
across the village. (see Policies ISL 1, ISL 2, ISL 3, ISL 4 and ISL 5).
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Isleham to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with Policies ISL
1, ISL 2, ISL 3, ISL 4 and ISL 5.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation – land south and west of Lady Frances Court
The site is located to the south side of the village, close to the existing recreation ground and isadjacent to a number of residential properties, which were previously developed to provide
affordable housing.
The Lady Frances Peyton Hospital Almshouse Charity who is the owner of the above land has
indicated that it may look to provide a greater proportion of affordable housing on this site thanthe minimum provision suggested under Policy HOU 3 of the Local Plan (currently 30%). The
precise mix of private and affordable housing will be determined as part of the planningapplication process.

Policy ISL 1: Housing allocation, land south and west of Lady Frances Court
0.56 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 15 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Isleham.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height and soft landscaping to minimise thevisual impact of development from Fordham Road and Station Road.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Fordham Road.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

200

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing allocation – land at 5a Fordham Road
The site is located to the south side of the village and is currently farmland enclosed by a seriesof hedges. The site is adjacent to a number of residential properties on Fordham Road, andagricultural land to the east.
The site is located on the edge of the village and there will be a need to ensure that the site
provides an attractive edge to the village and that it is designed so that it complements theexisting built development on Fordham Road.

Policy ISL 2: Housing allocation, land at 5a Fordham Road
0.55 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 10 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Isleham.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height and soft landscaping to minimise thevisual impact of development from Fordham Road.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Fordham Road.
 Provide landscaping along the boundary with agricultural land to the east and neighbouringresidential properties to the north and south; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land west of Hall Barn Road
The site is located to the north of the village to the west of Hall Barn Road and is currently open
farmland with existing residential properties to the south and east of the site.
The site is in a sensitive setting on the edge of the village with agricultural land to the north andwest and is visible from both Hall Barn Road and Temple Road. It will be important for any
development to respect this rural setting, and to provide an attractive development on the edgeof the village. There will also be a need to ensure that development of this site protects theviews of the Grade II Listed Buildings, particularly from Temple Road.

Policy ISL 3: Housing allocation, land west of Hall Barn Road
1 hectare of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 12 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Isleham.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height and soft landscaping to minimise thevisual impact of development from Hall Barn Road and Temple Road.

201

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application.
 Provide safe vehicular access on Hall Barn Road with an access point to be located at a
distance from the Hall Barn Road and Temple Road junction.
 Provide landscaping along the boundary with the agricultural land to the west and existing
residential properties.
 Have regard to the setting of Listed Buildings located at Hall Barn Road; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land west of Pound Lane
The site is located to the north of the village on Pound Lane. It is bound to the west by theremains of Isleham Priory which is designated as a Scheduled Ancient Monument, andresidential properties to the north and south.
The site’s sensitive location, adjacent to a Scheduled Ancient Monument, within close proximity
to several Listed Buildings and within Isleham Conservation Area will need to be fully addressedby any proposed scheme. There is evidence to suggest that this site is likely to include wellpreserved medieval archaeological remains, as the site has remained undeveloped since thisperiod. Applicants will therefore be required to undertake a programme of archaeological works
to determine the nature, extent and significance of any remains which are present on site. It will
be important for any development to address the issues of setting and impact on thesignificance of these heritage assets to the satisfaction of English Heritage, Cambridgeshire
County Council Archaeology and the District Council’s Conservation Officer. Development of
this site will only be acceptable where it can be demonstrated to the District Council that it would
not be detrimental to the historic environment assets which are present within the locality.
A public right of way bisects the site in two, and provides access from Pound Lane to theadjacent Scheduled Ancient Monument. This public right of way should be retained andenhanced as part of the development of this site.
Both parts of the site are grassland and are bound by a wire/wooden fence along the westernboundary with the neighbouring Scheduled Monument. The site is visible from both Pound Lane
and the grounds of the neighbouring Scheduled Monument. There is an attractive view of the
Scheduled Monument across both parts of the site when looking south along the road close tonumber 34 Pound Lane. Any development on the site should be sensitively designed andconfigured to ensure retention of this long distance view.
The southern part of the site is bound to the east by a brick wall on Pound Lane. Part of theexisting wall will need to be removed to enable vehicular access to this part of the site –although any scheme should seek to minimise its loss and preserve the remaining section. In
addition, the existing footway on the west side of Pound Lane should be extended to enablepedestrian access to the south part of the site. A separate vehicular access point will need to beprovided to the northern section of the site, along with a suitable pedestrian crossing point toaccess the footpath on the east side of Pound Lane.

202East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy ISL 4: Housing allocation, land west of Pound Lane
0.33 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 3 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to site layout, building height, massing and soft landscaping tominimise the visual impact of development from Pound Lane, the neighbouring Scheduled
Monument and to minimise amenity impact on neighbouring residential properties. Thisshould include retention of the long distance view across the site towards the Scheduled
Monument from the area close to 34 Pound Lane.
 Be sensitively designed to minimise impact on the Scheduled Monument and its wider setting.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application to enable an informed decision to be made by the
Local Planning Authority on the suitability of development proposals.
 Provide safe vehicular access to the southern part of the site from Pound Lane, whilst
maximising the retention of the existing brick boundary wall.
 Extend the existing footway on the west of Pound Lane between Church Street and 15 Pound
Lane, to the south-east corner of the site.
 Provide safe vehicular access to the northern part of the site from Pound Lane, and a suitablepedestrian crossing point to access the footpath on the east side of Pound Lane.
 Retain and enhance the existing public right of way which provides public access to theneighbouring scheduled monument; and Comply with other policies in the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land at Church Lane
The site is located to the north of the village, to rear of residential properties on Church Lane.
The site is currently grassland.
The site is well screened to the north from Coates Drove (a public byway) by substantial
hedging, and partially screened from neighbouring residential properties by existing hedging
and trees along the eastern boundary of the site.
There is an existing vehicular access to the site from Church Lane, which currently serves thefarm building to the rear of residential properties at 24 –30 Church Lane. Access to the newdevelopment should be taken from this existing point, in order to minimise impact on thecharacter and appearance of the locality.

203

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy ISL 5: Housing allocation, land at Church Lane
0.34 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 5 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Isleham.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height, massing and soft landscaping tominimise the visual impact of development from Coates Drove and to minimise amenity
impact on neighbouring residential properties on Church Lane.
 Protect and enhance the existing planting and trees on the northern boundary of the site.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application.
 Provide safe vehicular, pedestrian and cycle access from Church Lane.
 Provide landscaping along the boundary with grassland to the east and neighbouringresidential properties to the west; and Comply with other policies in the Local Plan.
Employment
There are a number of businesses in the village, including at Wells Business Park and Hall Barn
Road Industrial Estates. The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land andpremises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites forother purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
The Local Plan proposes the allocation of additional employment land in Isleham in the form ofan extension to Hall Barn Road Industrial Estate. The proposed employment allocation will
provide for B1, B2 and B8 uses.

Policy ISL 6: Employment allocation, land adjacent to Hall Barn Road Industrial
Estate1 hectare of land is allocated for employment development adjacent to Hall Barn Road Industrial
Estate (B1, B2 and B8 uses). Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order tominimise visual impact from Hall Barn Road and Fordham Road and the nearby residential
properties.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Hall Barn Road.
 Provide necessary highway improvements to the existing Hall Barn Road/Fordham Road
junction.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with adjoining land particularly to the south andeast; and
 Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.

204

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Isleham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes details relating
to the potential upgrading of the Isleham Waste Water Treatment Works.
1

Priority
New primary school

2

Improvements to play areas3

On-going improvements tothe community/village hall
Improvements to open
space
Improvements to existingroads
Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

3
4-

Suggestions
Work with the County Council to explore options for additional primaryschool provision within the village.
Work with Isleham Parish Council to identify improvements to existing
play areas within the village.
Work with Isleham Parish Council to identify need for community
space improvements following completion of replacement village hall.
Work with Isleham Parish Council to identify improvements to existing
open space within the village.
Improvements to existing route to Soham and A142 junction.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Isleham Wastewater Treatment
Works may need to be upgraded to accommodate the proposed
housing and employment allocations (see section 3 for further details).

The top priority identified by the community is a new primary school to replace the existing
Isleham Primary school which serves Isleham and nearby settlements. Isleham Primary School
is currently located on a relatively small site, which is constrained by existing built development.
Concerns have been raised by the local community about the lack of primary school capacity
and traffic in the surrounding area.
The scale of housing development envisaged in the Local Plan will not be sufficient to justify thedevelopment of a new primary school at Isleham and the County Council has indicated that
there is capacity on site to cater for additional children likely to come forward from newdevelopment over the plan period. However the situation will be closely monitored, and options
for additional primary provision within the village (including the potential for a new school) will beconsidered as part of a future review of the Local Plan.
The second and third priorities relate to improvements to the existing play area and open
spaces within the village. The District Council will work with the Parish Council to identify
specific improvements which are required within the village.
The joint third priority is improvements to the existing community/village hall within the village.
Isleham Parish Council were granted planning permission to construct a new building to replace
the existing village hall. The replacement building was delivered in 2013.
The current community facilities in Isleham (including the shops, public houses and post office)contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with the County Council
and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve facilities
wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3.
Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Isleham (see Inset Map 8.19)

205

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.18 Kennett
Description of Kennett
Kennett is a small village located in the eastern tip ofCambridgeshire, bordering Suffolk, approximately 2.5 miles
north-east of Newmarket. The village is made up of two
main areas; one around the station and The Bell public
house and the other around the school and church. Thereis some linear development between the two, mainly lying
east of the B1085, but with substantial open frontages that
contribute to the character of the village. There are Listed
Buildings in the parish, also a Scheduled Ancient
Monument and two County Wildlife Sites, all located northof the main village.
The A14 crosses between the two areas, with the railway
line running parallel to the road. Kennett Station has theadvantage of being on the main Cambridge-Ipswich railway
line. The village also benefits from a regular bus service
running 6 days a week.

© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Kennett has a number of facilities, including a primary school, pub, playing field and church. The
village immediately adjoins the village of Kentford, which lies within Suffolk, and has a shop,
including a post office and services which people from Kennett can access.
Key statistics
Kennett
92
Population
93
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
94
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

340
160
19
1
Mainline railway station with services to Cambridge-Ipswich.
Regular bus service, 6 days a week to Newmarket-Mildenhall.

HousingKennett is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofKennett. A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Kennett to define the built-up part ofthe village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.

92

Population for Kennett parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Kennett parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
94
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
93

206

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a number small businesses located at Lanwades Business Park, as well as larger
sites to the north of the village, including two aggregate suppliers Mick George and D. Haird.
The District Council is keen to retain employment land and premises in order to support local
economic growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites for other purposes will only bepermitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Kennett. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Kennett have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1

PriorityRoad safety and traffic
management schemes

2

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

3

Provision of acommunity/village hall

Suggestions
Possible road safety reviews in terms of reducing the speed limit along
B1085 to 20mph around school area, and 30mph elsewhere within thevillage and traffic calming schemes.
More footpaths and cycle routes, including the provision of a safe footpath
to access the playing field from the school, also improved footpaths
around the river area.

The top priority is to reduce speed and volume of traffic on the B1085 and reduce the speed
limit within the village to improve the safety of residents. The second priority relates to improved
pedestrian and cycle routes, especially linking the primary school to the playing field.
Community facilities in the village are limited and provision of a village hall has been expressedby residents for the village. The District Council will work with the County Council and Parish
Council to explore options and secure funding to improve transport routes and other community
facilities wherever possible.
The current community facilities in Kennett (including the primary school, church, public houseand playing field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities andamenities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that
benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Kennett (see Inset Map 8.20)

207

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.19 Kirtling & Upend© Kirtling Parish Council

Description of Kirtling and Upend
The parish of Kirtling includes Kirtling Green and Upend and is located to the east of the
district, approximately 5 miles south-east of Newmarket.
There are many Listed Buildings in Kirtling parish but no Conservation Area. There is an area ofAncient Woodland, Lucy Wood, to the north-west of Kirtling, which is also a County Wildlife Site.
There are also three Scheduled Ancient Monuments to the north of the village at Kirtling Tower.
The scattered settlement of Kirtling has a reasonable range of facilities for its size. These
include a garage, pub, two churches, a well equipped village hall, and cricket and carpet bowls
club. There is a bus service that runs through Kirtling four days a week.
Upend is located north-east of Kirtling, with a population of only 70. The small village has aConservation Area and also includes many Listed Buildings. The bus service mentioned above
serving Kirtling is available to Upend residents subject to advance telephone request.
Key statistics
Kirtling parish
95
Population96
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
97
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

340
160
10
1
There is a bus service that runs through Kirtling and Upend (onrequest) four days a week to Newmarket

95

Population for Kirtling parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Kirtling parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
97
East Cambs Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply fromrural exception windfall sites.
96

208

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Kirtling and Upend are likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being mainly
built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the villages. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on
the edge of Kirtling or Upend. However, the Parish Council would like the opportunity to explore
options in the future, and welcomes the indication in the Local Development Scheme that areview of the Local Plan will commence within 2 years. A ‘development envelope’ has beendrawn around both villages to define the built-up areas of the villages where infill development
may be permitted. Kirtling village particularly is characterised by scattered groups of dwellings inattractive countryside, and there are separate sections of the development envelope. The
purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to
be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a small number of current businesses in the villages, including the Garage and ATL
Agricultural Technology Ltd, and bed and breakfast establishments in Kirtling, and Fittocks Studin Upend. The pub in Kirtling is currently closed. However, there is little employment land andpremises (e.g. industrial or offices) in the parish. The District Council is keen to retain the stockof business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (seePolicy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Kirtling or Upend. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the villages will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Kirtling parish have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
Traffic calming/highways
improvements
Improvements tobroadband
A village shop/general
store in Kirtling
New sports facilities/playarea
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

Suggestions
Reduction of speed limit of 40mph (due to be introduced in early 2013 –see below). Resurfacing of some roads – this is on-going as County
Council funds allow.
The Council is part of a countywide scheme for broadband
improvements.
A small shop remains an aspiration for the village where a feasible
location will be sought for the future.
No children’s play area currently available within the parish.
More pavements and some cycle routes alongside existing roads isdesired although considered a lower priority.

There are two main priorities for Kirtling and Upend. Firstly, for the reduction of the speed limit,
which has been achieved and is due to be introduced in early 2013. Approval has been209

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

received (in August 2012) from Cambridgeshire County Council to reduce to 30mph in both
Kirtling and Upend. Secondly, for the improvement to broadband provision, which is poor in both
Kirtling and Upend and is a high priority for the parish. This is an important issue in rural areasand improvements can benefit local businesses as well as having social benefits to residents.
The District Council is currently working with the County Council on a countywide project toimprove broadband connections in rural areas where there is no planned private sector
investment.
A small shop attached to the pub has in the past been suggested as a location for a village shop
in KirtlingThe pub is currently closed. If the pub is re-opened this option may be potentiallyexplored in the future. The provision of a shopremains an aspiration and is a medium priority forthe parish. The District Council will work with the County Council and Parish Council to explore
options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities and transport infrastructure
within Kirtling parish.
The community facilities in Kirtling parish are relatively few but excellent (including the village
hall, churches, sports clubs and garage) and contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The lossof community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the two villages will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM
4.
Spatial strategy for Kirtling (see Inset Map 8.21)
Spatial strategy for Upend (see Inset Map 8.22)

210

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.20 Little Downham© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Little Downham
Little Downham is a large linear village set on slightly elevated ground amongst the wider fen,
approximately 2 miles north-west of Ely.
The village contains a number of Listed Buildings and has a Conservation Area in the central
part of the village along Main Street, with the Church and Old Rectory forming prominent andattractive features at the eastern end. To the west of the village lies the remains of a medieval
Bishops Palace.
Little Downham has a good range of facilities – there is a range of food and non-food shops,
post office (outreach service), primary school, public houses, petrol station and car showroom, achurch, a chapel, village hall (which includes a library and internet access point), recreation
playing field and a play area. There are also several village greens.
Little Downham is also home to the first dedicated Local Nature Reserve in East
Cambridgeshire, which consists of four areas of land on the edge of the village (Pingle Wood,
Myles Meadow, Holts Spinney and Holts Meadow) (see Policy ENV 7).
Key statistics
Little Downham
98
Population
99
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
100
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

1,920
770
137
73
A Monday to Saturday service to Ely (as at June 2012)98

Population for Little Downham village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Little Downham village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
100
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
99

211

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Little Downham is expected to continue to grow in the future, with new housing being built on
suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. Additionally, a new housing allocation site is proposed atland to the west of Ely Road.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Little Downham to define the built-up part ofthe village where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose isto prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in linewith Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy
LTD 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation - land west of Ely Road
The site is currently grassland and is located to the rear of housing at Cannon Street andadjacent to an existing farm business located on Ely Road.
The site includes a small workshop located at 7 Cannon Street, which forms part of an existing
agricultural engineering business. The owner of the workshop has stated that this building could
be removed to enable the development of this site.
A Transport Assessment will be required to demonstrate that safe access can be achieved tothe site and that any impact on surrounding roads can be mitigated. There are two potential
access points, one from Ely Road and one from Cannon Street (which would require thedemolition of the existing building at No. 7 to enable access to be provided). These routes
should be explored to determine which option(s) should be used to provide vehicular,pedestrian and cycle access into the site.
The site is well screened from Ely Road by substantial hedging close to the junction with
Cannon Street. This hedging is located adjacent to an attractive row of trees, which form part of
the roadside verge on Ely Road. The site is also bound by hedging along the boundary with theopen countryside to the rear of the site. It will be important to retain as much of the original
hedgeline and roadside trees as possible, and provide additional landscaping along theboundaries of the site.
As this site is located close to existing residential properties on Cannon Street and Ely Road
there will be a need to ensure that development is sensitively designed to minimise its impact.

Policy LTD 1: Housing allocation, land west of Ely Road
1.2 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 25 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping to minimise the visual impact of development from Cannon Street, Ely Road andthe open countryside, and to minimise amenity impact on adjoining residential properties.

212

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows on the site and roadside trees, and provide
additional landscaping on the site boundaries.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that safe vehicular, pedestrian and cycle
access can be provided into and within the site.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Little
Downham.
 Provide a minimum of 0.16 ha of public open space on site; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
There are a number of small businesses within the village, including a car showroom,
bookkeepers, building contractor, betting shop and a public relations company. There is also ahaulage company (Halls Transport) located close to the village at Black Bank Drove and a small
industrial estate on Cowbridge Hall Road.
The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support
local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites (B1, B2 and B8 uses) for otherpurposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Little Downham. However
suitable new employment proposals on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Little Downham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in their village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1

PriorityMore school places2

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

3

New cemetery4

Improvements to playarea
Improvements to sports
ground/open space

56Adequate bus service

Suggestions
Work with the County Council to ensure that sufficient primary school
places are made available over the Plan period.
Existing bridleway has been identified as a potential cycling routefrom Little Downham to Ely, which, subject to improvements could
form part of national cycling network subject to funding being
available.
Little Downham Parish Council is currently working to identify andsecure appropriate site for additional burial land.
Little Downham Parish Council has secured funding for replacementof some of the existing play equipment.
Little Downham Parish Council has secured funding for the additional
fencing at the all weather court.
Little Downham Parish Council is seeking funding for the
refurbishment and extension of the existing Pavilion.

The top priority is the provision of more school places at Little Downham Feoffees Primary
School. The District Council is working with the County Council to explore options for improving

213

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

access to school places at Little Downham. The second priority is improvements topedestrian/cycle links with the fourth and fifth being improvements to play areas and sport
ground/open space. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to
explore options for funding for such schemes.
The third priority is a new cemetery to address the need for additional burial space within the
Parish. Little Downham Parish Council has established a working group to explore potential
options for the development of additional burial land within the Parish following public
consultation on this issue in 2012.
The current community facilities in Little Downham (including the shops, public houses, village
hall and church) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with theCounty Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, toimprove facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Little Downham (see Inset Map 8.23)

214

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.21 Little Thetford© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Little Thetford

Little Thetford is a small village about 3 miles south of Ely. The 10th-century Old English
name, Lytel Thiutforda, refers to a ford across the nearby River Great Ouse, which today forms
most of the village's eastern boundary. The village has 4 Listed Buildings including St. George’s
Church and The Round House, thought to be a 15th century dovecote.
Facilities in the village include a primary school, church, village hall, Sports and Social Club anda sports field. The village has a regular bus service which runs to Ely and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Little Thetford
101
Population
102
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)103
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

800
330
40
2
Regular services to Ely and Cambridge (Monday-Saturday)(as at June 2012)

Housing
Little Thetford is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on
suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edgeof Little Thetford.

101

Population for Little Thetford parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
Dwellings for Little Thetford parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
103
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
102

215

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Little Thetford to define the built-up part ofthe village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a few businesses in the village, including D TEK cycle shop, and Two Acres caravansite, but little employment land or premises (e.g. offices and industrial). The District Council iskeen to retain any employment land and premises in order to support local economic growth.
Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Little Thetford. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Little Thetford have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes
details relating to the potential upgrading of the Stretham Waste Water Treatment Works.
1

Priority
Traffic calming

2

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes-

Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

Suggestions
Traffic calming measures at the junction of the village with the A10.
Traffic lights, roundabout or traffic islands required at entry to village.
Foot/cycle path extensions required in the Wyches from the cemetery to
A10 and between Little Thetford and Stretham.
Better cycle route to Ely
Anglian Water has indicated that the Stretham Wastewater Treatment
Works which serves Little Thetford may need to be upgraded toaccommodate future development (see section 3 for further details).

The top priority is for traffic calming measures in Little Thetford, particularly at the A10 junction.
The second priority is also transport-related – involving improvements to pedestrian/cycle links.
The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore options andsecure funding for these road and transport schemes. The District Council will also work in
partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficienttransport services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Little Thetford (including the primary school, church, village
hall, Sports and Social Club and sports field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The lossof community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Little Thetford (see Inset Map 8.24)

216

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.22 Littleport© St George’s Church, Littleport

Description of Littleport
Littleport is a small market town of about 8,000104 people, located on the A10 between Ely and
Downham Market. The communities of Black Horse Drove and Little Ouse form part of Littleportparish, although they are separate settlements. For information on Black Horse Drove, see theseparate Black Horse Drove Vision. Littleport has a historic town centre, with a range of local
and independent shops, which serve the surrounding area. Other facilities include two primaryschools, a library, medical centre, post office and a sports and leisure centre.
A significant amount of housing development has taken place in Littleport in recent years, within
the built up area of the town and on new sites to the west of the town. Littleport has also beensuccessful in attracting a significant number of jobs to the district (as highlighted in the District
Council’s Jobs Growth Strategy) although a number of employment sites remain undeveloped.
However, there are not sufficient jobs for all residents and most people commute out of the town
for work in Ely and elsewhere. One of the key challenges facing Littleport will be to provide
future commercial and employment growth in the town, to reduce the levels of out-commuting.
The town centre is a vital community hub, but has a fairly limited range of shops and has seen
the loss of retail floorspace to other uses particularly housing in recent years. The proximity of
Ely is a particular challenge, with many people travelling to Ely to access the wide range of
shopping and leisure facilities available in the city. A key priority for Littleport is to expand therange of shops, eating places and other facilities on offer and to improve the appearance andattractiveness of Littleport town centre as a shopping and leisure destination for local people.
As Littleport continues to grow, it will be important to try and ensure that necessary
infrastructure is in place to support development. This includes the construction of a new
104

Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group – 7,880 population in mid 2012.

217

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

secondary school in the town, in the near future, which is expected to serve Littleport and thenorthern part of the district including parts of Ely. A new primary school will also be needed tocater for the expanded population. Details of the expected educational infrastructure
requirements are set out in Policy LIT 6 below.
Littleport is easily accessed from the A10 and it also benefits from a railway station, which
provides access to Cambridge, Ely, Kings Lynn and London. However there is a need for
additional car parking to be provided at Littleport Rail Station to serve those using the stationand to address existing parking problems in the area.
Littleport is characterised by its slightly elevated location above the surrounding fenland
landscape with the River Great Ouse and its floodplain to the east of the town. Although thetown benefits from being located close to a key riverside walking/cycling route (which forms partof the national cycling network) direct access to the countryside particularly to the north andwest of the town is limited.
Littleport has a rich archaeological character owing to its location at the northern edge of theIsle of Ely. The fenland here was previously a salt marsh and provided an economic focus forthe numerous prehistoric and Roman salt-making settlements that were once located here.
To the north-west of Littleport is the Ouse Washes, which is of international and national
importance for its wildlife and rare breeding birds, and the Wildfowl and Wetland Trust’s Welney
Wetland Centre.
Key statistics
Littleport
105
Population
106
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)107
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
108
Estimated number of jobs
Current public transport services

7,880
3,360
803
1,346
1,500
Monday – Saturday regular bus service to Ely and Cambridge
and a limited service (Thursday only) to Prickwillow and Black
Horse Drove. Rail services to Cambridge, Ely, King’s Lynn andLondon Kings Cross (as at June 2012)

A vision for Littleport
A vision for Littleport in the year 2031 is set out below – followed by a set of strategic objectives
to deliver and facilitate the vision. The vision provides clear direction for development in
Littleport up to 2031. It has been developed from the key characteristics and issues describedabove, and through consultation on the Local Plan. It has also been informed by the Council’s‘Littleport Masterplan’ document (adopted May 2011), which looks at the long-term growth ofLittleport. Its purpose was to inform debate on the future capacity of Littleport to grow, and feed
into development of the Local Plan. The Littleport Masterplan can be viewed on the District
Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk.
105

Population for Littlleport town, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Littlleport town, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
107
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this does not include housing supply on ‘broad locations’ on theedge of the town. It also excludes potential supply from rural exception sites.
108
Source: ONS 2009
106

218

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The vision and objectives below have been used to develop specific policies to guide the future
growth of Littleport. The policies are set out in the following sections, and the spatial plan for
Littleport is shown in Map 8.25 at the end of this Vision document.
Littleport vision statement
Littleport will be a vibrant 21st century market town, which is enjoyed by residents, visitors andworkers and which will continue to have a strong sense of community. Distinctive and highquality new housing developments to the west of the town will support a revitalised town centre
which will provide a good range of shops and community facilities and act as a community hub.
A range of job opportunities will also be provided as part of new employment sites.
The town will benefit from new and improved community facilities including a new primary andsecondary school, attractive greenspaces and links to the wider countryside, which are easily
accessible by residents and visitors. Littleport will also continue to have a strong sense ofcommunity amongst residents in the town.

Littleport strategic objectives
1. Strengthen the role of Littleport town centre by making it a focus for retail development andcommunity facilities and make it a more attractive and pleasant place to visit, which is highly
accessible by foot and cycle.
2. Develop a network of greenspaces/links within Littleport and to the River Great Ouse andthe wider countryside including through the creation of a new circular route.
3. Provide high quality housing development to the west of Littleport, which is highly accessible
on foot, or cycle and has good connections to the town centre and key facilities.
4. Facilitate improved access to Littleport rail station, through additional car parking andenhanced walking and cycling routes.
5. Provide an increased range of job opportunities by enabling further employment growth to
the west of the town.
6. Provide sufficient community facilities and services including the provision of new primaryand secondary schools within the town to support future housing growth.

7. Protect and enhance the historic environment, particularly within Littleport Conservation
Area.

Housing
Littleport is the third largest market town in the district, and is likely to continue to grow over theplan period.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Littleport to define the built-up part of thetown where housing development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted –unless there are exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, oraffordable housing.

219

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2, and other Local Plan policies as appropriate. The hamlet of Little Ouse is considered to be
countyside for the purposes of Policy GROWTH 2.
There are some opportunities for housing development on land within the built-up part of
Littleport, on ‘infill’ sites. It is estimated there could be capacity for perhaps 796 dwellings
between 2013 and 2031. Development on infill sites in the town will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2.
Additional housing development is also proposed on two new sites on the edge of the town.
Development on these allocation sites will need to be in line with Policies LIT 1 and LIT 2 – seedetails below. The new housing sites are located to the west of the town and should help to
support the vitality of the town centre. The two sites have an estimated capacity for up to
approximately 550 dwellings. A summary of the potential housing sources in Littleport is set out
in the table below.
The town has further capacity to expand to the south – but it is considered vital that theidentified Local Plan housing allocations come forward first, to support the vision for the town.
Potential ‘phase 2’ housing areas to the south are shown indicatively in the Littleport
Masterplan. These areas are referenced in Policy GROWTH 4 as broad locations where
housing could come forward in the later part of the Plan period, and shown indicatively in the
diagram in Chapter 3. It should be noted that these are not precise or accurate allocations, andfurther investigative work on site deliverability and suitability will be required in the future, prior
to allocation in a development plan. The next review of the Local Plan will provide an
opportunity to undertake further investigative work relating to delivery and site boundaries.
Estimated housing supply in Littleport 2011-31, from specific sites and windfall supply
Housing sources
Number of dwellings
Completions 2011-13
103
Outstanding planning permissions
549
Potential large future sites
188
Estimated windfall on small sites
59
Housing allocations
550
TOTAL ESTIMATED SUPPLY
1,449

Housing/employment allocation – west of Woodfen Road
This site is located to the west of Woodfen Road, and is currently open farmland. The area isbounded by the A10 to the west, Saxon Way Business Park to the south, and Woodfen Road
(including a number of residential gardens) to the east.
The site is identified in the Littleport Masterplan as a potential area for housing and employment
development. It is estimated that there is potential for approximately 250 dwellings and up to 7
hectares of employment development subject to demand and economic viability of the wholescheme (as demonstrated through a financial viability assessment).
The Littleport Masterplan proposed that the employment land should be located to the south
adjacent to Saxon Way Business Park, with housing within the northern part of the site.
However, an alternative configuration may be more deliverable, and the final design, layout andlocation of uses will need to be determined through further transport and viability work. Part ofthe issue is that whilst there may be potential to provide vehicular access to residential
dwellings from Woodfen Road, employment uses will need to be accessed from either the A10220East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions(via a new roundabout), or A10 roundabout (via a new arm). The suitability, cost anddeliverability of access options will need to be carefully assessed through further Transport
Assessment and other technical work.
The development should also be designed in such a way that vehicles accessing theemployment land can do so without the need to travel through the proposed residential area.
The development should provide good pedestrian and cycle links across the site and between
the employment area and the housing development. There will also be a need to provide
additional pedestrian and cycle access across the site from Wisbech Road (close to the A10
roundabout) to Woodfen Road to provide part of a key circular route for Littleport. The potential
for a pedestrian and cycle link to be provided from this site to the neighbouring Saxon Way
Business Park will also need to be investigated.
The site is located on the edge of Littleport and is highly visible from the A10, and the southernpart of Woodfen Road. Therefore it will be important for any development to be sensitively
designed to provide a high quality scheme, which enhances the setting of Littleport. There will
be a need to retain the existing planting which is located on the northern boundary of the site
and adjacent to the A10, and provide significant new planting and landscaping – particularly
along the boundary with the A10.
A small part of the site close to the A10 is at risk from flooding. Therefore there will be a needfor a Flood Risk Assessment to be submitted with any planning application for this site.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy LIT 1, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy LIT 1: Housing/employment allocation, west of Woodfen Road
17 hectares of land is allocated for a mixed-use development incorporating: Up to 7 hectares of employment development (B1/B2/B8 uses); Approximately 250 dwellings
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted alongside any initialplanning application, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Littleport,
including provision for at least 5% self-build properties.
 Provide a minimum of 1.6 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for provisionof a play area. This provision should have regard to the need to provide links into thecountryside and should form part of the wider green network in Littleport.
 Have particular regard to the layout and scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining residential properties andscreen the site from the A10 and the surrounding countryside.

221

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that the site can be safely accessed by
vehicles. This may involve provision of two separate access points, with the housing part ofthe scheme only accessed via Woodfen Road, and the employment part accessed either via
the A10, or a new rounabout arm (to be determined through the Transport Assessment andfurther feasibility work). Both routes should also provide safe access for pedestrians andcyclists.
 Undertake a project level Habitats Regulation Assessment screening. Where this identifies alikely significant effect, applicants will be required to submit sufficient information for a projectlevel Appropriate Assessment to be undertaken by the District Council under the Habitats
Regulation Assessment process to ensure there will be no adverse effect on European sites.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link across the site from a point close to the A10 roundabout,to join Woodfen Road in the south-east corner of the site.
 Provide pedestrian and cycle access between the housing and employment parts of the site.
 Investigate potential for provision of a pedestrian and cycle link between the site and theneighbouring Saxon Way Business Park.
 Provide necessary highway improvements and traffic calming measures on nearby roads, as
demonstrated in a Transport Assessment, to deal with additional traffic and to provide safe
crossing places for pedestrians and cyclists.
 Demonstrate that flood risk on site the can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate that potential noise impacts from the A10 can be mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies in the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land west of Highfields
This site is located to the west of the town and is adjacent to the Highfields housingdevelopment (which is partially developed with the remainder of the site being underconstruction or undeveloped). The site is currently open farmland and is identified in the
Littleport Masterplan as a potential area for housing development.
The site is bounded by an existing tree belt and grassland to the north, hedgerows to the south
and a balancing pond (which is enclosed by a fence to prevent access) to the west.
The site will provide an extension of the existing Highfields housing estate, and will need to beaccessed via the Highfields road network. Therefore its delivery will be dependant upon
appropriate highway links and connections being made to the Highfields estate – which is still
currently under construction. It is estimated there is potential for up to approximately 300
dwellings on the site. However there is also potential for further housing development to thesouth of this site, as highlighted above. Therefore there will be a need to ensure that any
development has regard to the design of the Highfields development and allows for future
housing development south to Grange Lane.
A Transport Assessment will need to be carried out to demonstrate that the site can be safely
accessed and that any impacts on nearby highways can be adequately mitigated e.g. throughtraffic calming and other highways improvements.
This site will also need to provide appropriate connections to the existing highway andpedestrian and cycling routes which form of the Highfields development, to enable access to the222East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

town centre. There will also be a need to provide a pedestrian and cycle route across the sitefrom the north-west corner to the north-east corner of the site to provide part of a key circularroute for Littleport. There is also a need to formalise the existing informal footpath located on
the northern boundary of the site, which is currently used by residents to gain access to
Woodfen Road.
The site is located on the western edge of Littleport and is partially visible from Woodfen Road
and Grange Lane. The site is higher than the surrounding area to the west, with the land sloping
down towards Woodfen Road. Therefore it will be important for any development to besensitively designed to provide a high quality scheme which enhances the setting of Littleport.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy LIT 2, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy LIT 2: Housing allocation, land west of Highfields
13.25 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for up to approximately 300
dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Littleport,
including provision for at least 5% self-build properties.
 Provide a minimum of 2 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for provision ofa play area. This provision should have regard to the need to provide links into thecountryside and should form part of the wider green network in Littleport.
 Have particular regard to the layout and scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise visual impact from Woodfen Road, Grange Lane and thesurrounding countryside.
 Undertake a project level Habitats Regulation Assessment screening. Where this identifies alikely significant effect, applicants will be required to submit sufficient information for a projectlevel Appropriate Assessment to be undertaken by the District Council under the Habitats
Regulation Assessment process to ensure there will be no adverse impacts on European
sites.
 Provide pedestrian and cycle links from the site to the town centre via the adjoining Highfields
development (Tilling Way/Cornfield Lane) and Upton Place.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link across the site from Woodfen Road as part of a circular
walking route around Littleport.
 Contribute towards the provision of a pedestrian and cycle route on Grange Lane, between
the A10 roundabout and Highfields mini roundabout.
 Relate well to the established design character of the Highfields development and allow for
future housing development to the south of the site.

223

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Provide safe vehicular access from Highfields Road (vehicular route which currently has
benefit of planning permission).
 Provide necessary highway improvements and traffic calming measures on nearby roads, as
demonstrated in a Transport Assessment.
 Demonstrate that potential noise impacts from the A10 can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network and that adequate surface water drainage and flood storage capacity isprovided.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
Littleport has a range of employment opportunities, with a number of commercial and industrial
firms mainly in industrial parks on the edge of the town on Wisbech Road and Saxon Way
Business Park. Other key employers in the town include the primary schools, medical centre,
and shops and businesses located in the town centre.
Littleport has been successful in attracting a significant number of jobs in comparison to otherlarger settlements within the district (East Cambridgeshire Jobs Growth Strategy). Littleportparish has also performed well in terms of the amount of gross commercial floorspace (27,465sqm), which has been built since 1999. However larger employment sites at Littleport have not
attracted significant levels of interest from potential occupiers in recent years.
The District Council is keen to try and provide more jobs in Littleport, and increase the levels of
self-containment (approximately 25% - e.g. with 1500 jobs available for 5980 population109). As
part of this strategy, a number of new sites are proposed for employment development in
Littleport to try and increase the stock of commercial premises. This includes new employmentsites off Wisbech Road (see Policies LIT 3 and LIT 4 below). In addition, a new employment
area is proposed off Woodfen Road as part of a housing/employment site – see Policy LIT 1 in
the previous section. A summary of employment potential on these sites is set out in the tablebelow. The table also includes an estimate for additional homeworking employment in Littleportover the Plan period. Additional jobs from these sites/sources alone would help to increase thelevel of self-containment to an estimated 33% by 2031 (with 2374 jobs available from anestimated 7090 people of employment age)110.
Employment potential on new sites in Littleport
Location
Land west of Woodfen Road
Land west of 150 Wisbech
Road
Land north of Wisbech Road
Home working

Hectares7 hectares
1.6 hectares

341
172

4.77 hectares

218
143

TOTAL ADDITIONAL JOBS

Estimatedjobs growth

Policyreference
Policy LIT 1
Policy LIT 3
Policy LIT 4

874

109

The estimate is for the whole parish of Littleport, rather than the town. Source for number of jobs – ONS 2009. Population
estimates as derived from Cambridgeshire County Council’s Research Group mid-year estimates for 2010.
110
Future population estimates as provided by the County Council Research Group, based on housing trajectory224

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

It is also important to try and prevent the loss of existing business premises and land, in order tosupport local economic growth. This is even more crucial in the context of the current economy
where viability and profits margins are low for business development, particularly speculative
schemes. The District Council is keen to retain the existing stock of business land and premisesin Littleport given this context. Proposals to re-use employment sites in Littleport for otherpurposes will therefore only be permitted in certain circumstances – as set out in Policy EMP 1
in the Employment Chapter.
Large-scale new employment development should be focused in the allocatedemployment/mixed use sites – in order to facilitate their development, ensure suitable access,and minimise impact on the setting and character of Littleport. However, small-scale
employment schemes that come forward on the edge of Littleport may be supported in principle– subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.Employment allocation – land west of 150
Wisbech Road
The site is currently grassland (which was formerly in agricultural use) to the north of Littleport.
It is adjacent to a petrol filling station and a number of residential properties to the east, and isbounded by the A10 to the west. The site is identified in the Littleport Masterplan as a potential
area for employment development. Planning permission was granted in 2013 for a businesspark development on the site comprising B1 uses (application reference 12/00932/FUM).
Given that this site is highly visible from the A10 any scheme, (the current approval or any
subsequent applications) will need to be carefully designed in terms of layout, scale, height andmassing of buildings, in order to minimise visual impact. Development will also need tomaximise retention of existing hedgerows and planting along the northern and easternboundaries, and incorporate landscaping and new planting where possible.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided from Wisbech Road by reconfiguring theexisting junction, which provides access to the petrol filling station (which is in the sameownership as this site). To enable this the existing acoustic bund adjacent to the petrol station
will also have to be repositioned as part of the development.
Any development scheme will need to incorporate provision of an additional pedestrian linkthrough the site from Black Bank Drove to Wisbech Road, as part of a key circular route for
Littleport (see the section on infrastructure).

Policy LIT 3: Employment allocation, land west of 150 Wisbech Road
Approximately 1.6 hectares of land is allocated for employment development for B1 and B2
uses on land north of Wisbech Road.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe vehicular access from Wisbech Road.
 Provide a pedestrian link across the site between Black Bank Drove and Wisbech Road aspart of circular walking route around Littleport.
 Provide adequate on-site car and cycle parking for employees and visitors.
 Have particular regard to layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings andlandscaping, in order to minimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside and minimise
amenity impact upon neighbouring residential properties.

225

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Maximise the retention of existing trees and hedgerows on-site.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with the A10, Black Horse Drove and neighbouringresidential properties.
 Demonstrate that noise from the A10 can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation – land north of Wisbech Road
The site is currently agricultural land on the western edge of Littleport adjacent to an existing
agricultural machinery business (Thurlow Nunn Holdings) and north-east of the existing Faraday
Business Park.
This site includes land previously identified in the East Cambridgeshire Local Plan (2000) as anarea for employment. However part of the existing employment allocation remains undeveloped.
Since then it has been identified as a potential future employment site in the Littleport
Masterplan. It is also proposed that land to the north of the concrete products factory should beallocated for employment to enable the expansion of the existing business. Planning permission
for the development of this land as an open storage yard/hard standing associated with theneighbouring concrete manufacturing premises was granted by the District Council in March2014 (planning reference 13/01060/FUM).
Highway access to the site is provided from two separate points on Wisbech Road. The majorityof the site will need to be accessed via the existing access point which serves Thurlow Nunn
Standen. The Highways Authority has advised that improvements will need to be made to thejunction to enable further employment development on this part of the site. The remainder of thesite in the ownership of F. P. McCann will be accessed via the existing concrete factory, as anextension of their site.
This area is located in an area of high flood risk. Therefore a Flood Risk Assessment will beneed to be submitted with any planning application(s) for this site.

Policy LIT 4: Employment allocation, land north of Wisbech Road
Approximately 4.77 hectares of land is allocated for employment development for B1/B2/B8
uses on land north of Wisbech Road.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe vehicular access for the majority of the site from Wisbech Road via the existing
junction, which serves Thurlow Nunn Standen. This will require improvements to the junction.
 Provide safe vehicular access to the land to the rear of the concrete products factory on
Wisbech Road via the existing factory site.
 Provide adequate on-site car and cycle parking for employees and visitors.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings and landscaping,in order to minimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside and minimise amenity

226East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

impact upon nearby residential properties.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with nearby residential properties and adjoining
agricultural land.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Town Centre
Littleport has a historic town centre which provides a range of food and non-food shops, a public
house and community facilities. The current key attractors are the Co-op store, Lloyds
Pharmacy and Barclays Bank. There are also a number of important community facilities in ornear to the town centre, including the library, village hall and community centre. The main
shopping area is focused on Main Street, with a number of retail units (the majority of which areservice related) on Granby Street.
However the town centre is not performing as well as it could, given the population of the town
and the surrounding area. Although there is a good range of community facilities, there is afairly limited range of shops, restaurants and pubs, and a number of retail premises have been
lost to other uses particularly housing. Footfall is low for a town of its size. Many people travel to
Ely to access the wider range of shops and facilities available in the city.
The regeneration and improvement of the town centre is one of the key challenges for Littleport.
The increasing population of the town should assist by bringing additional residents andincreasing footfall. There are opportunities to provide new and expanded retail units on the HighStreet and on nearby Crown Street and Granby Street – although no sites which would be large
enough to accommodate a supermarket or stores or similar size. Linked to this, it will be
important to make improvements to the appearance, attractiveness and accessibility of the town
centre, through street works, enhanced links/crossings for pedestrians and cyclists, andprovision of more cycle parking. The Littleport Masterplan highlights the benefits that
improvements on Crown Lane could bring in slowing down traffic, enhancing the public realm,
and benefiting the vitality of the town centre.
The regeneration of the town centre will require action on a number of levels, and from a variety
of sources. The recent establishment of a new ‘Town Centre Forum’ of local businesses should
help to focus community efforts and make changes. The District Council will seek to work
closely with the Parish Council and the Town Centre Forum to identify potential funding
sources.
As part of the strategy it will be important to retain the existing retail units in the town centre andprevent their loss to other uses (in accordance with Policy COM 1). Policy LIT 5 below also
identifies a number of specific attractions/facilities which are seen as critical to the long-term
health and vitality of the town centre, and which are singled out for particular protection. This
includes the Co-op supermarket on Main Street (which should be retained for food retailpurposes), the community centre (former cinema) on Hempfield Road, and the public carparksat the community centre and off Main Street. The policy below also seeks to protect against theloss of private car parks/parking areas within and close to the town centre, recognising thatthese support the shops and businesses within Littleport Town Centre.

227

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy LIT 5: Strategy for Littleport Town Centre
The strategy for the enhancement and development of Littleport Town Centre is as follows: The current Co-op site located on Main Street is identified as a key town centre facility andshould be retained for its current food retailing use. Re-development schemes will only beappropriate where they involve the re-provision of at least equivalent food retailing floorspaceon the ground floor. Other town centre uses may be appropriate on upper floors where
proposed.
 Other existing retail units within Littleport Town Centre particularly those located on the Main
Street and Granby Street are to be retained. The conversion or redevelopment of existingretail units to other uses (particularly housing) will be discouraged in accordance with Policy
COM 2.
 Proposals for additional retail and town centres uses in Main Street, Crown Lane and Granby
Street will be encouraged.
 Public realm improvements should be provided in Crown Lane to make it more attractive andpedestrian/cyclist friendly.
 Enhanced pedestrian and cycle routes and cycle parking to be provided within the town
centre.
 The current public car park on Main Street should be retained for its current use.
 Privately owned car parks and car parking areas located in or close to Littleport town centre
should be retained – unless applicants can demonstrate that alternative provision ofequivalent value can be made to off-set any loss.
 The current community centre site and adjacent public car parking on Hempfield Road should
be retained for its current use. Redevelopment schemes will only be appropriate where they
involve the re-provision of community uses and an equivalent amount of public car parking.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Littleport needs to be served by appropriate levels of infrastructure and facilities, in order toensure the quality of people’s lives and prevent unnecessary travel. This includes infrastructuresuch as water, energy, wastewater treatment works, and roads – and community facilities suchas schools, open space, health, and sport and recreation facilities.
As outlined in Chapter 3, the District Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers toenable the delivery of necessary of infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will alsoseek to secure planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers
towards new infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. As set out in Chapter 7, the lossof community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits Littleport will be supported in principle, subject to Policies GROWTH
3 and COM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Littleport are set out in the tablebelow. These have been identified through technical work, discussions with infrastructure
providers, and community consultation - and are linked to the estimated future levels of growthin Littleport over the plan period. Further details relating to the school allocation on Camel Road
are set out in Policy LIT 6 after this table.

228

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Infrastructure /facility

Location

ProviderUpgrade towastewater
treatment facilities

Littleport
Waste Water
Treatment
Works, Ten
Mile Bank
Grange Lane

Anglian Water

Cambs County
Council

Sept
2014

Capacity in the WWTW is limited
until the upgrades are completed.
Development proposals in thisperiod will need to be supported by
Anglian Water.
Included in the County Council’s
Capital Programme.

Land west of
Camel Road
Land west of
Camel Road

Cambs County
CouncilCambs County
Council

2019/20

See Policy LIT 6 below.

2016

Cambs County
Council

One in
2019/20

New nursery(ies)

One on landwest of
Camel RoadNKNK

New Area Special
SchoolLand west of
Camel Road

Privateprovider(s)Cambs County
CouncilSee Policy LIT 6 below.
Included in the County Council’s
Capital Programme. 5 Forms of
Entry school to be provided.
One to be facilitated as part of the
new primary school on land west of
Camel Road (see Policy LIT6)

Expanded
Littleport
Healthcare
CentreExpanded Dentist
provision
Improvements to
Littleport Library
New open spaceand play areas
Improvements tosports facilities
CemeteryParsons
Lane

NHS

TBC

NK

NK

Victoria
StreetVarious

Privatecompany
Cambs County
CouncilDeveloper

TBC

TBC

TBC

TBC

TBC

Allotments

TBC

Additional car
parking at
Littleport Rail
StationStreetscape
improvements inand around thetown centre

Close toLittleport rail
stationLittleport Parish
Council
Littleport Parish
Council
East Cambs
District
Council/TBC
Cambs County
Council/
East Cambs
District Council

TBC

Cambs County
Council/
East Cambs-

Extension toMillfield Primary
SchoolNew primaryschoolNew secondary
school
2 new pre-school
facilities

Improved cycle
and pedestrian
access including

Main Street,
GranbyStreet,HitchesStreet,Globe Lane
and Crown
Lane
Routesidentified in
Littleport

229

Deliverydate(est.)
Summer2013

2016

Details

See Policy LIT 6 below. Included in
the County Council’s capital
programme.

TBC
Various

TBC
TBC

Facilitated as part of new housingdevelopment schemes.
TBC
Options currently being explored by
Littleport Parish Council.
The District Council is currently
exploring potential options forparking to be provided near to the
Littleport Rail Station.

Facilitated through new housingdevelopment schemes and CIL.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Infrastructure /facility

Location

Providerthe creation of a
new circularpedestrian routeto the north,south and east of
Littleport.
Improvedpedestrian/cycle
access to thecountryside,
Little Downham
and Ely.

Masterplan.

District Council/
Parish Council/
developers

Grange Lane
and
Woodfen
Road

Cambs County
Council/
East Cambs
District Council/
Parish Council/
developers

Deliverydate(est.)

Details-

Facilitated through new housingdevelopment schemes and CIL.

School allocation – land west of Camel Road
Cambridgeshire County Council has identified a need for a new secondary school in Littleport toprovide additional secondary places within the Ely/Littleport area. The expectation is that thesecondary school will be opened in September 2016. An Area Special School will also be
required as part of this site, to cater for children age 2 to 19 years in the north-eastern part ofCambridgeshire. The County Council has also identified a need for an additional primary school(with a pre-school facility) in Littleport, which is expected to be open by 2019/20. The County
Council proposes that the schools will be located on adjoining sites, on land off Camel Road tothe north of the town.
Land west of Camel Road is currently occupied by agricultural land, Littleport Leisure Centre,
playing fields and public open space. Technical work undertaken by the County Council
indicates that the most sustainable and deliverable option for the location of the school isagricultural land to the south-west of the Leisure Centre building, as identified on the Littleport
map. This location should limit potential disruption or loss of the existing playing fields andpublic open space, and be easily accessed by foot and cycle from the town. Vehicular accesswill need to be gained from Camel Road, and potentially require a small area of playing fields/
open space to be utilised. The County Council will be expected to off-set the loss of any playing
fields or open space, and demonstrate that alternative provision is made in accordance with
Policy COM 3.
The precise boundaries of the school site have yet to be determined. The provision of therequired schools would normally require approximately 8.5ha of land. However, the County
Council will need to explore whether it would be practical to share the current Leisure Centre
facilities for school purposes. As well as reducing land-take, sharing facilities may also assist
their long-term financial viability and security for community use.
The land is an area of high flood risk. A Flood Risk Assessment of the site has been carried out
demonstrating that this risk can potentially be mitigated. This will need to be reviewed, andcareful regard had to the mitigation of flood risk in the detailed design and layout of a final
scheme.
The County Council will be expected to demonstrate, via a Transport Assessment, that the site
can be safely accessed and that any impact on the highway network can be adequately
mitigated. Vehicular access (for cars and buses, plus pedestrians and cyclists) will be provided
via Camel Road. Pedestrian and cycle access should additionally be provided via the existing230

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

footpath from Elmside to Black Bank Drove via provision of a footbridge over the drain, andBlack Bank Drove itself should be enhanced and upgraded. Other opportunities for pedestrianand cycle access points off Wisbech Road should also be explored. Car parking for staff andvisitors will also be required.

Policy LIT 6: School allocation - land west of Camel RoadA broad area to the west of Camel Road has been identified for a new primary school (with apre-school facility), secondary and area special school and associated playing fields, buildings
and car parking. This would normally require approximately up to 8.5 hectares of land (but may
be less if facilities are shared with the adjoining Leisure Centre).
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings andlandscaping in order to minimise visual impact on Camel Road and minimise amenity impact
on neighbouring properties.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that safe vehicular, pedestrian and cycle
access can be provided into the site (with the main vehicular access point from Camel Road).
 Provide necessary highways improvements and traffic calming on nearby roads, as
demonstrated through a Transport Assessment.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link to the site via Elmside, through the provision of a new
footbridge over the drain and upgrading of the existing link, and explore other options for
additional pedestrian and cycle access from Wisbech Road.
 Enhance and upgrade Black Bank Drove to provide a suitable route for pedestrians andcyclists.
 Provide adequate car and cycle parking on site for employees and visitors.
 Mitigate the loss of existing playing fields by making alternative provision in line with Policy
COM 3.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Spatial Strategy for Littleport (see Inset Map 8.25)

231

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.23 Lode and Long Meadow

Description of Lode and Long Meadow
Lode is a small village on the edge of the fen, approximately 7 miles north-east of Cambridge.
The parish also includes the hamlet of Long Meadow.
Lode contains some attractive buildings, including a number of timber-framed thatchedcottages. The most spectacular building in the parish is Anglesey Abbey (now owned by the
National Trust) with its remarkable gardens. The house is listed Grade II and the gardens
appear on the English Heritage list of Parks and Gardens of Historic Interest.
Lode has a good range of facilities including a Post Office and shop, a recreation ground (theFassage), a church, a chapel, a Social Club, a tennis court, allotments and a community
orchard. Both Lode and Long Meadow have a regular daily bus service which runs toNewmarket and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Lode and Long Meadow
111
Population
112
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
113
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

910
390
14
6
Regular daily bus services to Newmarket, Burwell andCambridge (Monday-Saturday) (as at Nov 2012)111

Population for Lode parish (mid-2012),.
Dwellings for Lode parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
113
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
112

232

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Lode and Long Meadow are likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being
built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the villages. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on
the edge of Lode or Long Meadow.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around both Lode and Long Meadow to define thebuilt-up part of the settlements where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are very few businesses in the parish. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Lode or Longmeadow.
However, suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the villages will besupported in principle, subject to policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
In 2008 the Parish Council set up a steering group to produce a Parish Plan which was to be
used to take the development of the parish forward. As many of the initiatives generated as theresult of this original plan had been achieved it was agreed that the project should be re-visited.
A questionnaire consisting of 30 items was distributed to the villages and from the responses
the following were prioritised. The table also includes details relating to the potential upgradingof the Bottisham Waste Water Treatment Works.
1

PriorityMore cycle routes

2

Footpaths

3

Social Club

4

Anglesey Abbey

5
6-

Bus service
WebsiteUpgrade to
Bottisham Waste
Water Treatment
Works

Suggestions
From Lode to both Quy and Waterbeach, facilitated by the creation of theWaterbeach Link.
To continue the development and maintenance of the network, including
creation of the Waterbeach Link.
To continue informal liaison with the Club as part of the process of continuous
improvement.
To chair the Liaison Committee with the National Trust to foster better
relations.
To identify the need for an enhanced bus service.
Using the ECDC Shape Your Place publicise the village more widely.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Bottisham Wastewater Treatment Works
which serves Lode and Long Meadow may need to be upgraded toaccommodate future development (see section 3 for further details).

233

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The current community facilities in Lode and Long Meadow (including the shop, church, chapel,
recreation ground, Fassage Hall (community room/changing rooms) and the tennis court)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the parish will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Lode (see Inset Map 8.26)
Spatial strategy for Long Meadow (see Inset Map 8.27)

234

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.24 Mepal

Description of Mepal
Mepal is a small rural village on the East Cambridgeshire/Fenland border, 6 miles west of Ely.
The village, situated off the A142, is less than ten metres above sea level. The Old Bedford
River and the New Bedford River (also known as the Hundred Foot Drain) run very close on thenorth-west side of the village. Mepal has a number of Listed Buildings including the 13 th century
church, notable as the only church in the Isle of Ely without either tower or spire.
Facilities in the village include a shop and post office, church, chapel, public hall, public houseand a sports field, primary school, Mepal Community Pavilion and Mepal Outdoor Centre on theedge of the village. The village has a regular bus service which runs to Ely and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Mepal
114
Population
115
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
116
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

970
430
122
22
Regular services to Ely and Cambridge (Monday-Saturday)(as at June 2012)

Housing
Mepal is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Mepal. A‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Mepal to define the built-up part of the village
114

Population for Mepal parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Mepal parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
116
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites
115

235

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a few current businesses in the village, including Greens of Mepal, and Lillypot
Dressmaking and Alterations, but little employment land or premises (e.g. office and industrial).
The District Council is keen to retain any land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted incertain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Mepal. However, suitable new
employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle, subject
to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Mepal have indicated a desire for the need for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
=1=1

Priority
Improvements to theVillage Hall
Traffic calming

3

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

4

Improvements to sports
ground/open space

Suggestions
Extension of Village Hall. Improvements to Village Hall kitchen andfloor. Improved signage. Provision of a new car park
Traffic calming on Sutton Road and School Lane. Extend 30mph speed
limit to pub.
More footpaths and cycle paths. Cycle path along the river.
Pedestrian/cycle routes to link village with Sutton and Witchford/Ely.
Provide cycle link to Mepal Outdoor Centre
Creation of a cricket pitch.

One of the top priorities is improvements to Mepal Village Hall, in particular an extension andimprovements to the kitchen and flooring in the hall and provision of a new car park. The othertop and third priorities are both transport-related – a traffic calming scheme and improvements
to pedestrian/cycle links. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County
Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities androad and transport schemes in Mepal. The District Council will also work in partnership to try toretain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport services, such ascommunity transport.
The current community facilities in Mepal (including the shop and Post Office, pub, public hall,church and community pavilion) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss ofcommunity facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Mepal (see Inset Map 8.28)

236

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.25 Newmarket Fringe© Richard Humphrey

Description of Newmarket Fringe
Newmarket Fringe refers to the parts of Newmarket that lie within East Cambridgeshire. The
area consists of the southern suburbs of the town, and includes Ditton Lodge First School andNewmarket Town Football Club. The main features of the suburb are shown on Inset Map 8.29.
The rest of Newmarket lies within the local authority district of Forest Heath.
As a suburb of Newmarket, Newmarket Fringe looks to the services and facilities provided
within the town. Newmarket is a large market town, with a wide range of shops, employment
opportunities, community facilities – and good public transport links including a railway station(to Cambridge and Ipswich).
Given the geography of the town, it is important to coordinate and plan for the suburb in close
partnership with Forest Heath District Council. Although the Local Plan timetables of the two
authorities are not in unison, close liaison has taken place between the authorities, particularlyon the identification of potential development sites, and the provision of infrastructure andfacilities. Further expansion of the suburb area is not proposed, as there are very limited
opportunities for growth due to the presence of stud farms on the edge of the suburb and lack ofavailable land. However, a greenfield urban expansion including housing and employment isbeing considered for Newmarket, within the district of Forest Heath, in their Core Strategy
Single Issue Review (July 2012). For further details, see Forest Heath’s website at www.forestheath.gov.uk.
The production of this Vision has also involved working with the three Parish Councils whocover Newmarket. The Newmarket Fringe suburb lies partly within Woodditton Parish, andpartly within Cheveley Parish. The rest of Newmarket town (within Forest Heath) is covered byNewmarket Town Council.

237

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Key statistics
Newmarket Fringe
117
Population
118
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
119
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

950 (total population of Newmarket is 18,039)
420
93
36
Bus services within Newmarket (Monday-Saturday) (as at June2012). Railway station in Newmarket with services to Cambridge
and Ipswich.

Housing
The Newmarket Fringe area is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being
built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the area. No new housing allocation sites are on the proposedon the edge of Newmarket Fringe.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around the Newmarket Fringe to define the built-up
part of the settlements where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent
sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy
GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in Newmarket Fringe, but there are many stud farms and horse
breeding establishments located in the countryside surrounding Newmarket. The District
Council will continue to support and encourage the horse racing industry under Policy EMP 6.
The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support
local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites for other purposes will only
be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of the Newmarket Fringe.
However, suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the suburb will besupported in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Newmarket is a large market town, with a wide range of shops and community facilities which
are used by residents of Newmarket Fringe suburb. The two local authorities (and County
Council’s) regularly work in close partnership to facilitate and fund facilities which are used byresidents in both local authority areas, and this work will continue in the future.

117

Population for Newmarket Fringe area - (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group. Newmarket town
population – 2011 Census.
118
Dwellings for Newmarket Fringe area – (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
119
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.

238

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Residents of Newmarket Fringe have suggested a number of improvements to infrastructureand facilities within the suburb area. A list of priorities for the suburb is set out in the tablebelow.
1

Priority
Traffic calming/highway
improvements

2

More school places

Suggestions
Speed reduction measures along Ashley Road and Duchess Drive
More speed checks on main routes
Advance warning lights for high vehicles about the low rail bridge on New
Ashley Road
Better footway provision on the narrow road bridge on Woodditton Road
Liaise with County Council Education Department

The top priority is for traffic calming/highway improvements particularly speed reduction
measures and improved footpaths. The other priority is more school places at Ditton Lodge First
School. The District Council will work with Cheveley and Woodditton Parish Councils and theCounty Council to explore options and secure funding for the above improvements and will also
liaise with the County Council to explore the issue of extra school places.
The current community facilities in Newmarket Fringe (including the school and football club)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the suburb will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Newmarket Fringe (see Inset Map 8.29)

239

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.26 Prickwillow© Pat and Edward Rice

Description of Prickwillow

Prickwillow lies in the south of the Fens, 4 miles east of Ely. Prominent features in the village
include the River Lark and the Drainage Museum.
Facilities include a village hall with play area, church and the Hiams Sports and Social
Club. Residents travel to nearby Ely for many of their goods and services.
Key statistics© Pat and Edward Rice

Prickwillow
120
Population
121
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)122
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

430
190
21
33
1 weekly service to Ely

Housing
Prickwillow is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. Additionally, a new housing allocation site is proposed on land
adjacent to Putney Hill Road (see below for details).
A development envelope has been drawn around Prickwillow to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation site) may be permitted. The purpose is to120

Population for Prickwillow village, (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Prickwillow village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
122
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
121

240

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy PRK 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
It should be noted that Prickwillow is located in an area of flood risk, and therefore alldevelopment proposals will need to satisfy the requirement of the NPPF, and demonstrate
through Flood Risk Assessments that risks can be adequately mitigated. A Flood Risk
Assessment for the proposed allocation site at Putney Hill Road has been approved by theEnvironment Agency (dated June 2012).

Policy PRK 1: Housing allocation, land adjacent to Putney Hill Road
Approximately 0.5 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for up to 10
dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within
Prickwillow.
 Have particular regard to the layout and scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise visual impact from Putney Hill Road and the surrounding
countryside.
 Demonstrate that the site can be suitably accessed by vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists, andprovide any necessary improvements to the local footpath network.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
There are a small number of businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain thestock of business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals toreuse employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (seePolicy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Prickwillow. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4, and satisfactory resolution of flood risk (seeHousing section above).
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Prickwillow have identified a number of infrastructure and community
improvements. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:

241East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Priority
1

Improvements to thebroadband service2

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

3

New sports ground/open space

4

Improvements to play areas

Suggestions
Options for the provision of access to either superfast or basic
broadband in areas such as Prickwillow will be considered by theConnecting Cambridgeshire project
http://www.connectingcambridgeshire.co.uk/
Work with partners to explore the provision of an off-road cycle
route into Ely.
Development of playing pitches, possibly as an extension to Hiams
sports and social club to be considered for future funding sources.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding
sources e.g. new play area equipment.

The current community facilities in Prickwillow (including the village hall and sports / social club)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with the County Council
and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve facilities
wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3.
Proposals for new community development that benefit the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Prickwillow (see Inset Map 8.30)

242

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.27 Pymoor

Description of Pymoor
Pymoor is a small linear village within the parish of Little Downham, approximately 5 miles
north-west of Ely.
The village comprises housing located on both sides of Main Street and Straight Furlong (whichforms part of the B1411), plus School Lane and Pymoor Lane.
Pymoor has a limited range of facilities – there is a Village Hall/sports and social club, Chapel,
recreation playing field and a play area. The village also has a number of public rights of way
and byways, which provide good links to the surrounding countryside and nearby Ouse Washes(which is a SSSI and European RAMSAR wetlands site).
Key statistics
Pymoor123
Population
124
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
125
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

340
140
7
12
Limited bus service to Ely Monday to Friday only (as at
September 2012)123

Population for Pymoor village, (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Pymoor village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
125
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
124

243

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Pymoor is likely to continue to grow, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within
the village. Additionally, a new housing allocation site is proposed north-west of Straight Furlong(see Policy PYM 1 below).
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Pymoor to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy PYM 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation – land north-east of 9 Straight Furlong
The site is located between 9 Straight Furlong and an Anglian Water pumping station, and iscurrently a mix of agricultural and residential use.
The southern part of site includes an existing bungalow (11 Straight Furlong) in extensive
grounds and a number of farm storage buildings. The owner of the storage buildings has statedthat these could be relocated to enable the development of this site. The northern part of thesite is an agricultural field.
The site is well screened from Straight Furlong by existing hedging and trees along theboundary of the site and on the vergeside. There are also a number of substantial trees within
the site and on the boundaries with the open countryside. There will be a need to retain asmuch of the original hedgeline and planting as possible in any redevelopment scheme, andprovide additional planting on the boundaries with the countryside as part of the development of
this site (including new trees to off-set any loss on the site).
There is an existing vehicular access to the site from Straight Furlong, which currently serves
the farm buildings and the residential properties at 9 and 11 Straight Furlong. However a newvehicular access should be provided from Straight Furlong as part of this development. The
location of this will be determined as part of the planning application process. In addition theexisting footway should also be extended to enable pedestrian access to the site.
This site is identified as an area of high flood risk. A Flood Risk Assessment of the site has been
carried out demonstrating that this risk can potentially be mitigated partly by raising floor levels.

244

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy PYM 1: Housing allocation, land north-east of 9 Straight Furlong
0.8 hectares of land is allocated for residential development of approximately 10 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Have particular regard to layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping to minimise the visual impact of development from Straight Furlong and thesurrounding countryside and to minimise amenity impact on the nearby residential properties.
 Consider the proximity of the foul pumping station in the design and layout of the scheme, andallow for a distance of 15 metres from the boundary of the curtilage of the dwellings to reduce
the risk of nuisance/loss of amenity associated with the operation of the pumping station.
 Maximise the retention of existing planting and trees on the site, and provide additionallandscaping on the boundaries with the open countryside, and in the area closest to thepumping station.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Provide safe vehicular access from one point off Straight Furlong and extend the existing
footway.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Pymoor;and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
There are a number of small businesses within the village, including an independent seedsupplier and a wooden door manufacturer. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Pymoor. However, suitablenew employment proposals on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Pymoor have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
12
34

Priority
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to sports ground/open space
Improvements to play area
Improvement to roads in and around thevillage/maintenance of roadside verges

Suggestions
Parish Council is to replace existing play area fence.

The top priority is the provision of improvements to pedestrian and cycle routes. The second
priority is improvements to sports ground/open space; with the third being improvements to the245East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

existing play area. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to
explore options and secure funding for such schemes.
The current community facilities in Pymoor (including the Village Hall, Social and Sports Club,
playing field and chapel) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will workwith the County Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions,to improve facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Pymoor (see Inset Map 8.31)

246

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Queen Adelaide© City of Ely Council

Description of Queen Adelaide
Queen Adelaide is a hamlet located just over 1 mile north-east of Ely. Development lies onboth sides of the B1382 and is intersected by 2 railway lines. There is a third railway line on theeastern edge of the village – but no railway station.
The hamlet is small and is included in the Parish of Ely. It is surrounded by open countrysideand has had minimal growth in the past decade. Services within the village are very limited witha car sales garage, a village hall, a public telephone and a bus service only one day a week.
Key statistics
Queen Adelaide
126
Population
127
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)128
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

170
70
4
4
One bus service to Ely every Thursday morning, operated
by Ely Dial-a Ride

Housing
Queen Adelaide is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on
suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edgeof the village. A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Queen Adelaide to define thebuilt-up part of the village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent
sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy
GROWTH 2 .
126

Population for Queen Adelaide (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Queen Adelaide (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
128
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall site.
127

247

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a limited number of current businesses within the village, but there are two large
employment sites close by, The Potter Group, and DS Smith. The District Council is keen toretain employment land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to
re-use any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances(see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Queen Adelaide. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Queen Adelaide have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andcommunity facilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
Improvements to existing/new
village hall
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Provision of a new children’s
play area
Open space improvements
Improvements to road/transport
infrastructure

Suggestions
Improved footpaths and cycle routes required, especially to riverarea and along Ely Road (safety concerns)
Improvements to open space to include the river area.
Reduce speed of traffic along B1382 and an improved junction atriver bridge.

The top priority expressed by residents is for a new or improved village hall. Other
improvements to community facilities include a new children’s play area. The second priority isfor improved pedestrian and cycle routes in the village, especially making cycling along Ely
Road safer. Residents have also expressed new links to the river area as an important
improvement, as well as improvements to the road/transport infrastructure along the B1382,
including reducing the speed of traffic that uses the road, and an improved junction at the river
bridge. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore
options and secure funding for community facilities and transport infrastructure schemes within
Queen Adelaide.
The community facilities in Queen Adelaide contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The lossof community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Queen Adelaide (see Inset Map 8.32)

248

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.28 Reach

Description of Reach
Reach is a small hamlet in a pleasant setting about 6 miles north-west of Newmarket. It has aclearly defined centre around Fair Green and the majority of the village is covered by aConservation Area. Reach Lode is to the north of the hamlet and to the south is Devils Dyke an
Anglo-Saxon earthwork which is classified as a Scheduled Ancient Monument, and as a Site ofSpecial Scientific Interest.
Facilities in Reach include a church, village centre/hall, and a public house. The village has aregular bus service which runs to Newmarket and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Reach
129
Population
130
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)131
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

360
140
8
7
Regular services to Newmarket and Cambridge (MondaySaturday) (as at June 2012)129

Population for Reach parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Reach parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
131
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
130

249

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Reach is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Reach.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Reach to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few current businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain the stockof business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (seePolicy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Reach. However, a new
employment allocation is proposed on Reach Road in Burwell, only a mile or so from the village.
Suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of Reach will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Reach have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1

2
3
4
5

Priority
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes

More school places
Improvements to sports grounds/open
space
Improvements to the community/villagehall
Traffic calming/problems with roadsideparking

Suggestions
Access to bridge between Reach and Swaffham Prior
Pavement improvements between Reach – Burwell Swaffham Prior
Footpath clearance along the Lode, the Hythe end of thevillage
Cycle route between Quy and Lode for commuters to
Cambridge
Liaison with County Council
Play area to be refurbished
To be confirmed
Traffic calming needed on main road into and out ofvillage

The top priority is for improvements to pedestrian/cycle links in and around Reach. Other
priorities include more school places, improvements to the sports ground/open space, thevillage hall and traffic calming. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County
Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities andtransport infrastructure within Reach.

250

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The current community facilities in Reach (including the, pub, and church) contribute to thequality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3.
Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Reach (see Inset Map 8.33)

251

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.29 Snailwell

Description of Snailwell
Snailwell is situated about 2 miles north of Newmarket at the northern edge of the racecourse
industry area surrounding the town. The village is small and attractive with its Norman roundtowered church and several older buildings, including the Old Rectory and Church Farm.
The few facilities in the village include the church and the public house. The village has a daily
bus service which runs to Newmarket.
Key statistics
Snailwell132
Population
133
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)134
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

190
100
10
10
1 bus service a day to Newmarket (Monday-Saturday) (as atJune 2012)

Housing
Snailwell is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Snailwell.

132

Population for Snailwell parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Snailwell parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
134
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it exclude potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
133

252

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Snailwell to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Snailwell. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Snailwell have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1

Priority
A community/village hall

=2

Improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes=2
4

New play areas
More school places at Fordham Primary
SchoolSuggestions
Provision of village hall
Convert part of church into a space for village
activities
More footpaths and cycle routes
Improved signing and waypoints for existing routes
Provision of play area on the green
Liaison with County Council

The top priority is for a village hall in Snailwell, which would provide a space for community
activities in the village. Other priorities include improvements to pedestrian/cycle links and new
play areas. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore
options and secure funding for community facilities and pedestrian/cycling infrastructure in
Snailwell. The District Council will also work in partnership to try to retain existing public
transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Snailwell (including the church and public house) contributeto the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy
COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Snailwell (see Inset Map 8.34)

253

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.30 Soham

Description of Soham
Soham is a market town of about 11,000 people135, located on the A142 between Ely andNewmarket. It has an attractive historic town centre, with a range of local and independent
shops, and a vibrant and active local community. Other facilities include a successful secondary
school, three primary schools, a library, sports complex and a drama centre. Soham has aunique landscape setting, being surrounded by Commons to the south, east and west. St.
Andrews Church is of great architectural and historical significance and is a prominent local
landmark. The town also has an excellent network of public footpaths and attractive green
lanes, which provide good links into the surrounding countryside.
The town has grown considerably over the last 10 years, with new housing developments to thenorth of the town, and on a range of other ‘infill’ sites. This has placed pressure on local
infrastructure and facilities. There are a number of employment opportunities in the town,
including several industrial and trading estates. However, there are not sufficient jobs for all
residents, and most people commute out of the town to work in Cambridge and elsewhere. The
town centre is not performing as well as it could, given the growing population of the town.
Turnover of units is high, and the range of shops is limited.
One of the key challenges facing Soham will be to expand the range of shops and facilities, andincrease the vitality and health of the town centre. A second challenge will be to promote futurecommercial and employment growth in the town, to reduce the number of residents who outcommute. A third will be to ensure that necessary infrastructure and facilities are in place tosupport the continued growth of the town. This includes the construction of the new primaryschool on the north side of Soham, and the future expansion of the Village College and Medical
Centre. Details of infrastructure requirements are set out in section 7 below.
135

Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group - 10,720 population in mid-2012.

254

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Soham is easily accessed from the A14 via the A142, and road links are reasonable. However,whilst the town has a railway line there is no train station. The District Council and local
community have aspirations for a railway station to be provided on the line (which runs between
Peterborough and Ipswich/Harwich), and opportunities are currently being explored.
Key statistics
Soham
136
Population
137
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)138
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
139
Estimated number of jobs
Existing public transport services

10,720
4,540
1,107
2,030
3,500
Bus service 6 days a week (Monday to Saturday) to Ely andNewmarket/Cambridge. Also served by Dial-a-ride.

A vision for Soham
A vision for Soham in the year 2031 is set out below – followed by a set of strategic objectives
to deliver and facilitate the vision. The vision provides clear direction for development in Soham
up to 2031. It has been developed from the key characteristics and issues described above, andthrough consultation on the Local Plan. It has also been informed by the Council’s ‘Soham
Masterplan Vision’ document (adopted 2010), which looked at the long-term growth of Soham
over the next 40 or so years. Its purpose was to inform debate on the future capacity of Soham
to grow, and feed into development of the Local Plan. The Masterplan Vision can be viewed on
the District Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk. The vision and strategic objectives
have been used to develop specific policies to guide the future growth of Soham. The policies
are set out in the following sections, and the spatial plan for Soham is shown in Inset Map 8.35.
Soham vision statement
Soham will be a vibrant 21st century market town, with a thriving town centre and good
employment opportunities. Attractive new housing developments in the central belt of the town
will help to increase footfall in the High Street, and support a revitalised town centre with a wide
range of new and extended shops, cafes and other community facilities. The town’s strategic
location will be attractive to employers wishing to establish or expand on newly serviced
employment sites, bringing forward new job opportunities. The town will be a highly desirable
place to live and work, with its unique Commons setting, and good quality infrastructure andfacilities - including a new train station, a modernised town hall and enhanced green network.

136

Population for Soham town, (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Soham town, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
138
East Cambridgshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this does not include housing supply on ‘broad locations’ on theedge of the town. It also excludes potential supply from rural exception windfall sites.
139
Source: ONS 2009
137

255

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Soham strategic objectives
1. Improve the town centre, to provide a revitalised and vibrant hub with good shopping,leisure and community activities.
2. Expand the range of shopping and community facilities in Soham to match the growing
population.
3. Focus housing growth in the central belt in order to support the town centre.
4. Provide high quality housing development which is easily accessible on foot or cycle to thetown centre and key facilities.
5. Support job retention and creation, by retaining existing employment sites and facilitating
new developments on the edge of the town.
6. Provide enhanced infrastructure and facilities to support growth, including local facilities ofan appropriate scale to serve neighbourhoods.
7. Re-introduce a railway station for Soham.
8. Protect and enhance the unique green setting of Soham, including the Commons, andgreen network/links.

9. Protect and enhance the historic environment, particularly within the town centre.
Housing
Soham is the second largest market town in the district, and is likely to continue to grow overthe next 20 years.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Soham to define the built-up part of the town
where housing development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unlessthere are exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable
housing. Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy
GROWTH 2, and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
There are some opportunities for housing development on land within the built-up part ofSoham, on ‘infill’ sites. It is estimated there could be capacity for perhaps 410 dwellings
between 2013 and 2031. Development on infill sites in the town will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2.
However, the supply of infill land is limited, and a number of new housing development sites are
therefore proposed on the edge of the town. Development on these allocation sites will need to
be in line with Policies SOH 1, SOH 2 SOH 3, SOH 4, SOH 5, SOH 6, SOH 7 and SOH 8 – seedetails below. The new housing is mainly located in the central belt of Soham, and should help
to support the vitality of the town centre. There may also be some potential for an element ofresidential development (on upper floors) on two of the town centre opportunity sites identified inthe ‘Town Centre’ section below. A summary of the potential housing sources in Soham is set
out in the table below.

256East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Estimated housing supply in Soham 2011-31, from specific sites and windfall supply
Housing sources
Number of dwellings
Completions 2011-13
260
Outstanding planning permissions
256
Potential large future sites
40
Estimated windfall on small sites
114
Housing/mixed use allocations
1,620
TOTAL ESTIMATED SUPPLY
2,290

The town has further capacity to expand to the north and south – but it is considered vital thatthe identified Local Plan housing allocations come forward first, to support the vision for the
town. Potential ‘phase 2’ housing areas to the north and south are shown indicatively in the
Soham Masterplan Vision. These areas are referenced in Policy GROWTH 4 as ‘broad
locations’ where housing could come forward in the later part of the Plan period, and are shown
indicatively in the diagram in Chapter 3. It should be noted that these are not precise or
accurate allocations, and further investigative work on site deliverability and suitability will be
required in the future, prior to allocation in a development plan. The next review of the Local
Plan will provide an opportunity to undertake further investigative work relating to delivery andsite boundaries.
Housing allocation – land off Brook Street
This site is located to the east of the town, and is currently open farmland. The area is boundedby Soham Common land to the north and east. The site is considered to be a sustainablelocation for the expansion of Soham, with the western part of the site lying only 180 metres orso from the town centre. It is anticipated that housing development on the site will help toincrease footfall in the town centre and support its vitality – facilitated via a new pedestrian andcycle bridge link from Brook Dam Lane. The area was identified as a preferred broad area ofgrowth in the East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy (2009).
Part of the site is identified as an area of high flood risk. A Flood Risk Assessment of the site
has been carried out (to inform the Core Strategy in 2009), demonstrating that this risk canpotentially be mitigated, partly via the provision of open space in the vicinity of the adjoining
Lode. This will need to be reviewed, and careful regard had to the mitigation of flood risk in thedetailed design and layout of a final scheme.
The site is in a sensitive area, adjacent to the Soham Commons area, part of which is a County
Wildlife Site. It will be important for any development to respect this setting, and ensure no
adverse impact on the protected area. Significant areas of open space and landscaping will
therefore be required, particularly on the north and western edges of the site close to the Lodeand the Commons. This will also provide an opportunity to provide an attractive riverside
frontage, which could enhance the setting of Soham. There is also an opportunity to provide
better connections to the Commons, via a new pedestrian and cycle bridge link between thenorth side of the site and the adjacent Commons.
It is estimated there is potential for up to approximately 400 dwellings on the site. There is acommunity aspiration for land to be available for self-build properties within Soham. It isconsidered that the Brook Street site is large enough to enable this opportunity to be provided,
and that part of the area should be identified for such purposes. In line with Policy HOU 1 aminimum of 5% of the properties should be made available for self-build.

257

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided via at least one point off Brook Street (withan additional emergency vehicle access point being provided if there is only one access). A
Transport Assessment will need to be carried out, which demonstrates that the site can besafely accessed and that any impacts on nearby highways can be adequately mitigated, e.g.
through traffic calming or other highways improvements.
The majority of the site is in single family ownership, with three smaller parcels owned by otherindividuals. The District Council will require the site to be developed in a comprehensive way,
and will expect the landowners to work together to facilitate comprehensive delivery.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a scheme. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 1,
and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning. The Masterplan will need to besubmitted alongside the outline planning application for the site.

Policy SOH 1: Housing allocation, land off Brook Street
Approximately 22 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for up to
approximately 400 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Soham,
including provision for a minimum of 5% of self-build properties.
 Provide approximately 8 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for provision ofat least 2 play areas.
 Maximise opportunities to provide an attractive riverside frontage alongside the Lode andbrook, which incorporates public open space, landscaping and appropriate orientation ofbuildings.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise visual harm to the adjacent Commons area and County
Wildlife Site, and to provide views of St. Andrews Church.
 Provide a new and enhanced pedestrian and cycle link to the town centre, via a new bridge
link over the drain close to Brook Dam Lane.
 Provide a new pedestrian and cycle link to the adjacent Commons to the north, via a new
bridge link over the Lode at a suitable point to the rear of 10-22 East Fen Common. Will also
require upgrades to the existing footpath between this point and Paddock Street.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link across the site along the length of the Lode frontage,
which links at the southern end across County Wildlife Site 55 to the existing footbridge to the
Commons.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link across the site to Greenhills.
 Protect and enhance County Wildlife Site 55 – particularly the section west of the Lode.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.

258

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Demonstrate, through a Transport Assessment, that the site can be safely accessed by
vehicles and that impacts on nearby roads can be adequately mitigated through trafficcalming or other highways improvements.
 Provide safe vehicular access from at least one point off Brook Street, with an additional
access point provided for emergency vehicles if only one main access point is provided.
 Provide high speed broadband, and a proportion of homes that are suitable for homeworking.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing-led / mixed use allocation – land off Station Road
The site is located at the western edge of Station Road, and mainly comprises the old station
area and vacant railway sidings. There are also several areas of garden land, and a vacantindustrial unit. The majority of the site has been vacant for a number of years, following theclosure of the railway station in 1965.
The re-development of this area could help to regenerate this part of Soham, and improve theinterface between Soham and the surrounding countryside. Re-development could also fit wellwith the proposal to re-open Soham Station (currently being investigated by the District Council,
County Council and Network Rail), and provide an attractive approach and setting to the newstation building, as well as facilitating access.
The area surrounding the old station has been safeguarded in the development plan for the last
20 years or so, for the provision of a new station, and is owned by Network Rail. The remainderof the area has previously been identified as a preferred area for housing development, in the
East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy (2009).
The site is proposed for housing-led/mixed use development – comprising up to approximately
90 dwellings, and land for a station building, car and cycle parking, and drop-off/pick-up
facilities. In addition, a small element of business use is proposed, recognising that a mix ofbusiness and residential uses in the station quarter could provide an attractive commercial hub.
It may also be appropriate to provide a limited number of small retail units as part of thestation/employment quarter (e.g. serving the needs of station users and office workers) –providing it can be demonstrated there is no significant adverse impact on the town centre.
The site is bounded to the west by the railway line, which is still operational. The potential fornoise and vibration will need to be investigated prior to approval of a planning application. The
layout of the scheme and mix of uses will need to have regard to this.
Part of the site is an area of high flood risk. A Flood Risk Assessment of the site has been
carried out (to inform the Core Strategy in 2009), demonstrating that this risk can potentially be
mitigated. This will need to be reviewed, and careful regard had to the mitigation of flood risk inthe detailed design and layout of the final scheme.
A Transport Assessment will be required to demonstrate that safe access can be achieved tothe site, and that any impact on surrounding roads can be mitigated. There are currently two
known potential access points into the site – along the old station approach road, and land at
Prescient Engineering off Mereside. These (and potentially other) routes should be explored,

259

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

having regard to the need to provide adequate width and visibility splays to facilitate car, bus,pedestrian and cycle access into and within the site. The potential safety and residential
amenity benefits of providing two access points and separating the traffic accessing the stationfrom the residential area should also be taken into account. If vehicular access cannot be
achieved via the old station approach road, a pedestrian and cycle path should be provided
along this route, to enable direct access to the town centre.
The development should provide good pedestrian and cycle links across the site, between thestation area, commercial area and the housing development. A new pedestrian and cycle linkshould also be provided onto Spencer Drove, and a new footpath access provided to farmlandto the west, via a new bridge over the railway line. This latter access point will only be possible
once the new station building with its two platforms has been constructed. It will also allow theclosure of the current pedestrian crossing point over the railway line, at the south corner of thesite.
The site is in multiple ownership, with Network Rail owning the south part of the site in thevicinity of the old station, and a number of private landowners owning other parcels. It is
possible that the scheme may come forward in phases, particularly given that the timescales forthe delivery of a new railway station are not yet clear. However, the whole area will need to becomprehensively planned, and the District Council will require a Masterplan for the whole area
to be submitted alongside any initial planning application (either outline application for the whole
site, or for phase 1 development). This will require all landowners to work together. The District
Council will also use planning conditions and Section 106 agreements to ensure thatcomprehensive planning and delivery is achieved.
The railway station and pick-up/drop-off facilities will need to be provided on Network Rail land,but other uses may occur on Network Rail land or on the other land parcels. The Masterplan
should be used to explore the site layout, mix of uses, roads, open spaces and landscaping,
and will look at principles such as access and movement, built form and phasing. It will
demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 2, and ensure a high standardof comprehensive planning.

Policy SOH 2: Housing-led / mixed use allocation, land off Station Road
Approximately 3.6 hectares of land is allocated for a housing-led/mixed use development off
Station Road. Within the site, provision will be made for up to approximately 90 dwellings, astation building, parking and associated facilities (on about 0.6 ha), and a minimum of 0.5
hectares of office/industrial development. A limited number of small retail units may also beappropriate in the station quarter, to meet the needs of station users/employees – providing it
can be demonstrated there is no significant adverse impact on the town centre.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of any initialplanning application on the site, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an attractive station square or potential setting to the station, which incorporates
public open space, landscaping and appropriate orientation of buildings – and includes a mixof office/industrial and residential uses.
 Provide or identify sufficient safeguarded land for a station building and associated facilities,
including drop-off/pick-up facilities for cars and buses, and cycle and car parking.

260

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties, and to provide
an attractive setting to Soham.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that safe vehicular (car and bus), pedestrianand cycle access can be provided into and within the site.
 Provide a pedestrian and cycle link to the town centre, via the current station approach road –and a pedestrian and cycle link onto Spencer Drove.
 Provide good pedestrian and cycle links across the site, between the housing, station andcommercial uses.
 Provide a new pedestrian link to the farmland to the west, via a new bridge which serves therailway platforms (and at the same time, effect the closure of the existing crossing point at thesouthern end of the site).
 Provide necessary highway improvements and traffic calming measures on nearby roads, as
demonstrated in a Transport Assessment
 Demonstrate that vibration and noise pollution from the adjacent railway line can beadequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Soham.
 Provide high speed broadband and a proportion of flexible live-work units; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing-led / mixed use allocation – Eastern Gateway
The Eastern Gateway area is located to the east of Weatheralls Primary School, between thebuilt-up part of Soham and the A142 bypass. It is predominantly an area of agricultural land, butalso contains an extensive area of land in current allotment use, and a redundant Garden
Centre site. It is a large area, covering approximately 33 hectares.
The Eastern Gateway is identified in the Soham Vision Masterplan as an area which is crucial
for the future development of Soham, and which could potentially provide a new connection
from the A142 into the heart of the town, and help to support the regeneration of the town
centre. A Conceptual Masterplan for the area (excluding the Garden Centre site) was produced
and adopted by the District Council in early 2011140, in conjunction with the landowners. The
Conceptual Masterplan provides a sound framework for the development of the area, and has
informed Policy SOH 3 below. However, it will need to be re-visited and updated prior to theapproval of any development, in order to reflect the outcome of further technical work on
viability, deliverability, and design aspects. It should build on the Conceptual Masterplan andreflect its key principles and elements. The revised Masterplan may or may not include theGarden Centre site, but should have regard to it.
The Conceptual Masterplan (2011) proposes much of the area for housing development – witha small area of employment/retail uses, plus land for an extension to Weatheralls Primary
School and to the Soham Medical Centre. In addition, a significant area of new Common
140

The Masterplan was financed by the Department of Communities and Local Government (DCLG) and the Department of theEnvironment, Food and Environmental Affairs (DEFRA), from their Rural Masterplanning Fund.

261

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

land/open space is provided, plus land for the re-location of the existing allotments within thesite.
The allotments are located at the only feasible point of access from the town, and therefore their
partial re-location is a critical part of the development scheme. In accordance with Policy COM
3, the District Council would expect to see the re-provision of an equivalent area of allotmentson the Eastern Gateway site, plus the provision of a water supply, parking areas, and adequate
security measures (e.g. fencing/gates). As statutory allotments, the re-location will also need toaccord with relevant statutory requirements. Viability and design work undertaken as part of theConceptual Masterplan indicates that the re-provided allotments will need to be locatedelsewhere in the site, rather than immediately adjacent to the remaining ones. This is because
having the allotments in one place would restrict the amount of housing development that could
be created at an early stage to fund the new access road – and the large scale of a single
allotment site at the heart of the Eastern Gateway would limit the flexibility of the Masterplan
framework and the ability to achieve a good standard of design and layout. However, it isacknowledged that the Conceptual Masterplan will need to be updated as part of the planningapplication process. This will provide an opportunity to revisit in more detail the extent of the
impact on viability, and the impact on the quality of the design and layout of the scheme. If thescheme involves provision of allotments in one location, the applicant will be expected todemonstrate that this would not have an unacceptable impact on viability, or on the design andlayout of the overall scheme.It is estimated there is capacity in the Eastern Gateway area for up
to approximately 600 dwellings.
The adjoining redundant Garden Centre site has been purchased by Scotsdales Garden
Centres. A re-developed Garden Centre on this site could provide additional jobs for the town. If
this scheme does not come forward, the site could potentially be appropriate for a range of
employment uses (B1/B2/B8) – although this will need to be explored through the planningapplication process.
The main access into the site from Pratt Street crosses open land in the ownership of theCounty Council, which is currently being used as a temporary playing field for Weatheralls
school (prior to new playing fields being delivered on the Eastern Gateway site). As the land isin County Council ownership, delivery should be secure. Any proposed development which
prejudices this access point will be resisted by the District Council.
Although a housing-led scheme, the Eastern Gateway is notable for the significant amount ofcommunity uses and open space that will be provided. The allotments will need to be reprovided with enhanced facilities for allotment holders, whilst the development will provide vitalland for the expansion of the primary school and the medical centre, and provision of a new preschool facility. In addition, the Conceptual Masterplan proposes the provision of a verysignificant amount of open space, including a new Commons area which will provided a usefullink between Qua Fen Common to the north and East Fen Common to the south, and facilitate acontinuous network of accessible greenspace on the east side of the town. The development
will also involve provision of an employment area comprising small starter business units andoffices, provided as part of an attractive town square/neighbourhood centre, with a small local
shop and extended medical centre.
This large mixed use allocation will need to be delivered in phases. The area is owned by 5organisations/individuals, and there will be a need to continue working together to facilitate
comprehensive delivery.
A new roundabout will be required on the A142 to serve the Eastern Gateway area (including a
re-developed Garden Centre/employment site), and provide a direct link to the centre of Soham.

262

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The roundabout is also required to serve the proposed employment allocation to the east of theA142 (see Policy SOH 6). The roundabout will be located partly within the Eastern Gateway
site, but will also require some land from within the employment allocation to the east. The
roundabout will not be required to facilitate the early housing phases of the development of theEastern Gateway, but will be required once a critical mass of housing is reached. If the Garden
Centre site or the employment allocation to the east of the bypass want to come forward before
that stage is reached, this will provide a challenge in terms of delivery, and will require cooperation from all landowners. The District Council recognises the delay that this may place on
development, and will investigate alternative sources of funding to address this infrastructure
issue. However, in this is not forthcoming, developers may need to investigate front-funding andlater re-imbursement from the other parties, in order to facilitate delivery.
Concept Masterplan for Soham Eastern Gateway (illustrative framework only)

Policy SOH 3: Housing-led / mixed use allocation, Eastern Gateway area
Approximately 33 hectares of land is allocated for a housing-led/mixed use development in the
Eastern Gateway area. Within the site, provision will be made for:
 Up to approximately 600 dwellings
 Approximately 0.5 hectares for B1/B2 employment uses in small industrial or starter
units/offices, providing 2000-2500m2 of employment space
 A small local shop serving top-up needs
 Approximately 0.4 hectares for the extension of the Staploe Medical Centre Approximately 1.1 hectares for an extension of the Weatheralls Primary School site and263

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

provision of a new pre-school facility
 Approximately 3.6 hectares of allotment land
 Approximately 8 hectares of public open space and Commons land
 Approximately 3 hectares for the provision of a new Garden Centre, or employment uses
(B1/B2/B8)The Masterplan will need to be updated and submitted as part of an outline planning application
for the whole site, and approved by the District Council. These may or may not include thegarden centre site. The revised Masterplan will need to build on and reflect the key principles
and elements in the Conceptual Masterplan.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types & sizes to reflect current evidence of need in Soham,
including provision for a minimum of 5% self-build properties.
 Provide alternative land of an equivalent size within the site to facilitate the re-location of theexisting allotments. The allotment land should be provided in multiple locations, unless
updated Masterplanning work indicates that provision in one location would not have an
unacceptable impact on overall scheme viability or on the design and layout quality of theoverall scheme. The re-provided allocations should be accessible by car, foot and cycle, andinclude the provision of a water supply, parking and adequate security measures.
 Provide extensive areas of public open space within the site (incorporating a number of playareas), and a new Commons area adjoining the A142 which provides a link between Qua Fen
Common and East Fen Common.
 Provide a town square/neighbourhood centre comprising business/starter units and offices
and a small local shop, adjacent to the expanded medical centre.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to provide a high quality scheme which enhances the setting of
Soham, focuses on St. Andrews Church as a key landmark building, and minimises amenity
impact on adjoining properties.
 Provide a new roundabout on the A142 and link road through the scheme to Pratt Street.
Contribute towards safety improvements of the junctions of Northfield Road, Qua Fen
Common and Paddock Street on the A142.
 Retain and enhance the existing rights of way which cross the site, and provide an upgradedcycle/footpath link between the link road and Kents Lane. Provide new pedestrian & cycle
access points to adjoining roads, as indicated in the Conceptual Masterplan.
 Provide safe and secure access to the site past Weatheralls School, with necessary junction
and highway improvements on the road, and at the junction with Pratt Street.
 Provide high speed broadband and a proportion of units suitable for home working.
 Demonstrate that the flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

264

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing allocation – land off Fordham Road
This site is located to the south-east of the town, and is a mix of farmland and paddock land.
The area is adjacent and to the rear of a number of residential properties on Fordham Road andis bounded by agricultural land to the east.
A historic byway (Clipsall Track) crosses the northern part of the site and provides access to theeast into the wider countryside. As part of the historic network of green lanes around Soham, it
will be important to retain the route as much as possible, and to enhance its appearance andusability for pedestrians in any development scheme. Further investigation should also be
carried out on the feasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossing point where the track crosses
the A142, as part of any development scheme – and contributions secured through Section 106
agreements. The public footpath on the eastern boundary of the site should also be retainedand enhanced.
The northern part of the site is bound with hedgerows and trees with more limited vegetation on
the remainder of the site. The existing boundary hedgerows on the northern part of the siteshould be retained wherever possible.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided at some point between numbers 53 and 55
Fordham Road. An additional access may also prove to be necessary in highway and/or design
terms to the southern section of the site between 69 and 71 Fordham Road. A Transport
Assessment will need to be carried out, which demonstrates that the site can be safely
accessed and that any impact on nearby highways can be adequately mitigated, e.g. throughtraffic calming or other highway improvements.
Prior to the approval of the scheme, the District council will require the preparation of a
Masterplan for the whole site. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of landuses,
roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
the Policy SOH 4, and ensure a high standard of planning and design. The Masterplan will need
to be submitted alongside the outline planning application of the site.

Policy SOH 4: Housing allocation, land off Fordham Road
Approximately 3.85 hectares is allocated for residential development for up to 90 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole site will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect the current evidence of need within
Soham.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows on the boundary of the site and provide
additional landscaping on the site boundaries.
 Provide approximately 0.6 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for theprovision of a play area.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact of the development from the A142
and minimise impact on amenity of nearby residential properties.

265East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that safe vehicular, pedestrian and cycle
access can be provided into and within the site.
 Provide safe vehicular access from up to two points on Fordham Road.
 Retain the existing right of way/green lane (Clipsall Track) within the site as much as
possible, and enhance its appearance and usability for pedestrians.
 Explore the feasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossing where Clipsall Track crosses theA142, and make necessary contributions to improvements - in order to help facilitate publicly
accessible walking routes in the wider countryside.
 Retain and enhance the existing right of way on the eastern boundary of the site.
 Provide a safe pedestrian crossing and link from the site across the A142 to the publicly
accessible walking routes in the wider countryside.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foul sewage
network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Housing allocation – land south of Blackberry Lane
The site is located to the south-east of the town, and is currently farmland. The area adjoins
residential dwellings and farm buildings to the west and the A142 bypass to the east.
The site is located within close proximity to Soham Wet Horse Fen SSSI. It will be important forany development to ensure that there is no adverse impact on this designated site.
A public footpath crosses the site and provides access to the east of the site to the A142 andthe wider countryside. This route should be retained and enhanced in any development
scheme. The site is also bound by historic green lanes to the north (Blackberry Lane) andsouth/southwest (Longmere Lane). As part of the historic network of green lanes around
Soham, it will be important to retain and enhance these green lanes in any development
scheme, and to provide additional pedestrian access points into the lanes as appropriate. The
hedgerows and trees which border the green lanes form an integral part of their character andshould be retained. Both Blackberry Lane and Longmere Lane cross the A142 and provide
access to the wider countryside surrounding the town. Further investigation should be carriedout on the feasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossing points where the tracks crosses theA142, as part of any development scheme – and necessary contributions secured throughSection 106 agreements.
The site is located on the edge of Soham and is highly visible from the A142. Therefore it will be
important for any development to be sensitively designed to provide a high quality scheme,
which enhances the setting of Soham. This should include the provision of a sizable
undeveloped ‘green buffer zone’ between the built-up area and the bypass, which provides asoft landscaped edge to the town.
It is estimated that there is potential for approximately 160 dwellings on the site. There is acommunity aspiration for land to be available for self-build properties within Soham. It isconsidered that this site is large enough to enable this opportunity to be provided and that partof the area should be identified for such purposes. In line with Policy HOU 1 a minimum of 5%of the properties should be made available for self-build.

266

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided from Brook Street within close proximity to
the existing junction with Regal Lane. This is likely to require the removal of the existing farmbuildings located at 141 Brook Street. A Transport Assessment will need to be carried out,
which demonstrates that the site can be safely accessed and that any impact on nearby
highways can be adequately mitigated, e.g. through traffic calming or other highway
improvements.
Prior to the approval of a scheme, the District Council will require the preparation of a
Masterplan for the area. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 5,
and ensure a high standard of planning and design. The Masterplan will need to be submitted
alongside the outline planning application of the site.

Policy SOH 5: Housing allocation, land south of Blackberry Lane
Approximately 6.85 hectares is allocated for residential development for up to 160 dwellings
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect the current evidence of need within
Soham, including provision for at least 5% self build properties.
 Maximise the retention of existing hedgerows and trees within the site and on the boundariesof the site, and provide additional landscaping on the site boundaries.
 Provide approximately 1.1 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for theprovision of a play area.
 Provide a significant green buffer zone between the built-up area and the A142 which isundeveloped and provides a soft landscaped edge to Soham.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact of the development from the A142
and minimise impact on amenity of nearby residential properties.
 Retain and enhance existing rights of way/green lanes to the north, west and south of thesite. Provide new pedestrian links from the site to green lanes at key points on these routes,
where appropriate.
 Retain and enhance the existing public right of way which crosses the site from Longmere
Lane to the A142 bypass.
 Explore the feasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossings where Blackberry Lane andLongmere Lane cross the A142, and make necessary contributions to improvements - inorder to help facilitate publicly accessible walking routes in the wider countryside.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Brook Street following the removal of existing farmbuildings.
 Demonstrate that noise impacts from the A142 can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foul sewage
network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

267

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing allocation – land north of Blackberry Lane
The site is located to the south-east of the town, and is currently farmland. The area adjoins aCounty Wildlife Site to the north, residential dwellings to the west, and the A142 bypass to theeast.
The site is in a sensitive location on the edge of Soham, and is highly visible from the A142. It
will be important for any development to be sensitively designed to provide a high quality
scheme, which enhances the setting of Soham. This should include the provision of a sizable
undeveloped ‘green buffer zone’ between the built-up area and the bypass, which provides asoft landscaped edge to the town.
The site is bounded by Blackberry Lane to the south. As part of the historic network of green
lanes around Soham, it will be vital to retain and enhance this feature in any development
scheme. The hedgerows and trees which border the green lane form an integral part of its
character and should be retained. Blackberry Lane cross the A142 and provides access to thewider countryside surrounding the town. Further investigation should be carried out on thefeasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossing point where the track crosses the A142, as partof any development scheme – and necessary contributions secured through a Section 106
agreement. A public footpath also crosses the site between Greenhills and Blackberry Lane,and should retained and enhanced in any scheme.
It is estimated that there is potential for approximately 100 dwellings on the site. There is acommunity aspiration for land to be available for self-build properties within Soham. It isconsidered that this site is large enough to enable this opportunity to be provided and that partof the area should be identified for such purposes. In line with Policy HOU 1 a minimum of 5%of the properties should be made available for self-build.
Vehicular access to the site should be provided at a point close to the Greenhills/Brook Street
junction. However, if further Transport Assessment work demonstrates this cannot be safely
achieved, access will need to be provided via the adjoining allocation site (land south ofBlackberry Lane – see Policy SOH 5). If this alternative access point is required, it will be
important to ensure that only one vehicular crossing of Blackberry Lane is provided, and that
this is as close to the rear of properties on Brook Street as possible – in order to minimise harmto the integrity, appearance and function of Blackberry Lane.
A Transport Assessment will need to be carried out, which demonstrates that the site can besafely accessed and that any impact on nearby highways can be adequately mitigated, e.g.
through traffic calming or other highway improvements.
Prior to the approval of a scheme, the District Council will require the preparation of a
Masterplan for the area. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 6,
and ensure a high standard of planning and design. The Masterplan will need to be submitted
alongside the outline planning application of the site.

Policy SOH 6: Housing allocation, land north of Blackberry Lane
Approximately 4.4 hectares is allocated for residential development for up to 100 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline

268

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

planning application and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect the current evidence of need within
Soham, including provision for at least 5% self build properties.
 Provide approximately 0.7 hectares of public open space on-site, including land for theprovision of a play area.
 Provide a significant green buffer zone between the built-up area and the A142 which isundeveloped and provides a soft landscaped edge to Soham.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings
and landscaping, in order to minimise the visual impact of the development from the A142
and minimise impact on amenity of nearby residential properties.
 Demonstrate that noise impacts from the A142 can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that the site can be safely accessed by
vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists.
 Provide safe vehicular access close to the Brook Street/Greenhills junction. If further
Transport Assessment work demonstrates this cannot be safely achieved, vehicular accessmay need to be provided via the adjoining allocation (land south of Blackberry Lane – Policy
SOH 5). If this alternative access is necessary, the impact on Blackberry Lane should be
minimised by providing one vehicular crossing point only, as close to the rear of properties
on Brook Street as possible.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that the site can be safely accessed by
vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists.
 Retain and enhance Blackberry Lane.
 Retain and enhance the existing public right of way which crosses the site between
Greenhills and Blackberry Lane.
 Explore the feasibility of upgrading the pedestrian crossing where Blackberry Lane crosses
the A142, and make necessary contributions to improvements - in order to help facilitate
publicly accessible walking routes in the wider countryside.
 Maximise the retention of hedgerows and trees which border the site and lie within.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foul sewage
network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Housing allocation – land adjacent to the cemetery
The site is located to the south-west of the town, and is currently open farmland. The areaadjoins the cemetery to the north, residential dwellings to the east and is bounded by green
lanes to the south and west.
The site is sensitively located, adjacent to a County Wildlife site, and is bounded by historicgreen lanes. It will be important for any development to respect this setting, and seek to ensurethat there is no adverse impact. Development proposals will be expected to retain and enhance
the adjoining green lanes, and provide additional pedestrian access points from the scheme asappropriate. The existing boundary trees and hedgerows along the green lanes are an integral
part of their character and should be retained.

269

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

It is estimated that there is potential for approximately 115 dwellings on the site. There is acommunity aspiration for land to be available for self-build properties within Soham. It isconsidered that this site is large enough to enable this opportunity to be provided and that partof the area should be identified for such purposes. In line with Policy HOU 1 a minimum of 5%of the properties should be made available for self-build.
Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided from Fordham Road. A Transport
Assessment will need to be carried out, which demonstrates that the site can be safely
accessed and that any impact on nearby highways can be adequately mitigated, e.g. throughtraffic calming or other highway improvements.
Prior to the approval of a scheme, the District Council will require the preparation of a
Masterplan for the area. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 7,
and ensure a high standard of planning and design. The Masterplan will need to be submitted
alongside the outline planning application of the site.

Policy SOH 7: Housing allocation, land adjacent to the cemetery
4.8 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 115 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application, and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required by Policy HOU 3.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Soham,
including provision for a minimum of 5% of self-build properties.
 Provide approximately 0.8 hectares of public open space, including land for the provision ofa play area.
 Maximise the retention of existing boundary hedgerows and trees.
 Retain and enhance the green lane between Fordham Road and The Butts (Cherrytree
Lane).
 Explore opportunities to provide additional pedestrian links into the green lane at key
strategic points.
 Protect and enhance County Wildlife Site 58.
 Demonstrate through a Transport Assessment that the site can be safely accessed by
vehicles and that impacts on nearby roads can be adequately mitigated through trafficcalming or other highway improvements.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Fordham Road.
 Demonstrate that there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

270

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing allocation – land east of The ShadeThe site is located to the north-east of the town, and is currently split into two paddocks. The
area adjoins an employment site to the north-west and residential properties to the south-east.
It is estimated that there is potential capacity for approximately 45 dwellings on the site.
Vehicular access should be provided via The Shade only (not via Northfield Road). Furthertransport assessment work will be required to identify the nature and location of the accesspoint. Access may be provided directly onto The Shade, or through a new shared junction withthe adjoining employment allocation (this land is the same ownership).
The site is crossed by a number of public footpaths and is bounded by a green lane to the north.
It will be important for any development to retain and enhance these features as much as
possible, although it is possible that vehicular access to the site will need to cross the green
lane at one point. The existing boundary and internal hedgerows and trees should be retained
wherever possible.
Due to the proximity of the existing employment area any development proposal will be required
to submit a noise impact assessment and to provide necessary mitigation measures as
required.
The site is in single ownership and forms part of a current planning application for the provisionof a supermarket, petrol filling station, restaurant and associated car parking and highway
engineering works. The application has been approved subject to the agreement of Section 106
negotiations, but is not being pursued by the applicant.
Prior to the approval of a scheme, the District Council will require the preparation of a
Masterplan for the area. The Masterplan should establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 8,
and ensure a high standard of planning and design. The Masterplan will need to be submitted
alongside the outline planning application of the site.

Policy SOH 8: Housing allocation, land east of The Shade1.96 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for approximately 45 dwellings.
A Masterplan for the whole area will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline
planning application, and approved by the District Council. Development proposals will be
expected to:Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required by Policy HOU 3.
Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Soham.
Provide approximately 0.3 hectares of public open space.
Maximise the retention of existing boundary hedgerows and trees, and those within the site.
Retain and enhance the green lane along the northern boundary as much as possible.
Retain and enhance the public footpaths crossing the site.
Provide safe vehicular access from The Shade.
Demonstrate that noise impact from the adjoining Northfield Road Business Park can beadequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate that there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.









271

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Employment/mixed use allocation – land east of The ShadeThe site is currently agricultural land on the edge of Soham, adjacent to the existing Northfield
Road Business Park. The area was identified in the District Local Plan (2000) as an area for
employment development. However, the area failed to come forward, and was subsequently‘de-allocated’ in the Core Strategy (2009). Since then, the area has been identified in the
Soham Vision Masterplan as a potential site for future new employment development –including a small neighbourhood centre with a small local convenience store. However, in
October 2013, the District Council resolved to approve planning permission in principle (subject
to conditions and Section 106 agreement being agreed) for a supermarket and a pub on part ofthe site (application reference 12/00247/OUM).
The area is identified in the Local Plan as employment-led development, incorporating a small
local convenience store to serve the northern residential part of Soham. However, if the
proposal referred to above is implemented, this will supercede the allocation on part of the site.
The other part of the site without planning permission will remain allocated for employment
uses, as set out in the policy below.
The site is bounded to the north by the A142 bypass, and is highly visible from the main road.
Therefore, any scheme will also need to include a significant strip of open land between thebuilt-up area and the road, to provide an attractive buffer and a green setting for Soham.
The site is currently bounded by an attractive byway (Longmere Lane) on the south side, with afootpath link partly alongside a watercourse. As part of the historic network of green lanes
around Soham, it will be vital to retain and enhance this feature in any development scheme.
Other public rights of way across the site should also be retained and enhanced. There are anumber of existing trees and hedgerows on the site which should be retained wherever
possible.
Access to the site will be provided from The Shade, rather than Northfield Road (due to capacity
restrictions at the junction of Northfield Road and the A142 bypass). Access should be provided
at a point opposite Kingfisher Drive, to allow for a shared roundabout or traffic signals.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, to inform
development proposals. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land uses, roads,
services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement,
built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH 9,
and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.
Employment
Soham has a range of employment opportunities, mainly provided on business parks on Regal
Lane, Mereside, and The Shade. Other key employers in the town include the schools, Medical
Centre, and shops and businesses located in the town centre.

272

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Whilst the service and education sector remain strong, over the last 11 years a significant
amount of commercial land has been lost in Soham, mainly to housing redevelopment (about 4
hectares of land net loss between 2001 and 2012). The amount of land and premises forindustrial, office and warehousing is limited compared to the population size – and mostresidents out-commute to jobs.
The District Council is keen to try and provide more jobs in Soham, and increase the levels of
self-containment. The current self-containment level is estimated to be approximately 45%, e.g.
with 3500 jobs available for 7790 people of employment age (16-64 years)141. As part of thisstrategy, a number of new sites are proposed for employment development in Soham, to try andincrease the stock of commercial premises. This includes an extension to the Northfield Road
Business Park, a new employment site adjoining the primary school on The Shade, and a large
new business park to the east of the A142 – see Policies SOH 9,10 and 11 below. In addition,
new industrial/starter units and offices are proposed as part of the new housing developments
off Station Road and the Eastern Gateway (see sections above). A summary of employment
potential on these sites is set out in the table below. The table also includes an estimate for
additional homeworking employment in Soham over the Plan period. Additional jobs from thesesites/sources alone could help to increase the level of self-containment in Soham to an
estimated 52% by 2031 (with 4926 jobs available from an estimated 9350 people ofemployment age)142. However, this is a conservative estimate and self-containment is likely tobe higher, as it doesn’t take account of other potential increases in jobs in the town from existing
businesses, schools and shops.
Employment potential on new sites in Soham
Location
Hectares
Estimated jobs growthLand east of The Shade
5 hectares
293
Land west of The Shade
2 hectares
232
Land east of the A142 bypass
11 hectares
429
Station Road
0.5 hectares
140
Eastern Gateway
0.5 hectares
132
Home working
200
TOTAL ADDITIONAL JOBS
1426

Policy reference
Policy SOH 9
Policy SOH 10
Policy SOH 11
Policy SOHAM 2
Policy SOHAM 3-

It is also important to try and prevent the loss of existing business premises and land, in order tosupport local economic growth. This is even more crucial in the context of the current economy
where viability and profits margins are low for business development, particularly speculative
schemes. The District Council is keen to retain the existing stock of business land and premises
in Soham. given this context. Proposals to re-use employment sites in Soham for otherpurposes will therefore only be permitted in certain circumstances – as set out in Policy EMP 1
in the Employment Chapter.
Large-scale new employment development should be focused in the allocatedemployment/mixed use sites – in order to facilitate their development, ensure suitable access,and minimise impact on the setting and character of Soham. However, small-scale employment
schemes that come forward on the edge of Soham may be supported in principle – subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4 (as set out in Chapter 5).

141

The estimate is for the whole parish of Soham, rather than the town. Source for number of jobs – ONS 2009. Population
estimates as derived from Cambridgeshire County Council’s Research Group mid-year estimates for 2010.
142
Future population estimate as provided by Cambs County Council Research Group, based on the housing trajectory273

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment/mixed use allocation – land east of The ShadeThe site is currently agricultural land on the edge of Soham, adjacent to the existing Northfield
Road Business Park. The area was identified in the District Local Plan (2000) as an area for
employment development. However, the area failed to come forward, and was subsequently‘de-allocated’ in the Core Strategy (2009). Since then, the area has been identified in the
Soham Vision Masterplan as a potential site for future new employment development –including a small neighbourhood centre with a small local convenience store.
The area is identified in the Local Plan as employment-led development, incorporating a small
local convenience store to serve the northern residential part of Soham. The site is bounded to
the north by the A142 bypass, and is highly visible from the main road. Therefore, any scheme
will also need to include a significant strip of open land between the built-up area and the road,to provide an attractive buffer and a green setting for Soham.
The site is currently bounded by an attractive byway (Longmere Lane) on the south side, with afootpath link partly alongside a watercourse. As part of the historic network of green lanes
around Soham, it will be vital to retain and enhance this feature in any development scheme.
Other public rights of way across the site should also be retained and enhanced. There are anumber of existing trees and hedgerows on the site which should be retained wherever
possible.
Access to the site will be provided from The Shade, rather than Northfield Road (due to capacity
restrictions at the junction of Northfield Road and the A142 bypass). Access should be provided
at a point opposite Kingfisher Drive, to allow for a shared roundabout or traffic signals.
The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior toapproval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad location of land
uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such as access andmovement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of
Policy SOH9, and ensure a high standard of comprehensive planning.

Policy SOH9: Employment/mixed use allocation, land east of The ShadeApproximately 5 hectares of land is allocated for employment-led development for B1/B2/B8
uses on land adjacent to Northfield Business Park. Within the site, provision will also be madefor a small local convenience store (serving local top-up needs), and a minimum of 1.5 hectaresof undeveloped land adjoining the A142 as a buffer strip.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline planning application,
and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access from the area onto The Shade opposite to
Kingfisher Drive, via either a roundabout or junction with traffic signals.
 Provide other necessary highway improvements on the road network, as demonstrated via aTransport Assessment.
 Retain and enhance the adjoining existing green lane (Longmere Lane) and other byways andpublic rights of way which cross the site.
 Maximise the retention of existing trees and hedgerows on the site.

274

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings and landscaping,in order to minimise visual impact from the A142, and minimise amenity impact on adjoining
residential properties.
 Provide a soft landscaped edge to Soham acting as a sensitive transition to the countryside.
This should include landscaping as part of the buffer strip adjoining the A142, and on theboundaries with adjoining residential properties.
 Provide a small local convenience store on the road frontage with The Shade.
 Undertake a programme of archaeological works in advance of construction (to be secured
via planning condition).
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation – land west of The ShadeThe site is currently agricultural land on the edge of Soham, and adjoins the site of the primaryschool. The site is identified in the Soham Masterplan Vision as a potential future area for
employment development.
The site is identified in the Local Plan as an employment allocation, with approximately 2
hectares of land for industrial, storage or office development (B1, B2 and B8). Vehicular accessto the employment area (and the primary school) will need to be provided via a new arm on theexisting roundabout on the A142. Additional pedestrian and cycle access to the employment
area should also be provided directly off The Shade.
The site is in a highly visible location, located at a key gateway into Soham. It will be important
to ensure that the design, layout, massing, and landscaping of a scheme is of high quality, andprovides an attractive setting and entrance to the town.
The site lies within the Safeguarding Area for the Soham Waste Water Treatment Works. As
part of the planning application process, an odour assessment will need to be carried out, todemonstrate risks can be adequately mitigated.

Policy SOH10: Employment allocation, land west of The ShadeApproximately 2 hectares is allocated for employment land (B1/B2/B8 uses).
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access to the site, via a new arm off the roundabout on the
A142.
 Provide an additional access point into the site for pedestrians and cyclists directly from The
Shade.
 Retain and enhance the existing public right of way which adjoins the western side of the site.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings and landscaping,in order to minimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside, and provide an attractive
setting and entrance to Soham.
 Retain the existing tree belt on the northern edge of the site, and provide high quality275

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

landscaping to minimise the impact of the scheme from the A142.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Demonstrate that odour risk relating to the nearby Waste Water Treatment Works can beadequately mitigated.
 Undertake a programme of archaeological works in advance of construction (to be secured
via planning condition); and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment allocation – land east of the A142 bypass
The site is currently agricultural land, lying to the east of the A142 bypass, and north of Isleham
Road. The site was identified in the Core Strategy (2009) and the Soham Masterplan Vision(2010) as a potential future area for employment development (about 11 hectares).
The development of this land for employment purposes should help to provide additional jobs inSoham, and reduce the amount of out-commuting from the town. As a large site, it should be
able to accommodate a mix of employment uses – including industrial, office andstorage/distribution uses (B1/B2/B8). Delivery of the site is anticipated in the second part of thePlan period.
Vehicular access to the area will need to be provided via a new roundabout on the A142, which
will be delivered as part of the development of the Eastern Gateway area to the west (see Policy
SOH 3 in section 3 above). It is likely that new slip roads and other potential upgrades to theroundabout may be required to accommodate the employment development. In addition, safety
upgrades to the other junctions on the A142 (at Northfield Road, Qua Fen Common andPaddock Street) are also likely to be required. A pedestrian and cycle footbridge or underpass
over or under the A142 will also be required. This should link with the new cycle and pedestrian
path across the Eastern Gateway development, to provide a sustainable route to the town
centre.
The site has a flat topography and is highly visible from the A142. Particular regard should be
had to the layout, design and massing of development, in order to provide attractive views along
the A142 and from the Eastern Gateway development, and minimise adverse visual impact.
This should include the provision of landscaping and open areas.
Part of the site is located in an area of high flood risk. A Flood Risk Assessment of the site has
been carried out (to inform the Core Strategy in 2009), demonstrating that this risk canpotentially be mitigated. This will need to be reviewed, and careful regard had to the mitigationof flood risk in the detailed design and layout of the final scheme.
This large allocation is likely to be delivered in phases. The District Council will require thepreparation of a Masterplan for the whole site, prior to approval of a development proposal. The
Masterplan will establish the broad location of land uses, roads, services, open space andlandscaping, and look at principles such as access and movement, built form and phasing. It will
demonstrate how the site will deliver the key aims of Policy SOH11, and ensure a high standardof comprehensive planning.

276

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy SOH11: Employment allocation, land east of the A142 bypass
Approximately 11 hectares of land is allocated for employment development (B1/B2/B8) on landeast of the A142 bypass.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of an outline planning application,
and approved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access to the site from the roundabout on the A142,
including any necessary highway upgrades or works.
 Provide a new cycle and pedestrian bridge or underpass over or under the A142, linking up
with the new cycle and pedestrian route across the Eastern Gateway development.
 Contribute towards safety improvements of the junctions of Northfield Road, Qua Fen
Common and Paddock Street on the A142.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, and landscaping,in order to minimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside, and provide an attractive
development scheme when viewed from the A142.
 Provide landscaping and a significant buffer zone along the boundary with the A142, andlandscaping along boundaries with adjoining agricultural land.
 Demonstrate that flood risk on the site can be adequately mitigated.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Town centre
Soham has a historic town centre which provides a range of food (convenience) and non-food(comparison) shops, pubs, community facilities and other services. The current key attractors
are Budgens and the Co-operative store. There are also a number of important community
facilities in and around the town centre, including the church, library, public park, community
meeting rooms and Youth Theatre. The main shopping area is focused on the traditional linear
High Street, and part of Churchgate Street.
However, the town centre appears to be underperforming, given the population of Soham andits catchment area. Whilst it provides a good range of community facilities, there is a limited
choice of shops, restaurants and pubs, and the retail offer could be greater. Footfall in the town
centre is relatively low for a town of its size, and the turnover of retail units is high. There is
scope to increase the quality and range of the retail offer, and to make the town centre a morevibrant hub for the Soham. Improvements could also be made to the appearance and characterof the town centre, to make it more attractive and pedestrian friendly. The town centre does not
currently have a market, although it has historically had one. Its re-introduction could be
beneficial to the town.
The regeneration of the town centre will require action on a number of levels, and from a variety
of sources. The Town Council will continue to play a leading role in this process, and in helping

277

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

to co-ordinate local action. The recent establishment of a new ‘Town Centre Forum’ of local
businesses should help to focus community efforts and make changes.
As outlined in sections 2 and 3 above, part of the Local Plan strategy to tackle the regenerationof the town centre involves the provision of housing development close to the centre of Soham.
New housing providing easy pedestrian and cycle access to the town centre should help toincrease footfall and support its vitality and viability. Some of the improvements may involve theamalgamation of existing small retail units into larger ones, or the renovation and extension ofexisting units. The protection of existing retail units and community uses, as set out in Chapter 7of the Local Plan, is a critical part of this. This includes the protection of existing public carparks
on the edge of the town centre, which are essential to serve the needs of local people andvisitors.
There are also a number of key opportunity sites in the town centre, which are currently vacantor under-used, and which could provide opportunities for additional retail and mixed-use
development. The Local Plan can play an important role by helping to protect these sites forretail and town centre uses. These opportunity sites are identified in the Map below, anddescribed in Policies SOH 12, 13, 14 and 15 below. New or intensified retail provision on thesesites should help towards meeting the future food and non-food retail needs of Soham’s growing
population – as identified in the Council’ Retail Study (2012). The Retail Study indicates there isa need for at least 595 square metres of additional food retail floorspace and 658 square metresof additional non-food retail floorspace up to the year 2031.

278

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Town centre opportunity site - Budgens
The site is currently a Budgens supermarket, with extensive car parking and landscaping.
Planning permission has been granted for the extension of the supermarket, almost doubling its
size. As at April 2014, this has yet to be implemented.
The site is located to the rear of the High Street, and is considered to be a key site to retain for
future food retail uses, to support the vitality of the town centre. It is therefore identified on Map
8.35, and Policy SOH 12 below seeks to protect its current use. Any future re-development of
the site will need to be in line with Policy SOH 7 below, and take the form of predominantly foodretail development – or food retail on the ground floor with other town centre uses on upper
floors (such as residential accommodation, offices and community uses).
The site could benefit from enhanced pedestrian and cycle links directly to the town centre, andopportunities should be explored to improve these links. Development proposals on the site, oron land between 17 and 37 High Street, will need to demonstrate that opportunities forenhanced or new links have been fully investigated. Applicants will be expected to provide
viability or practical justification for not proposing improved or enhanced links.

Policy SOH 12: Town centre opportunity site, Budgens site
Approximately 0.55 hectares of land is identified as a ‘Town Centre Opportunity Site’. The siteshould be retained for its current food retailing use. Re-development schemes will only beappropriate where they involve the re-provision of food retailing floorspace – or food retail on
the ground floor with other town centre uses above.
Opportunities should be explored to improve the pedestrian links between the site and the HighStreet. Proposals for development on the site, or on land between 17 and 37 High Street will be
required to demonstrate that opportunities for new or enhanced links have been fully

279

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

investigated.
Any development proposals will be required to undertake a programme of archaeological works
in advance of construction (to be secured via planning condition)

Town centre opportunity site - Church hall area
The area includes a vacant site previously occupied by the Church hall, an office building, carparking areas, and a small number of residential units. It presents a key opportunity forcomprehensive re-development to provide an expansion of the town’s retail and town centre
facilities. This could include redevelopment for one large retail unit, or several retail units of arange of sizes – along with the provision of new car parking in the heart of the town centre. It
could also include a number of other town centre uses such as offices and community facilities.
Residential development on upper floors may also be appropriate, to facilitate scheme viability.
It is broadly estimated there could be potential for up to 10 dwellings, but this will depend on themix of uses proposed and is subject to further detailed design work.
The site is the last significant area of land adjoining the town centre, and therefore provides thelast remaining opportunity to expand and consolidate the town centre to meet the needs offuture Soham residents. The site previously had planning permission for 8 dwellings, but thishas now expired. Residential development only on this site would present a significant lost
opportunity to improve the health and long-term vitality of the town centre. Identifying the site asa Town Centre Opportunity site should help to maintain its availability for future town centre
retail investment over the Plan period.
The area adjoins several areas of private residential land which landowners have indicated are
not currently available for re-development. However, when a scheme is put forward for the
Church hall area, developers will be expected to demonstrate that they have explored allopportunities for the delivery of adjoining sites, and to develop the area for retail-led
development in a comprehensive way.

Policy SOH13: Town centre opportunity site, Church hall area
Approximately 0.4 hectares of land is allocated as a Town Centre Opportunity Site. The siteshould be developed for retail purposes – or for a mixed use scheme with a significant elementof retail provision plus other town centre uses such as offices and community facilities.
Residential development will be appropriate on upper floors of any development scheme, andpotentially to the rear of the site.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide safe and secure vehicular access from one point onto the High Street, and anynecessary highways improvement works.
 Provide car parking, to an appropriate standard, which is linked to the town as a whole.
 Maximise opportunities for the provision of retail development on the ground floor and thefrontage of the site.
 Provide an interesting area of new townscape which enhances the Conservation Area, and is
sympathetic to the setting, appearance and character of the historic core and adjoining Listed
Building.

280

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Demonstrate that the area can be developed comprehensively, and that additional
opportunities to expand the site have been fully explored.
 Undertake a programme of archaeological works in advance of construction (to be secured
via planning condition); and Comply with other policies in the Local Plan.
Town centre opportunity site - Cooperative store area
The area includes a Cooperative food store with adjacent car parking, and the Post Office which
includes the delivery office and vacant land to the rear. The site is considered to offer an
opportunity for potential intensification and redevelopment. The current Cooperative store issmall and does little to enhance the appearance and setting of the High Street and adjacentchurch. There is vacant land to the rear of the Post Office, and scope for the delivery office to belocated elsewhere in or close to the town centre. The site offers an opportunity to provide
attractive new retail units and additional floorspace, whilst enhancing the appearance of theHigh Street. Any redevelopment scheme will need to be retail-led, given the site’s location in theheart of the High Street.
The Cooperative store is one of the key attractors in the town centre which is important to retain.
Therefore any re-development of the site should include the provision of a foodstore of at least
equivalent floorspace. This could potentially include other town centre uses on upper floors toincrease scheme viability - including residential accommodation, offices and community uses.
Alternatively, if at least equivalent new food retail floorspace is to be provided on the Church hallsite, this could help to off-set the loss of any food retail on the Cooperative site, and could justify
its re-development for other retail uses. In these circumstances, these applications would need
to be linked. It is broadly estimated there could be potential for up to 10 dwellings, but this will
depend on the mix of uses proposed and is subject to further detailed design work.
A small amount of car parking is currently provided for the Cooperative store customers. Thislevel of parking would need to be retained in any redevelopment scheme which involves
replacement of the food floorspace. If the Cooperative store area is redeveloped for non-foodretail uses, the provision of on-site car parking will need to be considered in the context of theCouncil’s car parking standards and provision available in the locality.
The Post Office shop is also a key attractor in the town centre. This should be re-provided aspart of any development proposal – or suitable alternative premises found elsewhere on theHigh Street. A new location for the delivery sorting office would also need to be identified in or
close to the town centre.
Re-development could provide an opportunity to create an attractive new area of townscape.
Development should have particular regard to the site’s location in the Conservation Area,
adjoining the listed Parish Church, and a listed residential property. It should also maximise
opportunities to re-create an attractive frontage to the site, and for views to and from the Parish
Church.
The area is in the ownership of the Cooperative Group and one private individual. The
landowners/developers will need to work together to bring forward a comprehensive redevelopment scheme for the site. If this cannot be facilitated, extensive evidence and practicalreasons (such as viability) will need to be provided by the landowners/developers to justify why
this requirement should be set aside.

281

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy SOH14: Town centre opportunity site, Cooperative store area
Approximately 0.3 hectares of land is allocated as a Town Centre Opportunity Site. Redevelopment schemes should include the provision of food retail floorspace, at least equivalentin net square metres to the current Cooperative store, plus other retail uses or office orcommunity uses. Residential properties may be appropriate on upper floors. An element ofcarparking will be required to support food retail floorspace. The Post Office counter facility willneed to be re-provided on-site or secured elsewhere on the High Street. The delivery officefacility will need to re-provided elsewhere in or close to the town centre.
The loss of equivalent food retail floorspace on the site will only be appropriate if it can bedemonstrated that alternative equivalent provision will be delivered on the Church hall site, tooff-set the loss.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an interesting area of new townscape which enhances the Conservation Area, and is
sympathetic to the setting, appearance and character of adjoining Listed Buildings.
 Provide a new attractive street frontage which enhances the historic streetscape, andmaximises views to and from the Parish Church.
 Maximise opportunities for the provision of retail development on the ground floor and thefrontage of the site.
 Demonstrate that the site can be developed comprehensively, and that additional
opportunities to expand the site have been fully explored. If comprehensive development is
not proposed, applicants will be required to submit extensive evidence and practical reasons
to justify why it cannot be achieved.
 Undertake a programme of archaeological works in advance of construction (to be secured
via planning condition); and Comply with other policies in the Local Plan.
Town centre opportunity site - Fountain Lane recreation ground and car park
This area is adjacent to the High Street, and includes a large recreation area, and a range ofcommunity facilities, including The Pavilion meeting hall, Scout hut, Fire station, public car park
and toilets. The Soham Masterplan Vision identifies the area as a key part of the town centre,
and highlights its function as an important open space facility for the town.
The public car park is one of the two main car parks which serve the town centre. It also
contains some public toilets and a disused ambulance station. The car park is currently small,and the whole area is unattractive and could benefit from being re-developed in the future as
funds become available. Any re-development should look at the potential to reconfigure andincrease the number of car parking spaces available, whilst retaining as much of the open
space and green areas as possible. Access to the car park should be made clearer, and moreuser friendly. The frontage of the site should be opened up and landscaped, with views into thepark from Fountain Lane. To facilitate this the ambulance station will need to be demolished,
and opportunities explored to refurbish or re-locate the public toilets within the site.

282

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The Pavilion building is a vital community hub which houses the Town Council, and has a rangeof meeting rooms. There are plans by the Town Council to refurbish and upgrade the building
and adjoining car park area. This facility should be retained and enhanced for the people ofSoham.
The recreation ground could benefit from improved pedestrian and cycle access links, both tothe site, and within it (i.e. to the Pavilion), as well as improved signage and landscaping.
Opportunities to improve or provide new access points and routes should be investigated andbrought forward wherever possible. In particular, focus should be placed on: Upgrading or improving on the existing route from the town centre to the Pavilion
 Formalising the pedestrian/cycle link across the Fire Station site. If the Fire Station is redeveloped, a pedestrian and cycle link should be provided across the site as part of any redevelopment scheme.

Policy SOH15: Town centre opportunity site, Fountain Lane recreation groundand car park
Fountain Lane recreation ground and car park (including The Pavilion and other facilities within)should be retained and enhanced, as a key facility for the people of Soham.
Development proposals to improve Fountain Lane car park will be supported. Development
proposals will be expected to: Provide additional car parking space to serve the town centre.
 Improve the appearance and setting of the park, including views into the site.
 Improve the setting of the church and churchyard.
 Provide refurbished or relocated public toilet facilities within the site.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application.
Any development proposals to re-develop the Fire Station site should provide a cycle andpedestrian link across the site from Fountain Lane to The Pavilion/recreation ground.
Opportunities to improve pedestrian and cycle links and access to the recreation ground should
be explored, with particular focus on: Upgrading or improving on the existing route from the town centre to the Pavilion.
 Formalising a walking/cycling link to the Pavlion/recreation ground, across the Fire Station
site.
Green lanes and Commons
Soham has an excellent network of public footpaths, including a large number of historic ‘green
lanes’ which used to provide key routes from the town out into the surrounding countryside, andto the Commons and Mere. Many of these footpaths are along tree-lined routes or bounded byhedgerows, providing very attractive walking routes which enhance the character and setting of
Soham. Cambridgeshire County Council has definitive rights of way maps, whilst the Soham
Footpaths Society’s website provides further information on routes and walks around the town
(www.soham.org.uk/leisure/footpaths/index.htm).

283

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

This unique heritage should be protected and enhanced, for the benefit of the local community.
All development proposals will be expected to respect the integrity, appearance and characterof any green lanes/public rights of way within or adjoining development sites – and todemonstrate how they will be improved and enhanced. As a minimum, it should be assumed
that all public rights of way should be retained in their original position and not re-located.
Soham also has a unique landscape setting, being surrounded by Commons to the east andwest. The Commons cover a significant area, and consists of grazing land and meadows, with anumber of ponds and waterways. The Commons are a haven for wildlife – but also provide an
excellent green network and recreational facility for the people of Soham. As Common land,
they are protected against loss or re-use. However, it is also important that development
proposals adjoining or close to the Commons respect its character and setting, and do not
adversely affect biodiversity or access. Development proposals will also be expected to explore
opportunities to enhance biodiversity and access to the Commons.

Policy SOH16: Green Lanes and Commons
Development schemes on sites which contain or adjoin green lanes and public rights or way
should respect their integrity, and not adversely affect their appearance and character. Such
schemes should also demonstrate how routes will be improved and enhanced. All public rights
of way should be retained in their original position – unless alternative locations would provide
significant access benefits.
The wildlife, landscape and recreational quality of the Commons should be protected andenhanced. Development proposals should demonstrate no adverse impact on the quality,
character, accessibility and biodiversity value of the Commons. Development proposals in thevicinity of the Commons should explore opportunities to improve biodiversity, access andlandscape improvements on the Commons.

284

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Other infrastructure and community facilities
Soham needs to be served by appropriate levels of infrastructure and facilities, in order toensure the quality of people’s lives and prevent unnecessary travel. This includes infrastructuresuch as water, energy, sewerage treatment works, and roads – and community facilities such as
schools, open space, health, and sport and recreation facilities.
As outlined in Chapter 3, the District Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers toenable the delivery of necessary of infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will alsoseek to secure planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers
towards new infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. As set out in Chapter 7, the lossof community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits Soham will be supported in principle, subject to Policies GROWTH 3
and COM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Soham are set out in the table below.
These have been identified through technical work, discussions with infrastructure providers,and community consultation - and are linked to the estimated future levels of growth in Soham
over the next 20 years.
Infrastructure /facility
Upgrade to sewage
treatment facilities

Location

ProviderSewageTreatment
Works,
Mereside

Anglian Water

Extension to
Weatheralls School

Pratt Street

County Council

2013

Extension tosecondary school

College RoadCounty Council

TBC

Two new pre-school
facilities

One to be
provided aspart of theextension to
Weatheralls
school.
NKCounty Council

TBC

PrivateorganisationNK

Privatecompany
Town Council

NK

ECDC / Soham
Town Council

TBC

New nursery
Extension to Medical
CentreExpanded Dentist
provision
Upgrade to The
Pavilion
Improvements toFountain Lane

Staploe
MedicalCentreNK
Fountain
Lane
Fountain
Lane

285

Deliverydate (est.)
Summer
2013

TBC

2013+

Details
Capacity in the STW is limited
until the upgrades arecompleted. Development
proposals in this period will need
to be supported by Anglian
Water.
Facilitated as part of the Eastern
Gateway development (seePolicy SOH 3).
Additional form of entry to beprovided. To be included in theCounty Council’s capital
programme.
To be included in the County
Council’s capital programme.
See Policy SOH 3 in relation to
the Weatheralls school site.

Facilitated as part of the Eastern
Gateway development (seePolicy SOH 3).
Town Council has plans torefurbish this key community
asset.
Key community asset in the town
centre. Future funding yet to beEast Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Infrastructure /facility
recreation ground

Location

ProviderDeliverydate (est.)

Improvements to the
Commons

Commons

Soham Town
Council / Lordof the ManorTBC

New open spaceand play areas
Provision of a newcricket ground
Other improvements
to sports facilities
New roundabout on
the A142 and linkroad to Pratt Street
Safetyimprovements tojunctions ofNorthfield Road,
Qua Fen Common
and Paddock Street
on the A142
New railway station

VariousDevelopers

Various

TBC

TBC

TBC

determined. CIL monies could
assist.
Partly facilitated via the Eastern
Gateway development (seePolicy SOH 3) and Brook Street
development (see Policy SOH 1)
Facilitated as part of new
housing development schemes
TBC

TBC

TBC

TBC

TBC

A142/Eastern
Gateway

Developers /County Council

TBC

A142

County Council

TBC

Facilitated as part of the Eastern
Gateway development (seePolicy SOH 3).
Facilitated via the Eastern
Gateway development (seePolicy SOH 3) and theemployment allocation to theeast of the bypass (see Policy
SOH11).

Station Road

TBC

Creation of cycle link
to Wicken Fen

Wicken to
Soham

Improvements tobus interchange intown centre
Improvements toSoham library
Provision of a Town
MuseumPedestrian
streetscapeenhancements intown centre
Improvements to thecycle network

Town centre

CountyCouncil/
Network Rail /ECDC
Wicken Parish
Council/National
Trust/Soham
Town Council
Cambs County
Council

TBC

Funding to be secured. CIL
contributions could assist.

Clay Street

County Council

TBC

TBC

Town Council

TBC

High Street
andChurchgate
StreetVariousCountyCouncil/
ECDC/ Soham
Town Council
County Council

TBC

Funding to be secured. CIL
contributions could assist.
Funding to be secured. CIL
contributions could assist.
Funding to be secured. Could befacilitated via town centre
development schemes or CIL.

CemeteryAdjacent orclose to theexisting site
on Fordham
Road

Soham Town
Council

TBC

286

TBC

Various

Details

Feasibility Study completed
2012. Future funding needs to be
secured. CIL contributions could
assist.
Funding to be secured. CIL
contributions could assist.

Funding to be secured. Could befacilitated via specificdevelopment schemes or CIL.
Estimated capacity within thecurrent site for another 25-30
years. Will need to identify a site
in the next Local Plan which isideally adjacent or close to thecurrent site. Site suggested in
the Soham Vision Masterplan,but this should be investigatedas part of the production of a

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions
Infrastructure /facility

Location

ProviderDeliverydate (est.)

A spatial strategy for Soham (See Inset Map 8.35)

287

Detailssite-specific Masterplan for any
development between FordhamRoad, Cherry Tree Lane and The
Butts.

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.31 Stetchworth© Stetchworth Parish Council

Description of Stetchworth
Stetchworth is a small village, set in attractive undulating countryside, about 3 miles south of
Newmarket. The area around the village is surrounded by agricultural and stud land, including the
National Stud, which lies to the north of the village. At the extreme southern tip of the parish lies
the Suffolk border.
The parish covers a vast expanse of countryside, with its eastern boundary defined by Devils
Ditch, a Scheduled Ancient Monument. There are many Listed Buildings in the village as well as
outside the development boundary at Stetchworth Park.
Facilities in the village are good and include the Ellesmere Centre, which incorporates a hall,
sports facilities, post office and shop. The village also has a church, public house and a sports
field. The village is in close proximity to Dullingham and shares some services, including
Kettlefields primary school and the railway station. The village has a regular bus service whichruns to Newmarket and Cambridge.
Key statistics© Stetchworth Parish Council

Stetchworth
143
Population
144
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
145
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

710
290
15
12
There are a number of bus services that link the village toNewmarket and Cambridge 6 days a week.

143

Population for Stetchworth parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Stetchworth parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
145
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
144

288

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Stetchworth is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of thevillage. A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Stetchworth to define the built-up partof the village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There is little employment land and premises (e.g. industrial or offices) in the village. The District
Council is keen to retain employment land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted incertain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Stetchworth. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Stetchworth would like to see improvements to infrastructure and facilities in thevillage. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
12
34

Priority
Improvements to the village hall
Improvements to sports ground/open
spaces
Improvements to play areas
Improvements to road/transport
infrastructure

Suggestions
Modernisation of the Ellesmere Centre and extension of shop
opening times.
Parish Council to advise on details for improvements.
Improvements of children’s play areas and facilities foryounger people.
Improvements to pavements and reduction of speed of traffic.

The top priority for Stetchworth is to modernise the Ellesmere Centre, as well as increasing thehours the shop is open within the centre. The Ellesmere Centre is to receive £10,000 of funding to
implement these updates. The second priority is to improve the sports ground/open spaces within
the village. This in turn links to the third priority identified which aims to improve the play areas in
the village, providing more facilities for younger people.
Residents have also mentioned the need for minor improvements to the road infrastructure,including reducing the speed of traffic through the village and improvements to pavements. The
District Council will work with the County Council and Parish Council to explore options andsecure funding to improve community facilities and transport infrastructure wherever possible.

289

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The current community facilities in Stetchworth (including the community centre, public house,church and sports field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities
will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits thevillage will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Stetchworth (see Inset Map 8.36)

290

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.32 Stretham

Description of Stretham
Stretham lies just off the A10 from Ely to Cambridge, 4 miles south-west of Ely. Originally themain road ran through the village but a bypass was constructed in the late 1970s. The centre of
the village is a pleasant triangle of land with the church, the pub and the Post Office clusteredaround the Cross. The core of the village lies within a Conservation Area and there are a numberof Listed Buildings. Prominent landmarks are the Stretham Old Engine to the south of the village,
with its tall chimneystack, and Stretham Windmill.
Facilities in the village include a shop and Post Office, church, primary school, youth centre,
parish hall, garage, public house and a sports field with an all-weather surface and pavillion. The
village has a regular bus service to Ely and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Stretham
146
Population
147
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)148
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

1,860
780
90
91
Regular services to Ely and Cambridge (Mon-Sat) (as at June 2012)146

Population for Stretham parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Stretham parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
148
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
147

291

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Stretham is likely to continue to grow at a modest rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofStretham.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Stretham to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing. A
Community Land Trust has recently been established for Stretham and Wilburton and has
aspirations to bring forward an exceptions scheme on the edge of Stretham (on land east of
Meadowcroft) delivering affordable housing and other benefits to the village. Any proposals will beassessed against Policies GROWTH 2, GROWTH 6 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a small number of businesses in the village, including Prism Media Products Ltd,
Crossroads Garage and Ely Design Group. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Stretham. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Stretham have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes details relating to
the potential upgrading of the Stretham Waste Water Treatment Works.
Suggestions
Liaison with County Council Education department.
Better pedestrian/cycle route to Ely and Cambridge.

5

PriorityMore school places
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to thecommunity/village hall
Improved transport
links/public transport services
Indoor sports facilities-

Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

Anglian Water has indicated that the Stretham Wastewater Treatment
Works may need to be upgraded to accommodate future development(see section 3 for further details).

1
2
3
4

To be confirmed.
Railway station on Ely-Cambridge line.
Real time bus information.
Basketball court or skate ramp for older teenagers.

The top priority is for more school places in Stretham, which will enable more children to attend
school in the village. The District Council will work with the County Council to explore options to292

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

address this issue. Other priorities include improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes, the village
hall and transport links/services. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County
Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities andtransport infrastructure in Stretham. In relation to public transport, the District Council will also
work in partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficienttransport services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Stretham (including the shop, pub, village hall, primary school,church and sports field) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities
will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits
the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Stretham (see Inset Map 8.37)

293

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.33 Stuntney© Rodney Vincent

Description of Stuntney
Stuntney is a small village located about one and a half miles south-east of Ely, just off the A142.
It sits in an elevated position and enjoys views to Ely Cathedral to the north. The village is locatedwithin the parish of Ely.
Facilities in the village are limited, however there is a social club, a church and recreation groundwith children’s play area. Stuntney Old Hall is located to the north-east of the village, and is now a
B&B and wedding venue. There is a good bus service to Ely and Newmarket/Cambridge that runs
6 days a week in the village.
Key statistics
Stuntney
149
Population
150
Dwellings (est.)
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)151
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

170
80
5
6
Regular bus services to Ely, Newmarket and Cambridge 6days a week.

Housing
Stuntney is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Stuntney. A‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Stuntney to define the built-up part of the village
149

Population for Stuntney (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Stuntney (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
151
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
150

294

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open
countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There is little employment land and premises (e.g. industrial or offices) in the village. The District
Council is keen to retain employment land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted incertain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Stuntney. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Stuntney have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and community
facilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
12
34

Priority
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements tocommunity facilities
Improvements to sports
ground/open spaces
Minor road/transport
improvements

Suggestions
Extended pedestrian and cycle routes including a possible cross-country
route to Ely.
Improvements to existing Social Club, or re-location closer to playing fieldwith car park. A new village shop to be incorporated into new village hallscheme or a stand alone venture.
Improvements to existing playing field and the creation of a nature
reserve/orchard.
Traffic calming measures to reduce speed of traffic through the village.

The top priority is to improve and extend existing cycle routes and footpaths in the area, including
a possible cross-country link to Ely, avoiding the busy A142. The second priority is to improve thecommunity facilities in the village. There was much support for either the improvement or
relocation of the social club/village hall. Relocation next to the playing field along with a car park
was noted as an option, and was proposed that the new facility should include a shop. The third
priority was to improve the playing field and to also designate an area for a nature
reserve/orchard. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to
explore options and secure funding to improve community facilities and infrastructure in Stuntney.
The current community facilities in Stuntney are good (including the social club, church, andrecreation ground with play area) and contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss ofcommunity facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Stuntney (see Inset Map 8.38)

295

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.34 Sutton

Description of Sutton
Sutton is a large village located six miles west of Ely, and close to the villages of Mepal andWitcham. The village is one of the old islands in the fen, and has an attractive historic core with anumber of Listed Buildings and a designated Conservation Area. There are extensive views fromthe highest parts of the village, across the surrounding fenland.
Sutton has a range of local services, including a shop and two takeaways, a post office, doctor'ssurgery, pharmacy, Royal British Legion, public house, community rooms and pavilion, two
hairdressers, a primary school, pre-school and children’s centre and a regular bus service to Ely
and Cambridge. There a number of sporting facilities which offer range of activities including
bowls, cricket and football. There are also a number of business within the village, and in the
Elean Business Park to the north-east.
Key statistics
Sutton152
Population
153
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
154
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Current public transport services

3,990
1,680
342
173
A regular service to Ely and Cambridge (Mon-Sat)

152

Population for Sutton parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Sutton parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
154
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
153

296

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Sutton is likely to continue to grow, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within thevillage. Additionally, a new housing allocation site is proposed at land north of The Brook. Detailsof the allocation site are set out in the section below.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Sutton to define the built-up part of the village
where development (infill and the allocation site) may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent
sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy
GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy SUT 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH 2
and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation – land north of The Brook
The site is located to the north side of the village, and is currently open farmland. The area waspreviously part of the Mepal airfield, used during WW2 and the post-war period.
The site is considered to be a sustainable location for new housing development, and it is
proposed that an initial development of 50 dwellings should come forward within the Plan period.
The site is shown on the Inset Map.
The applicant will also be expected to consider the future potential of the whole area to the northof The Brook (between the primary school and Mepal Road), and to demonstrate how the 50
dwelling scheme scheme fits with potential longer-term plans for the area. This should take theform of an Indicative Development Framework or broad concept plan, which will need to besubmitted alongside the planning application for the development. Future development is likely tobe predominantly housing, but there is also an identified need for a new burial ground andadditional playing fields in the village. These facilities will need to be provided as part of acomprehensive future scheme of development on land north of The Brook (phase 2+).
The site is in a sensitive setting on the edge of the village, and visible from the A142. It will be
important for any development to respect this rural setting, and to provide an attractive edge tothe village. This should include open space and landscaping – particularly on the north-easternedge which is most visible from the A142. Vehicular access to the site will need to be provided off
Mepal Road, with an additional cycle and footpath link provided via land adjacent to 26 The
Orchards. This pedestrian and cycle link will provide easy access to the village centre via Priors
Court. It will also provide an alternative route to the primary school via Stirling Way, once the link
between The Orchards and Stirling Way is opened up. This link was planned as part of the Stirling
Way development, but has not yet been implemented.
The development will need to be designed to allow for future vehicular, pedestrian and cycle
access to adjoining land. In order to facilitate further development of the whole area, an additional
vehicular access point is likely to be required in future plans, potentially via Stirling Way.
The site is owned by two landowners. The District Council will require the site to be developed in
a comprehensive way, and will expect the landowners to work together to facilitate
comprehensive delivery.

297

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The District Council will require the preparation of a Masterplan for the development of 50
dwellings, prior to approval of a development proposal. The Masterplan will establish the broad
location of land uses, roads, services, open space and landscaping, and look at principles such asaccess and movement, built form and phasing. It will demonstrate how the site will deliver the key
aims of Policy SUT 1, whilst having regard to potential future phases of further development ofland north of The Brook. The Masterplan will need to be submitted alongside any initial planningapplication.

Policy SUT 1: Housing allocation, land north of The Brook
Approximately 2.5 hectares of land is allocated for residential development on land north of The
Brook, for 50 dwellings.
A Masterplan will need to be prepared and submitted as part of a planning application, andapproved by the District Council.
Development proposals will be expected to: Demonstrate how they fit with the longer-term plans for the area to the north of The Brook –via an Indicative Development Framework or broad concept plan for the whole area.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Sutton,
including provision for an element of self-build properties.
 Have particular regard to the layout and the scale, height, design and massing of buildings,
and landscaping, in order to minimise amenity impact on adjoining properties, and to provide
an attractive setting to Sutton.
 Provide a minimum of 0.35 hectares of public open space on-site, including provision of a playarea.
 Provide safe vehicular access from Mepal Road.
 Provide a new pedestrian and cycle link to the village centre and primary school via landadjoining 26 The Orchards, and facilitate the opening of the planned link between The
Orchards and Stirling Way.
 Provide necessary highway and walking/cycling network improvements, as demonstrated in
the Transport Assessment for the development proposal.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
Sutton has a range of employment opportunities, mainly provided on the Elean Business Park to
the north-east of the village. The Business Park contains an auction house, industrial units and astraw-burning power station – and also has space for further development. There are also a
number of small businesses elsewhere in the parish, including a car-sales garage and road
haulage firm. The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises inorder to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes
will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).

298

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Sutton. However, suitable new
employment proposals on the edge of the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policies
EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
As outlined in Chapter 3, the District Council will continue to work with infrastructure providers toenable the delivery of necessary infrastructure and facilities. The District Council will also seek tosecure planning obligations and Community Infrastructure Levy monies from developers towards
new infrastructure and facilities required as a result of new development.
It will also be important to protect existing community facilities. The current community facilities in
Sutton (including the shops, pubs, community halls, post office and churches) contribute to thequality of people’s lives. As set out in Chapter 3, the loss of community facilities will be resisted
under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits Sutton will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
The key future infrastructure and service requirements for Sutton are set out in the table below.
These have been identified through discussions with infrastructure providers, and community
consultation. They have also been informed by the Sutton Parish Plan, which was produced in2008. The priority order is as identified by the local community and Parish Council.
1

PriorityMore local retail facilities

2

Traffic Management Proposal
for The Brook, High Street and
The America

3

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

4

Other traffic calming/highway
improvements

5

Improvements to community
facilities

Suggestions
District Council to support proposals for new retail facilities, andprotect loss of existing sites through policies in Local Plan.
Parish Council to work with District and County Council to explore
specific priorities from the proposal to which future funding sources
can be directed. Potential improvements may include: Reduction of speed limit to 20 mph on High Street
 Provision of enhanced 30 mph signage along The America andBellairs
Provision of additional footpaths along Bury Lane and The Americas.
Work with neighbouring parishes to explore the completion of thecycle path from Sutton to Witchford.
Parish Council to work with District and County Council to explore
specific priorities to which future funding sources can be directed.
Potential improvements may include: Explore alternative to the traffic calming island at the entrance tothe village
 Installation of a pelican crossing by the school at The Brook
 Explore provision of on-street parking restrictions
 Seek improvements to bus service
 Place further restrictions on HGV vehicles; and ensure thatexisting restrictions to HGV vehicles are enforced
 Better maintenance of footpaths and improved road/footpath
surfacing.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding
sources, including: New play area equipment on existing site
 New play areas in the village Improvements to existing green areas Provision of new open space and walks
 Upgrading of football pitch off Lawn Lane to provide temporary299

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

6

Need for more school places

7

Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

additional provision in the short term Provision of new senior football pitches located adjacent to theexisting provision off The Brook
 Burial ground (approximately 0.2ha) with parking provision andwater supply, to be provided on land north of The Brook
 Expanded GP provision
Work with County Council to ensure that the current shortage ofspaces and future demand for additional capacity is fully considered
and addressed within the next capital expenditure programme.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Witcham Wastewater Treatment
Works which serves Sutton may need to be upgraded toaccommodate future development (see section 3 of the Local Plan
for further details).

Spatial strategy for Sutton (see Inset Map 8.39)

300

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.35 Swaffham Bulbeck

Description of Swaffham Bulbeck
Swaffham Bulbeck is a small village in a pleasant setting about 8 miles from Cambridge and 6
miles from Newmarket, and incorporates the hamlet of Commercial End. The village began as afarm of settlers from Swabia, then soon after 1066 it became the estate of Hugh of Bolbec. The
village was also an important port for water-borne trade along Swaffham Bulbeck Lode tofenland waterways and flourished as a trading post from the 17th century. This success led tothe construction of many of the attractive buildings, which give the village its distinctive
character. Swaffham Bulbeck has an elongated shape with an attractive green in the heart ofthe village and is covered by a Conservation Area.
Facilities in the village include a shop and post office, church, public house, primary school anda recreation ground with play facilities and pavilion. The village has a regular bus service whichruns to Newmarket and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Swaffham Bulbeck
155
Population
156
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
157
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

820
380
33
7
Regular services to Newmarket and Cambridge (MondaySaturday) (as at June 2012)

155

Population in Swaffham Bulbeck parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings in Swaffham Bulbeck parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
157
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory March 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
156

302

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Swaffham Bulbeck is likely to grow at a slow rate over the Plan period, with new housing being
built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on
the edge of Swaffham Bulbeck.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Swaffham Bulbeck to define the built-up partof the village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into
the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a number of current businesses in the village many of which are based on the
Downing Park Business Park on Station Road and Burgh Hall, Park End. The District Council iskeen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic
growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted incertain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Swaffham Bulbeck. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Swaffham Bulbeck have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes
details relating to the potential upgrading of the Bottisham Waste Water Treatment Works.
1
2
3

4

Priority
Improvements to public realm
Provision of acommunity/village hall
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

Improved transport
links/public transport services

Suggestions
Improvement to pavements, more drop kerbs and marked crossings
Pedestrian crossing from the Denny to the High Street.
Provide Village Hall.
Cycle facilities around the triple bends in the central village from
Cemetery Corner to Heath Road/Commercial End crossroads.
Proper surfaced cycle links to the Wicken Fen/Lode Way cycle route
Direct cycle links to Newmarket and to the Lodes Way.
New pedestrian/cycle crossing over the River Cam to Waterbeach,linking directly with the station and the riverside path to Cambridge
City centre.
Improved footpath/cycle path to Bottisham.
Cycle route from Swaffham Bulbeck to Cambridge should be mademore direct.
Improvement to cycle route along High Street from the church toStonebridge.
Footpaths to the north and east of the village
Bus service to Ely.

303

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions-

Potential upgrade to
Bottisham Waste Water
Treatment Works

Anglian Water has indicated that the Bottisham Wastewater
Treatment Works which serves Swaffham Bulbeck may need to be
upgraded to accommodate future development (see section 3 forfurther details).

Many of the priorities identified are transport-related, involving improvements topedestrian/cycle links and pavements, provision of pedestrian crossings in the village andimproved public transport services. The second priority is for a community/village hall in
Swaffham Bulbeck to provide premises to hold events and a meeting place for local groups. The
District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore options andsecure funding for community facilities and road and transport schemes in Swaffham Bulbeck.
The District Council will also work in partnership to try to retain existing public transport levels,and encourage self-sufficient transport services, such as community transport.
The current community facilities in Swaffham Bulbeck (including the shop, pub, primary school,
recreation ground, play area and church) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss ofcommunity facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community
development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Swaffham Bulbeck (see Inset Map 8.40)

304

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.36 Swaffham Prior

Description of Swaffham Prior
Swaffham Prior is an attractive fen-edge village, five miles west of Newmarket and ten miles
north-east of Cambridge. The village is noted for its twin churches, built side by side – St.
Mary’s and St. Cyriac.
The village contains a large number of Listed Buildings, and most of the High Street isdesignated a Conservation Area. Local village facilities include a primary school, village hall, apublic house, a scout hut, and parish playground. There is a regular bus service to Newmarket
and Cambridge, which runs six days per week.
Key statistics
Swaffham Prior
158
Population
159
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)160
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

830
340
12
27
Regular service to Newmarket and Cambridge (as at 2012)

Housing
Swaffham Prior is likely to continue to experience limited new growth, with new housing being
built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. Additionally, a new housing allocation site is
proposed on land off Rogers Road (see Policy SWP 1 below).
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Swaffham Prior to define the built-up part ofthe village where development (infill and the allocation site) may be permitted. The purpose is to158

Population for Swaffham Prior parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Swaffham Prior parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
160
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
159

305

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation site will need to be in line with Policy SWP 1.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Housing allocation - land off Rogers Road
The site is located on the eastern edge of the village, and is currently agricultural land. It is partof a large open field, and is highly visible from the B1102 and Rogers Road. Any development
scheme will therefore need to be of high quality design, and have careful regard to site layout,building height and massing, and include a significant amount of landscaping. Landscaping andplanting on the south and west boundaries of the site will be particularly important.

Policy SWP 1: Housing allocation, land off Rogers Road
1 hectare of land is allocated for residential development for up to 20 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 40%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority being given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a minimum of 0.1 hectares of public open space on-site.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Swaffham
Prior.
 Have particular regard to site layout, building height and soft landscaping, to minimise thevisual impact of the development from the main B1102 road.
 Provide landscaping along the boundary with the agricultural land to the west and south.
 Demonstrate there is adequate capacity in the sewage treatment works and the foulsewerage network.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
There are several small businesses within the village, including a number ofbuilding/construction firms, a communications business, and a counselling and advice service.
The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support
local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only bepermitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
Additionally, a new employment allocation is proposed on land east of Goodwin Farm, Heath
Road, for B1, B2 or B8 uses. Development on this site will need to be in line with Policy SWP 2.
Other suitable new employment proposals within, and on the edge of the village, will besupported in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.

306

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment allocation - Goodwin Farm, Heath Road
The site lies to the south of the village and is currently agricultural land. Heath Road is a ruralroad, and is likely to require a number of improvements in order to provide safe and secureaccess for vehicles and pedestrians/cyclists. This includes a new footway along Heath Road,
and any other necessary highway improvements as demonstrated by a Transport Assessment.
The site is part of a large open field, and therefore any scheme should be sensitively designed
in order to minimise visual impact on the countryside. Landscaping on the boundaries will also
be important, in order to soften the impact of built development.

Policy SWP 2: Employment allocation, land east of Goodwin Farm, Heath Road
1 hectare of land is allocated for employment development (B1, B2 and B8 uses) on land eastof Goodwin Farm.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide street lighting and a kerbed footway on the north-east side of Heath Road, and anyother necessary highway improvements as demonstrated through a Transport Assessment.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, in order tominimise visual impact on the surrounding countryside.
 Provide landscaping along the boundaries with adjoining agricultural land.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaelogical potential and significance of the site prior to
the submission of a planning application; and Comply with other policies of the Local Plan.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Swaffham Prior have identified a number of infrastructure and community
improvements. A list of priorities is set out in the table below:
1

Priority
Traffic calming/highway
improvements

2

Need for more school
places3

Improvements to thecommunity/village hall

4

Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

Suggestions
Improve access onto Mill Hill from Cage Hill and Heath Road.
Provision of a pedestrian crossing on Mill Hill.
Traffic calming on Mill Hill.
Traffic calming at Lower End, between Manor house and the National
Speed Limit.
Work with District and County Council to ensure better maintenance offootpaths and improved road/footpath surfacing.
Work with County Council to ensure that current shortages within thelocal area are fully considered and addressed within the next capital
expenditure programme.
Create more flexible use of the village hall by developing the rear exit
as a separate entrance.
Provision of a stage and stage curtains.
Creation of more storage facilities for use by community groups.
Improved pedestrian access to the Fens and Lodes.
The District Council and Parish Council to continue to seek
opportunities to increase circular walking routes in and around thevillage by means of permissive paths.

307

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

5

Improvements to sports
ground/open space

6

Provision of a village shop

Continuation of cycle path from Lode/Swaffham Bulbeck through to
Swaffham Prior.
Cycle route linking Swaffham Prior to Clayhithe to link to the west sideof the Cambridge route to Cambridge cycle bridge across A14.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding
sources e.g.
New play area equipment
Creation of a village green or woods
Provision of a tennis court or bowling green
Pavilion and toilets for sports field in Station Road
Youth club-

The current community facilities in Swaffham Prior (including the pub, community hall, play area
and churches) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with theCounty Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, toimprove facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Swaffham Prior (see Inset Map 8.41)

308

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.37 Upware© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Upware
Upware is a small village in the parish of Wicken, and is close to the boundary of South
Cambridgeshire. The village is situated in a very rural position surrounded by open countryside,with three Sites of Special Scientific Interest and a County Wildlife Site. The River Cam passes
through the village and provides a range of boating and leisure opportunities for locals andvisitors.
Facilities in the village are limited but include a riverside public house and marina. Public
transport services are limited in the village with one bus service to Ely every Thursday.
Key statistics
Upware161
Population
162
Dwellings (est.)
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
163
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

70
30
1
1
One bus route to Ely that runs every Thursday morning.

Housing
Although Upware has not experienced any housing growth over the past 10 years, new housing
may come forward over the Plan period on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. No new
housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Upware. A ‘development envelope’ hasbeen drawn around Upware to define the built-up part of the village where infill development
may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on
infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
161

Population for Upware (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Upware (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
163
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
162

309

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are very few businesses following the closure of the Cambridgeshire Environment
Education Service (CEES) field centre, and little employment land and premises (e.g. industrial
or offices) in the village. The District Council is keen to retain employment land and premises inorder to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any employment sites for otherpurposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Upware. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Upware have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities inthe village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1
2
3
4
5

Priority
Improvements to broadband
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Provision of allotment land
Provision of a children’s playarea
Provision of more school
places

Suggestions
The Council is part of a county wide scheme for broadband
improvements.
Cycle routes to Wicken and Waterbeach, including a cycle/footbridgeover the river next to the public house.
Obtain some land by purchase or rental for use as allotments.
Obtain land for use as a small children’s play area.
More school places at both Soham primary and secondary schools tobe secured. Liaison with County Council.

The top priority for Upware is to improve broadband services in the village. The District Council
is working with the County Council on a county-wide project to improve broadband connections
in rural areas where there is no planned private sector investment. The second priority is toimprove the pedestrian and cycle routes in the village. Residents expressed a need for a cycle
route to Wicken, as well as a footbridge over the river next to the public house to give cycle
access to Waterbeach.
Other priorities identified by residents are for the provision of allotments in the village. Land near
the old school has been suggested as a possible location. Also, provision of a new smallchildren's play area is desired. The District Council will work with the County Council and Parish
Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements to community facilities andtransport infrastructure within Upware.
The current community facilities in Upware are very limited and residents are very reliant on
nearby villages such as Wicken. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy
COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Upware (see Inset Map 8.42)

310

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.38 Wardy Hill

Description of Wardy Hill
Wardy Hill is a small hamlet, 1 mile west of Coveney and approximately 7 miles from Ely.
Located on the edge of a low ridge, the hamlet is surrounded by rural countryside and is also
the site of a former Iron Age Hillfort.
There are a few facilities in Wardy Hill, including a Social Club and a play area. Wardy Hill has
one bus service a week on a Thursday to Ely.
Key statistics
Wardy Hill
164
Population
165
Dwellings (est.)
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
166
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

130
50
6
5
Service to Ely (Thursday only) (as at June 2012)

Housing
Wardy Hill is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the settlement. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Wardy Hill.

164

Population for Wardy Hill (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Wardy Hill (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
166
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
165

311

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Wardy Hill to define the built-up part of thesettlement where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in Wardy Hill. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Wardy Hill. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of Wardy Hill will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities in Wardy Hill.
A list of priorities is set out in the table below.
1

Priority
Improvements to Broadband

2

A community/village hall

3

Improvements to play area

Suggestions
District Council is working in partnership with the County Council
to seek improvements to the Broadband service across the
district.
District Council and Parish Council to work in partnership to
explore options for provision of a village hall.
Provision of a slide.

The top priority is for a community/village hall in Wardy Hill. The second and third priorities
involve improvements to the play area and open space. The District Council will work with theParish Council and County Council to explore options and secure funding for community
facilities in Wardy Hill and is already working with the County Council to bring improvements to
the Broadband service across the district through the Connecting Cambridgeshire project.
The current community facilities in Wardy Hill (including the Social Club and play area)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Wardy Hill (see Inset Map 8.43)

312

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.39 Wentworth© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Wentworth
Wentworth is a small, attractive village lying to the south of the A142 between Witchford andSutton, approximately 5 miles west of Ely.
The village is centred on St. Peter’s Church and a number of Listed Buildings at the junction ofMain Street and Church Road. Part of the church is used a village hall/community room andthere is a children’s play area. Residents travel to nearby settlements including Ely for many
goods and services.
Key statistics
Wentworth
167
Population
168
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
169
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

200
108
8
11
None

Housing
Wentworth is likely to continue to grow over the plan period, with new housing being built on
suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village. Additionally, two small housing allocation sites areproposed on land opposite the old Red Lion on Main Street and land east of 1 Main Street.
A development envelope has been drawn around Wentworth to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
167

Population for Wentworth parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Wentworth parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
169
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
168

313

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with Policies
WEN 1 and WEN 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.

Policy WEN 1: Housing allocation, land opposite the old Red Lion, Main Street
Approximately 0.15 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for up to 2
dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide for frontage development only, to reflect the existing character of this part of Main
Street.
 Have particular regard to the protected trees which are present on the site through thesubmission of a full trees assessment.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, and landscaping,in order to provide a high quality scheme which enhances the character of the village andminimises amenity impact on neighbouring properties.
 Provide any necessary highway improvements and/or traffic calming measures to Main Street
as required by the Highways Authority; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Policy WEN 2: Housing allocation, land east of 1 Main Street
Approximately 0.12 hectares of land is allocated for residential development for up to 2
dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide for frontage development only, to reflect the existing character of this part of Main
Street.
 Have particular regard to the protected trees which are present on the site through thesubmission of a full trees assessment.
 Have particular regard to the scale, height, design and massing of buildings, and landscaping,in order to provide a high quality scheme which enhances the character of the village andminimises amenity impact on neighbouring properties.
 Provide any necessary highway improvements and/or traffic calming measures to Main Street
as required by the Highways Authority; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

314

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Employment
The village has no business premises, although a handful of small businesses are run fromresidential properties including JFB interiors and Desiderata Bed and Breakfast.
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Wentworth. However, suitablenew employment proposals on the edge of the village will be supported in principle subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Wentworth have identified a number of infrastructure and community
improvements. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes details
relating to the potential upgrading of the Witcham Waste Water Treatment Works.

1

Priority
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

2

Improvements to play area

3

Improvements to theVillage Hall at St Peter’s
Church4More school places-

Potential upgrade to
Waste Water Treatment
Works

Suggestions
Pedestrian/cycle routes to link village with surrounding settlements
including Sutton and Witcham Toll.
More equipment for all ages of children in the new play area, e.g.
swings.
Installation of a new heating system.
Need for adequate school places to be provided in Witchford for
Wentworth children.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Witcham Wastewater Treatment
Works which serves Wentworth may need to be upgraded toaccommodate future development (see section 3 of the Local Plan forfurther details).

The current community facilities in Wentworth (including the church/community hall and playarea) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with the County
Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve
facilities wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy
COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefit the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Wentworth (see Inset Map 8.44)

315

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.40 Westley Waterless

Description of Westley Waterless
Westley Waterless is a small, long village in the south of the district, approximately 5 miles
south of Newmarket, close to the South Cambridgeshire border. The village comprises a small
group of houses along a single street that runs north-west from Burrough End, and most houses
are strung out along its north-eastern side. The recently restored parish church of St. Mary-theLess contains one of the finest examples of British brass design in the brass portraits of Sir
John and Lady Alyne de Creke.
Facilities in the village include the church and a village hall. The village has a regular bus
service which runs to Newmarket.
Key statistics
Westley Waterless
170
Population
171
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
172
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

130
60
2
1
Limited services to Dullingham and Newmarket (MondaySaturday) (as at June 2012)170

Population for Westley Waterless parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Westley Waterless parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
172
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
171

316

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Westley Waterless has experienced very low growth over the last ten years. Some new housing
is likely to come forward on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the village over the Plan period. No new
housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Westley Waterless.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Westley Waterless to define the built-up partof the village where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into
the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be sensitively designed to reflect
the open and attractive character of the village and be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in the village. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use any
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Westley Waterless. However,suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Westley Waterless Parish Council has indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure andfacilities in the village. The key priority is set out in the table below:
1

Priority
A road improvement scheme

Suggestions
Traffic calming at entrances to village

The District Council will work with the Parish Council and County Council to explore options andsecure funding for traffic calming features in Westley Waterless.
The current community facilities in Westley Waterless (including the church and the village hall)contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under
Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Westley Waterless (see Inset Map 8.45)

317

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.41 Wicken© Wicken Parish Council

Description of Wicken
Wicken is a small village on the edge of the fens near Soham, 10 miles north-east ofCambridge and 5 miles south of Ely. The village is centred on three greens that form the heartof a Conservation Area.
The parish is home to Wicken Fen, the first nature reserve acquired by the National Trust (seePolicy COM 5). It is one of only four wild fens which survive in the Great Fen Basin area, where
99.9% of the former fens have been replaced by arable cultivation. The Wicken Fen Vision is anambitious 100-year project to expand the fen to around 56 km2; the National Trust aims toacquire further land as it becomes available.
Wicken has limited services, which include a village hall, a public house and a bus service toSoham and Ely which runs one day per week.
Key statistics
Wicken173
Population
174
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
175
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

730
300
25
26
1 weekly service to Soham, Barway, Stuntney and Ely (as at
2012)

173

Population for Wicken village (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Wicken village, Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group (mid-2012).
175
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
174

318

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Wicken is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable ‘infill’sites within the village. Additionally, two new housing allocation sites are proposed: land northwest of The Crescent and land south of Church Road. Details of the allocation sites are set out
below.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Wicken to define the built-up part of thevillage where development (infill and the allocation sites) may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the surrounding countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be inline with Policy GROWTH 2. Development on the allocation sites will need to be in line with
Policies WIC 1 and WIC 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.

Policy WIC 1: Housing allocation, land north-west of The CrescentApproximately 0.2 hectares of land is allocated for residential development on land to the northwest of The Crescent for up to 5 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Wicken.
 Have particular regard to the layout, scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise impact on the open countryside; and Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.

Policy WIC 2: Housing allocation, land south of Church Road
Approximately 0.2 hectares of land is allocated for residential development on land to the southof Church Road for up to 5 dwellings.
Development proposals will be expected to: Be frontage development only, to reflect the existing character along Church Road.
 Provide an element of affordable housing (currently 30%) as required under Policy HOU 3,
with priority given to people in local housing need.
 Provide a mix of dwelling types and sizes to reflect current evidence of need within Wicken.
 Have particular regard to the layout, scale, height, design and massing of buildings, andlandscaping, in order to minimise impact on the open countryside.
 Provide appropriate evidence of the archaeological potential and significance of the site prior
to the submission of a planning application; and319

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

 Comply with the other policies of the Local Plan.
Employment
The District Council is keen to retain the stock of business land and premises in order to support
local economic growth. Proposals to re-use employment sites for other purposes will only bepermitted in certain circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Wicken. However, suitablenew employment proposals on the edge of the village, will be supported in principle, subject to
Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Wicken have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements. A
list of priorities is set out in the table below:

1
2

3

4
5
6

7

Priority
Improvements tolocal broadband
service
Improvements topedestrian / cycle
routes
Improvements toplay areas
Improvements tothe community /Village Hall
Improvements tosports pitches /open space
Reducing speeding
through the village
Improvements topublic transport
services

Suggestions
Options for the provision of access to either superfast or basic broadband will
be considered by the Connecting Cambridgeshire project
http://www.connectingcambridgeshire.co.uk/
Cycle route between Wicken and Soham via Downfields / Drury Lane.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sources e.g.
extension of existing play areas.
Play equipment suitable for older children at recreation ground such as BMX
track, and play equipment suitable for very young children.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sources e.g.
wall / roof insulation, refurbishment of kitchen and bar areas, and refurbishmentof original roof towers.
Identify specific improvements to be considered for future funding sources e.g.
cricket pitch on recreation ground, and improved drainage.
Parish Council to work with District and County Council and Cambridgeshire
Police in exploring options to address speeding issues.
The District Council’s aspiration is to see existing service levels retained, and toencourage and support self-sufficient demand responsive transport services,
including community transport. The District Council will work with the County
Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to developtransport services and infrastructure in the most effective way.

The current community facilities in Wicken (including the village hall and pub) contribute to thequality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with the County Council and Parish
Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve facilities wherever
possible. The loss of community facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for
new community development that benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to
Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Wicken (see Inset Map 8.46)

320

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.42 Wilburton© East Cambridgeshire District Council

Description of Wilburton
Wilburton is a small village situated 6 miles south-west of Ely, on the ridge between Strethamand Haddenham. The core of the village is designated as a Conservation Area with aparticularly attractive area around the church.
Wilburton has a range of facilities including two shops, a public house, a village hall and socialclub, a primary school and St. Peter’s Church. There is also a recreation ground with a cricket
pitch, pavilion and local play area and a regular bus service to Cambridge.
Key statistics
Wilburton
176
Population
177
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
178
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

1,360
560
87
20
Regular bus services to Cambridge, Haddenham, Sutton,
Chatteris (Mon-Sat)

176

Population for Wilburton parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Wilburton parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
178
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
177

321

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Wilburton is likely to continue to grow at a modest rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge of
Wilburton.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Wilburton to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
A Community Land Trust has been established for Wilburton and Stretham, and the group has
aspirations to bring forward an exceptions scheme on the edge of Wilburton to deliver
affordable housing and other community benefits. This and other housing schemes outside thedevelopment envelope will be assessed against Policies GROWTH 2, GROWTH 6 and other
Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a range of businesses located in the village, including Wilburton Garage,
Twentypence Garden Centre and a number of small employers such as building contractors,
business and PR consultants and computer software developers. The District Council is keen toretain the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic growth.
Proposals to reuse employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain
circumstances (see Policy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Wilburton. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Wilburton have identified a number of infrastructure and community improvements.
A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes details relating to thepotential upgrading of the Witchford Waste Water Treatment Works.

1
2
3
4
-

Priority
Improvements to sports
grounds/open space
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to play areas
Improvements to thecommunity/Village Hall
Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

Suggestions
New pavilion; better changing facilities; off road parking.
Pedestrian/cycle routes to link village with Stretham, Cottenham, Ely
and Cambridge.
Updated play equipment; new equipment for toddlers.
Parking provision.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Wilburton Wastewater Treatment
Works may need to be upgraded to accommodate future development(see section 3 of the Local Plan for further details).

The current community facilities in Wilburton (including the village hall, social club andrecreation ground) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with
the County Council and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, toimprove facilities wherever possible. The loss of existing community facilities will also be322

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefit the village
will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Wilburton (see Inset Map 8.47)

323

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.43 Witcham

Description of Witcham
Witcham is a small village located approximately 6 miles to the west of Ely and close to thesettlements of Mepal, Sutton and Wentworth. The name of the village is likely to have been
derived from the term ‘Wych Elms’ due to the trees which grow locally. The village is centredaround a crossroads and contains a number of Listed Buildings, the majority of which date fromthe 13th and 14th centuries. It includes a designated Conservation Area centred around the HighStreet.
Witcham has a limited range of facilities – there is a village hall, a part-time post office service, achurch, recreation area including a play area and a public house.
Key statistics
Witcham
179
Population
180
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)
181
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

420
190
17
16
Regular services to Ely (Mon-Sat) (as at 2012)

Housing
Witcham is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofWitcham.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Witcham to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.

179

Population for Witcham parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Witcham parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
181
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
180

324

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate. However, it should be noted that Witcham Parish
Council does not support development coming forward outside the development envelope (as at
May 2013).
Employment
There are several businesses in Witcham including, a window and conservatory installer, turf
supplier and a Bridal Design business. The District Council is keen to retain the stock ofbusiness land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Witcham. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Witcham have indicated a desire for improvements to the village hall,pedestrian/cycle routes and the existing play area as their top 3 priorities. A full list of priorities
is set out in the table below. The table also includes details relating to the potential upgrading of
the Witcham Waste Water Treatment Works.
1
2
3
4
5
6
-

Priority
Improvements to thevillage/community hall
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes
Improvements to the existing
play area
Improvements to public
transport/community transport
New play area
Improvements to sports
ground/open space
Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

Suggestions
Further development and refurbishment including sport changing
facilities.
Parish Council supporting A142 cycleway working party incompleting the link between Witcham Toll and Wentworth tocomplete the cycleway between Sutton and Ely.
Refurbishment and maintenance of existing play area necessary
for the future.
Cambridgeshire County review and consultation on only bus
service for village following removal of subsidy.

Anglian Water has indicated that the Witcham Wastewater
Treatment Works may need to be upgraded to accommodate future
development (see section 3 of the Local Plan for further details).

The current community facilities in Witcham (including the village hall and recreation area)
contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The District Council will work with the County Council
and Parish Council to secure funding, including developer contributions, to improve facilities
wherever possible. The loss of community facilities will also be resisted under Policy COM 3.
Proposals for new community development that benefits the village will be supported inprinciple, subject to Policy COM 4.

325

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The District Council will also continue to work in partnership with Cambridgeshire County
Council to try to ensure that the community retains its current levels of accessibility, andencourage self-sufficient transport services such as community transport.
Spatial strategy for Witcham (see Inset Map 8.48)

326

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.44 Witchford

Description of Witchford
Witchford is a large village situated in agricultural countryside 1 mile west of Ely. The village iselongated in shape and has a number of attractive buildings. From 1943-1946 Lancasterbombers flew from RAF Witchford, just outside the parish. The airbase was dismantled and thesite is now farmland and a business park.
Facilities in the village include a shop, post office, 2 churches, village hall, recreation ground,garage, and primary school. The village is home to one of the 4 Village Colleges (secondary
school) in the district which serves Witchford and the surrounding villages. A new district
household recycling centre is located on the edge of the village. The village has a regular bus
service which runs to Ely and Cambridge.
Key statistics
Witchford
182
Population
183
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-13 (net)184
Estimated new dwellings 2013-31
Existing public transport services

2,410
960
89
37
Regular services to Ely and Cambridge (Monday-Saturday) (as atJune 2012)

182

Population for Witchford parish (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Witchford parish (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
184
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory September 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential
supply from rural exception windfall sites.
183

327

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Witchford is likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing being built on suitable‘infill’ sites within the village. No new housing allocation sites are proposed on the edge ofWitchford.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around Witchford to define the built-up part of thevillage where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is to prevent sprawl into theopen countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Witchford Parish Council is keen to see more affordable housing in the village and has indicatedpositive support for exception schemes outside the development envelope for affordable
housing to meet local needs. Housing schemes outside the development envelope will beassessed against Policy GROWTH 2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are a number of businesses in the village and two business parks in Witchford parish –Greenham Park and Sedgeway Business Park. The District Council is keen to retain the stockof business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to re-use
employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (see Policy
EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Witchford. However, suitablenew employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will be supported in principle,
subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents in Witchford have indicated a desire for improvements to infrastructure and facilities
in the village. A list of priorities is set out in the table below. The table also includes details
relating to the potential upgrading of the Witchford Waste Water Treatment Works.
1

Priority
Improvements topedestrian/cycle routes

2

Improvements to sports
grounds/open space

3

Improvements to thecommunity/village hallMore school places
Potential upgrade to Waste
Water Treatment Works

4-

Suggestions
Foot/cycle bridge to cross A10 from BP garage into Ely.
Pedestrian path on Grunty Fen road from Main Street.
Increase width of footpath/cycle paths along Ely Road/Main street
and Sutton Road.
New netball courts at Bedwell Hey Lane recreation ground.
Improvements to Victoria Green Park.
Improvements to Common Road play area.
Refurbishment of Village Hall.
Liaison with County Council Education department.
Anglian Water has indicated that the Witchford Wastewater
Treatment Works may need to be upgraded to accommodate future
development (see section 3 of the Local Plan for further details).

The top priority is for improvements to pedestrian/cycle routes, particularly to Ely. Other
priorities include improvements to sports grounds/open spaces and to the Village Hall, andmore school places in Witchford. The District Council will work with the Parish Council and328

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

County Council to explore options and secure funding for improvements to open spaces andcommunity facilities in Witchford. The District Council will work with the County Council to
explore the issue of extra school places and also work in partnership to try to retain existing
public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport services, such as community
transport.
The current community facilities in Witchford (including the shop, post office, churches, village
hall, and recreation ground) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community
facilities will be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that
benefits the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Witchford (see Inset Map 8.49)

329

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

8.45 Woodditton and Saxon Street© Rodney Vincent

Description of Woodditton and Saxon Street
The parish of Woodditton includes a number of small villages, including Saxon Street, Ditton
Green and Little Ditton as well as the Crockfords Park area of Newmarket (included in the entry
for Newmarket Fringe). Locally however the villages of Ditton Green and Little Ditton are mostcommonly referred to as Woodditton. Woodditton is an ancient village, first mentioned in an
instrument of King Canute, and in Domesday Book. Situated on the Cambridgeshire/Suffolk
border, close to Newmarket, the Parish comprises a mix of both urban and more rural areas andis dominated by stud land, farmland and woodland. A part of the southern boundary is theAnglo-Saxon earthworks, Devil's Ditch, which is crossed by the old Roman road - the Icknield
Way.
Facilities in both Wooditton and Saxon Street are limited. Woodditton has a church and a public
house, Saxon Street has a Methodist Chapel with a hall and sports fields. Both settlements
have a limited bus service which runs to Newmarket.
Key statistics
Woodditton
185
Population
186
Dwellings
New dwellings built 2001-2013 (net)
187
Estimated new dwellings 2013-2031
Existing public transport services

860
380
26
8
Limited services to Newmarket (as at 2012)

185

Population for Woodditton parish, excluding Newmarket Fringe (mid-2012).
Dwellings for Woodditton parish, excluding Newmarket Fringe (mid-2012), Cambridgeshire County Council Research Group.
187
East Cambridgeshire Housing Trajectory March 2014. Note, this is likely to be an underestimate as it excludes potential supply
from rural exception windfall sites.
186

330

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

Housing
Woodditton and Saxon Street are likely to continue to grow at a slow rate, with new housing
being built on suitable ‘infill’ sites within the settlements. No new housing allocation sites areproposed on the edge of Woodditton or Saxon Street.
A ‘development envelope’ has been drawn around both Woodditton and Saxon Street to define
the built-up part of the settlements where infill development may be permitted. The purpose is toprevent sprawl into the open countryside. Development on infill sites will need to be in line with
Policy GROWTH 2.
Outside the development envelope, housing will not normally be permitted – unless there are
exceptional circumstances, such as essential dwellings for rural workers, or affordable housing.
Housing schemes outside the development envelope will be assessed against Policy GROWTH
2 and other Local Plan policies as appropriate.
Employment
There are few businesses in Woodditton and Saxon Street. The District Council is keen to retain
the stock of business land and premises in order to support local economic growth. Proposals to
re-use employment sites for other purposes will only be permitted in certain circumstances (seePolicy EMP 1).
No new employment allocation sites are proposed on the edge of Woodditton or Saxon Street.
However, suitable new employment proposals within or on the edge of the village will besupported in principle, subject to Policies EMP 2, EMP 3 and EMP 4.
Infrastructure and community facilities
Residents of both Woodditton and Saxon Street have indicated a desire for improvements toinfrastructure and facilities. A list of priorities for each settlement is set out in the tables below.
Woodditton
1
2

Priority
Traffic calming/highway
improvements
Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes

Suggestions
More speed checks.
Warning chevrons at Three Ponds Corner, Vicarage Lane.
Extension of cycle paths to compensate for reduction in bus
services.

Saxon Street
1

2
3

Priority
Traffic calming/highway improvements

Improvements to pedestrian/cycle
routes
Improvements to play area

Suggestions
Gateway treatment for both ends of The Street
Improved footway at the bends at the narrow lower end of
The Street.
More speed checks on School Road and The Street
Extensions to cycle paths.
Continued development of the large sports field in School
Road including provision of sports pitches and better
facilities.

331

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Part Two: Village/Town Visions

The top two priorities for both areas are traffic calming/highway improvements andimprovements to pedestrian/cycle links. Other priorities include improvements to play areas,
sports grounds and open space. The District Council will work with the Parish Council andCounty Council to explore options and secure funding for community facilities and road andtransport schemes in both settlements. The District Council will also work in partnership to try toretain existing public transport levels, and encourage self-sufficient transport services, such ascommunity transport.
The current community facilities in Woodditton and Saxon Street (including the church, chapel
and public house) contribute to the quality of people’s lives. The loss of community facilities will
also be resisted under Policy COM 3. Proposals for new community development that benefits
the village will be supported in principle, subject to Policy COM 4.
Spatial strategy for Wooddittton (see Inset Map 8.50)
Spatial strategy for Saxon Street (see Inset Map 8.51)

332

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Appendix 1: Superceded policies
Following its adoption, the East Cambridgeshire Local Plan replaces all of the policies in theCore Strategy (2009) and any saved policies from the District Local Plan (2000). The tables
below illustrate how the previous policies are superceded by the new Local Plan policies.
Chapter 3 - Delivery of sustainable growth
Local Plan Policy
GROWTH 1: Levels of housing, employment
and retail growth
GROWTH 2: Locational Strategy
GROWTH 3: Infrastructure requirements
GROWTH 4: Delivery of Growth
GROWTH 5: Presumption in favour
sustainable development
GROWTH 6: Community-led developmentof

Replaces Core Strategy policy
CS2 – Housing
CS4 – Employment
CS5 - Retail
CS1 – Spatial strategy
CS7 - InfrastructureCS2 - Housing
CS4 – Employment
CS5 - Retail-

Chapter 4 – Housing
Local Plan Policy
HOU 1: Housing mix
HOU 2: Housing density
HOU 3: Affordable housing provision
HOU 4: Affordable housing exception sites
HOU 5: Dwellings for rural workers
HOU 6: Residential care accommodation
HOU 7: Mobile homes & residential caravanparks
HOU 8: Extension and replacement ofdwellings in the countryside
HOU 9: Gypsies, travellers and travelling
showpeople sites

Replaces Core Strategy policy
H1 – Housing mix and type
H2 - Density
H3 – Affordable housing
H4 – Affordable housing exceptions
H5 – Dwellings for rural workers
H6 – Residential care homes
H7 – Mobile home and residential caravanparks
H8 – Alterations or replacement of dwellingsin the countryside
CS3 – Gypsy and traveller sites and sites fortravelling showpeople

Chapter 5 – Employment
Local Plan Policy
EMP 1: Retention of existing employment sites
and allocations
EMP 2: Extensions to existing businesses in
the countryside
EMP 3: New employment development in the
countryside
EMP 4: Re-use and replacement of existingbuildings in the countryside

Replaces Core Strategy policy
EC1 – Retention of employment sites

EC2 – Extensions to existing businesses in
the countryside
EC6 – New employment buildings on theedge of settlements
EC3 – Non-residential re-use or replacementof buildings in the countryside
EC4 – Residential re-use of buildings in the
countryside
EMP 5: Equine development
EC7 – Horse racing
EMP 6: Development affecting the horse racing EC7- Horse racing
industry333East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

EMP 7: Tourist facilities and visitor attractions
EMP 8: Tourist accommodation
EMP 9: Holiday and seasonal occupancy
conditions

EC8 – Tourist facilities and visitor attractions
EC9 – Tourist accommodation
EC10 - Holiday and seasonal occupancy
conditions

Chapter 6 - Environment and climate change
Local Plan Policy
ENV 1: Landscape and settlement character
ENV 2: Design
ENV 3: Shop fronts and advertisements
ENV 4: Energy efficiency and renewableenergy in construction
ENV 5: Carbon offsetting
ENV 6: Renewable energy developments
ENV 7: Biodiversity and geology
ENV 8: Flood risk
ENV 9: Pollution
ENV 10: Green Belt
ENV 11: Conservation Areas
ENV 12: Listed Buildings
ENV 13: Locally Listed Buildings
ENV 14: Sites of archaeological interest
ENV 15: Historic parks and gardens
ENV 16: Enabling development associated withheritage assets

Replaces Core Strategy policy
EN1 - Landscape and settlement character
EN2 - Design
EN2 - Design
EN3 – Sustainable construction and energy
efficiency
EN4 – Renewable energy
EN6 – Biodiversity and geology
EN7 – Flood risk
EN8 - Pollution
EN9 – Green Belt
EN5 – Historic conservation
EN5 – Historic conservation
EN5 – Historic conservation
EN5 – Historic conservation
EN5 – Historic conservation-

Chapter 7 - Community services and infrastructure
Local Plan Policy
COM 1: Location of retail and town centre uses
COM 2: Retail uses in town centres
COM 3: Retaining community facilities
COM 4: New community facilities
COM 5: Strategic green infrastructure
COM 6: Telecommunications
COM 7: Transport impact
COM 8: Parking provision

Replaces Core Strategy policy
S1 - Location of retail and town centre uses
S2 - Retail uses in town centres
S3 – Retaining community facilities and openspace
CS6 - Environment
S5 - Telecommunications
S6 – Transport impact
S7 – Parking provision

Chapter 8 - Village visions
Local Plan Policy
Site allocations and proposals - various

ReplacesCore Strategy policies:
CS2 – Housing
CS3 – Gypsies and travellers
CS4 – Employment
CS5 – RetailCS7 – Infrastructure
CS9 – Ely

334

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
AppendicesCS10 – Soham
CS11 – Littleport
District Local Plan (2000) policies:
Policy 11 – Ely allocations
Policy 12 – Littleport and Soham allocations
Policy 13 – Sutton and Burwell allocations
Policy 14 – Fordham, Bottisham, Newmarket
Fringe allocations
Policy 16 – Development briefs for the
allocation sites
Policy 155 – Bottisham, land at Tunbridge
Lane
Policy 160 – Burwell, mixed use at Reach
Road
Policy 167 – Ely Design Briefs
Policy 179 – Isleham Baptist Chapel
Policy 180 – Isleham employment allocation
Policy 187 – Littleport employment allocations
Policy 187 – Newmarket Fringe, allocation
Policy 201 – Railway land335

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Appendix 2: Designated wildlife/historical sites
This appendix sets out details of the sites in East Cambridgeshire which have been identified as
being important in natural or cultural terms. The tables below list the sites and provide locational
details. The tables also indicate the map numbers where the sites can be viewed in the Local
Plan. The following categories of sites are included:










Sites of International, National and Local Importance for Nature Conservation
Sites of Special Scientific Interest
County Wildlife Sites
Local Nature Reserves
Protected Roadside Verges
Areas of Ancient Woodland
Scheduled Ancient Monuments
Historic Parks and Gardens
Conservation Areas

Sites of International, National and Local Importance for Nature Conservation
Map

Site Description and Explanation

Sites of International ImportanceRamsar Sites are listed under the Convention on
8.28, 8.39
Wetlands of International Importance and are
8.16, 8.30
important in terms of Wildfowl Habitat
8.46
8.28, 8.39

8.28, 8.29
8.46
8.16, 8.30

Special Protection Areas (SPA’s) are classified
under the EC Directive on the Conservation of Wild
Birds. Within these areas special priority is given to
the protection of birds, their eggs, nests and habitats.
Special Areas of Conservation (SACs) areclassified under the EC Habitats Directive aimed atpromoting measures to maintain or restore natural
habitats and wild species.

UK
Description
SSSI

Sites
Ouse Washes
Chippenham
Fen

SSSI

Wicken Fen
Ouse Washes

SPA
SSSI
SAC

Ouse Washes
Wicken Fen
ChippenhamFen

8.33, 8.36

Devil’s Dyke

Sites of National Importance
National Nature Reserves (NNRs) declared under
8.46
section 19 of the National Parks and Access to the
8.16, 8.30
Countryside Act 1949
Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) aredesignated under the Wildlife and Countryside Act
1981 (as amended)
Sites of Regional/Local Importance
Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) designated by local
authorities under section 21 of the National Parks
and Access to the Countryside Act 1949
County Wildlife Sites
Protected Roadside Verges

SSSI

SSSI

Chippenham
Fen
See
table
below

LNR

See
below

table

CWS

See
below
See

table

PRV

336

Wicken Fen

table

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Map

Site Description and ExplanationUK
Description

Sites
below

Sites of Special Scientific Interest
Map
Site
Sites of Special Scientific Interest
8.16, 8.34
Brackland Rough
Cam Washes
Chettisham Meadows
8.16, 8.30
Chippenham Fen (National Nature Reserve)
Delph Bridge Drain
8.33, 8.36
Devil's Dyke
8.14, 8.32
Ely Pits and Meadows
8.28, 8.29

8.34

Ouse Washes
Out and Plunder Woods
Park Wood
Roswell Pits
Shippea Hill
Snailwell Meadows

8.35

Soham Wet Horse Fen

8.14

Grid Reference

TL568660 TL550806 TL393747 -TL571987
TL660549
TL641546
TL555811
TL637850
TL638678

TL550805 -Stow Cum Quy Fen
Ten Wood
Upware Bridge Pit North
Upware North Pit
Upware South Pit
Wicken Fen (National Nature Reserve)
SSSI partly within East Cambridgeshire District:

8.46

TL632699
TL530692
TL541830
TL648697
TL568768
TL653584
TL564808

TL538725-

TL612725 TL605723 -TL612729
TL516628
TL664558
TL543725
TL544 728
TL539709
TL555700
TL610625
TL663646

Newmarket Heath

County Wildlife Sites
Local CW Site
Plan Ref
No
1
7442
2
7445
3
7359
4
7063
5

7050

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

7243
7052
7515
7280
7086
7087
7083
7088
7338/2

15

7514

16

7364

Site Name
Ashley B1085 RSV
Track west of Lower Windmill
Mill Road hedgerows
Bottisham Park
Heath Road/Street Way Green
Lanes
Brinkley Wood
St George's churchyard
Brinkley Hall Veteran Trees
Bushy Grove
Burwell Brick Pit
Paulines Swamp
Burwell Disused Railway
Spring Close
Warren Hill and adjacent areas
Cheveley
Park
Stud
VeteranTrees
Chippenham Park

337

Grid
Reference
TL7062
TL717617
TL698627
TL546 1

ParishMap

AshleyAshleyAshleyBottisham

TL5758Bottisham

TL615554
TL581567
TL628549
TL652549
TL577689
TL584657
TL5765
TL587660
TL6563

Brinkley
Brinkley
Brinkley
Burrough Green
BurwellBurwellBurwellBurwell
Cheveley

8.45

TL672614

Cheveley

8.10

TL6669Chippenham

8.11

8.2
8.5, 8.40

8.6
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.29

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Local CW Site
Plan Ref
No

Site Name

17

7379

18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
29

7422
7516
7293
7281
7283
7119
7176
7192
7197
7223

30

7227

31

7226

Havacre Meadows and Deal
Nook
Freckenham Road RSV
Chippenham Avenue Fields
Great Widgham Wood
Little Widgham Wood
Parish boundary hedgerow
Angel Drove drains
Beald Drove pollard willows
Chettisham meadows
Ely Cemetery
Middle Fen Bank pollard willows
River Lark and associatedhabitatBlack Wing drains

32

7003/1

Aldreth Ponds

33

7012

Fen Side pollard willows

34

7017/3

River Great Ouse

35

7025

36

7002

37
38
39
40
41
42

7403
7372
7376
7447
7374
7429

43

7301

44
45
46
47
48
49
50

7048
7427
7056
7060
7105/2
7034
7038

51

7035

52

7335

53

7360

54
55
56
57
58
59

7330/2
7382
7140
7154
7149
7142

Guppy’s Pond & Hinton Hedges
Haddenham
Engine/Adventurer's
Headdrainage system
Isleham Railway Cutting
Chippenham Gravel Pit
Kennett churchyard
Kennett restored gravel pit
Halfmoon Plantation pit
Great Wood
Lucy Wood and adjacentfeatures
Byall Fen pumping station drains
Little Ouse River
Anglesey Abbey
Swaffham Poor's Fen
River Cam
Mepal gravel pits
River Close parkland
Sutton and Mepal Pumping
Station Drains
Old Rectory meadows
The Limekilns and adjacentareas
Snailwell grasslands and woods
East Fen Common
Mere Side grasslands
Qua Fen Common
Soham Cemetery
Broadpiece

338

Grid
Reference

ParishMap

TL6870Chippenham

TL667 1
T662674
TL667552
TL663550
TL6556
TL5379
TL524808
TL5483
TL547808
TL579816

Chippenham
Chippenham
Dullingham
Dullingham
Dullingham
Ely
Ely
Ely
Ely
Ely

8.14
8.14
8.14
8.14
8.14

TL68

Ely

8.30

TL5981Ely
8.30
Haddenham
TL444731
8.1(Aldreth)
TL462738 Haddenham
Haddenham,
Wilburton,
8.4,8.14
Stretham,
8.24, 8.25,
Thetford,
8.32
Wicken, Soham,
Ely, Littleport
Tl469759 Haddenham
8.18
TL4273

Haddenham

TL6372
TL685688
TL699683
TL706684
TL6968
TL704549

IslehamKennett
Kennett
Kennett
Kennett
Kirtling

TL6856

Kirtling

TL5085
TL68
TL5262
TL532643
TL57
TL4283
TL440811

Little Downham
Littleport
Lode
Lode
Lode
Mepal
Mepal

TL4181

Mepal

TL643673

Snailwell

TL6665

Snailwell

TL6367
TL6073
TL586737
TL5974
TL599723
TL581743

Snailwell
Soham
Soham
Soham
Soham
Soham

8.1

8.20
8.20
8.21

8.26

8.28
8.34
8.34
8.35
8.35
8.35
8.35
8.35

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Local CW Site
Plan Ref
No
60
7284
61
7285
62
7286
63
7287
64
7274
65
7290
66
7005

Site Name

Grid
Reference
TL651570
TL652578
TL654573
TL655576
TL645573
TL65258I
TL4l78

Basefield Wood
Combers Wood
Great Chitlings Wood
Little Chitlings Wood
Marmer's Wood
Pickmore Wood
Old Bedford Low Bank drains
Hundred Foot Bank swamp andTL432801
ditch

67

7036

68

7064/1

Cow Bridge pollard willows

TL554633

69
70
71
72
73

7079
7077
7079/27076
7028

Beacon Course green lane
Driest Droveway
July Course grass lands
Swaffham Prior Meadow
Wentworth pollard willows

TL5962
TL562649
TL6062
TL567645
TL479777

74

7249

Ladies Grove and Hay Wood

TL624556

75
76
77
78
79
80
81

7517
7133
7288
7295
7460
7297
7289/2

Kingfisher’s Bridge wetland
New River and Monk's Lode
Charcoals Wood
Ditton Park Wood
Links Golf Course
Wood south of Parsonage Farm
Woodditton Kirtling road RSV
The Bury Meadow

TL544732
TL5970
TL658575
TL668569
TL6261
TL670582
TL6657
TL474803

ParishMap

Stetchworth
Stetchworth
Stetchworth
Stetchworth
Stetchworth
Stetchworth
Sutton

8.51
8.51
8.51

Sutton8.39

Swaffham
Bulbeck
Swaffham Prior
Swaffham Prior
Swaffham Prior
Swaffham Prior
WentworthWestley
WaterlessWickenWickenWoodditton
Woodditton
Woodditton
Woodditton
Woodditton
Witcham

8.40
8.41
8.41
8.45
8.46
8.51
8.51
8.51

Local Nature Reserves
Map

8.23

Site
Little Downham
Isleham

Grid Reference
TL523833
TL636726

Site

Road
Classification
B1085
Unclassified
roadtoFreckenham
Unclassified

Protected Roadside Verges
Map

County Ref
No
E1
E4

8.34

E6

8.51

E7
E8
E9

Designation

AshleyChippenham

CWS/PRVCWS/PRV

Snailwell (South of thestud to the railway)
Swaffham Bulbeck
Woodditton
Stuntney

PRV
PRV
CWS/PRVPRV (adj
SSSI)

toHeath Road
Unclassified
A142

Grid Reference
TL710625 - 709425
TL662713
TL640668-642671
TL567621-580613
TL669574
TL568768

Areas of Ancient Woodland
ASNW = Ancient semi-natural woodland
PAWS = Plantations on ancient woodland sites
8.45

Map

Site
Hay Wood/Ladies Grove

ASNW

339

StatusGrid Reference
TL624554

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Map

Site
Great Wood
Ditton Park Wood
Great Widgham Wood
Ten Wood
LittleWidgham/Out
Woods
Brinkley Wood
Lucy Wood
Hat Wood/Ladies Grove
Little Chitlings Woods
Pickmore Wood
Combers Wood
Basefield Wood
Marmers Wood
Park Wood
Charcoals Wood

8.51

8.45
8.21
8.51
8.51
8.51

8.51

ASNW
PAWS
PAWS
ASNW
ASNW

Status

ASNW
ASNW
ASNW
ASNW
PAWS
ASNW
PAWS
ASNW
ASNW
ASNW

Grid Reference
TL703549
TL667569
TL667552
TL664559
TL657547
TL615554
TL684568
TL623557
TL655576
TL652581
TL651578
TL651569
TL645573
TL640546
TL658574

Scheduled Ancient Monuments
ParishMap

AshleyAshleyAshley8.2

AshleyBottisham
BottishamCountyNumber
67
252
29710
29721
71

8.5

33269
72

Bottisham
Bottisham

33346

Burrough Green

8.7

33588

BurwellBurwell

8.8

5
29382

Cheveley

8.10

27187

Chippenham
Chippenham
Chippenham
Chippenham

27176
27177
27178
27179

Chippenham

27180

Chippenham

33372

Monument

Grid Reference

All Saints' Church, remains of
TL705602
Remains of St Mary's Church
TL711616
Gesyns: Moated Site 600m south east of Elms
TL7060 6128
Farm
Sylhall: moated site 520m south of Elms Farm TL70l46109
Deserted medieval village in Bottisham ParkTL546616
Medieval moated site Land south of Bendyshe
TL 546604
Farm
Romano-British settlement site west ofTL578 588
Allington Hill
Four bowl barrows at Allington Hill, 420m
TL5806 5860
south-west of Allington Hill Farm
Medieval moated site 160m north-east of The
TL6367 5562
Hall
Devil's Ditch, Reach to Woodditton
TL568 660
Burwell Castle
TL5871 6609
Cheveley Castle, 350m north west of Old Hall
TL67876131
Farm
Bowl barrow in Isleham Plantation

TL6594 7108

Bowl barrow 630m south-east of Waterhall
Farm, part of the Chippenham barrow TL6842 6689
cemetery
The Rookery bowl barrow, part of the
Chippenham barrow cemetery, 250m south of TL6788 6700
Water hall Farm
Hilly Plantation bowl barrow, part of the
Chippenham barrow cemetery, 500m south TL6757 6689
west of Waterhall Farm
Four bowl barrows north of the A11/ A14
junction, part of the Chippenham barrow TL6721 6696
cemeteryLumber Hill bowl barrow, 720m north-east ofTL6772 6996
Chippenham Stud340

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Parish
Ely
Ely
Ely
Ely
Fordham
Fordham

Map
8.14
8.14
8.14
8.14
8.17, 8.34

CountyNumber
27
30
39
68
80
27168

Haddenham

33363

Haddenham

33364

Haddenham

33365

Haddenham

33366

Haddenham

33367

Haddenham
Isleham

8.19

33376
83

Isleham

8.19

27101

Kennett

8.20

27169

Kirtling

8.21

13608

Lode

8.27

254

Mepal
Reach
Soham
Stetchworth

24426
8.33
8.36

5
47
5

Stetchworth

27170

StrethamStretham60
257

Sutton20806

Sutton33373

Sutton33371

Swaffham Bulbeck 8.40

11552

Swaffham Bulbeck

33341

Swaffham Bulbeck

33342

Swaffham Bulbeck
Swaffham Prior

33384
5

Swaffham Prior

87

Swaffham Prior

3382

WickenWoodditton

8.46

29711
5

Monument

Grid Reference

Chapel at St John's Farm
Monastic building at St John's Farm
"Cherry Hill", castle mound
Ely Cathedral: claustral buildings
Roman villa South of Snailwell Fen
Moor Farm bowl barrow
Three bowl barrows 450m and 570m east of
New EnglandLong barrow at Foulmire Fen, 140m north-westof the junction of Black and Small Fen Drove
Oval barrow and round barrow at Small Fen
Two bowl barrows 370m and 505m south of
New England
Round barrow at Small Fen, 220m east of thejunction of Back and Small Fen Drove
Round barrow 450m east of Shelford Farm
Lime kilns on E side of High Street
Isleham Priory: an alien Benedictine priory
100m W of St Andrews Church
Howe Hill bowl barrow
Moated sites, earthworks and ponds at Kirtling
Tower
Roman settlement
Bowl barrow 250m ESE of Common Farm: partof a dispersed round barrow cemetery in Block
Fen
Devil's Ditch, Reach to Woodditton
Roman site near Old Fordey Farm, Barway
Devil's Ditch, Reach to W oodditton
Bowl barrow 160m SW of the National Stud
Clubhouse
Stretham pumping engine
Settlement site south of Tiled House FarmLong barrow at South Fen, 180m south-east of
Between Ditches Drove
Long barrow at South Fen, 90m south-west of
the west end of Ryanmoor Long Turning
Round barrow 690m south-west of Stocking
Drove Farm
Swaffham Bulbeck moated site
Five bowl barrows 270m north of Hare Park
Stud
Three bowl barrows 640m north-west of Hare
Park StudLong barrow 650m nort-west of Lythel’s Farm
Devil's Ditch, Reach to Woodditton
Roman villa and Iron Age settlement north ofReach Bridge
Long barrow 410m south-east of Partridge
Hall Farm
Moated site south of Chancel Farm
Devil’s Dyke

TL532 801
TL535 802
TL541 799
TL541 802
TL636 683
TL6210 7334

341

TL4088 7496
TL4200766680
TL4211 7691
TL4046 7452
TL4231 7674
TL645 743
TL64177446
TL6953 6822
TL6869 5750
TL542 633
TL4307 8293
TL568 660
TL543 752
TL568 660TL61246123
TL517729
TL523 733
TL 4211 7761
TL4210 7728
TL3969 8145
TL5555 6279
TL5807 5960
TL5776 5981
TL5282 6696
TL568 660TL573 652
TL5892 6211
TL5770 7026
TL568 660-

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Historic Parks and Gardens
Map
8.26

8.11
8.13

8.40, 8.41

Site

English Heritage
Grade
II*

Anglesey Abbey
Bottisham Park
Brinkley Hall
Cheveley Park
Chippenham Hall
Dullingham House
Fordham Abbey
Stetchworth Park
Sutton Park
Swaffham Prior House

II
II

II

Grid
Reference
TL525620
TL551616
TL630550
TL668612
TL664693
TL627580
TL630697
TL641592
TL451791
TL564638

Conservation Areas
8.2
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.8
8.10
8.11
8.40
8.13
8.14
8.16
8.18
8.18
8.19
8.22
8.23
8.25
8.26
8.33
8.34
8.35
8.37
8.39
8.40
8.41
8.46
8.47
8.48

Map

Conservation Area
AshleyBottisham
Brinkley
Burrough Green
Burwell – High Town
Burwell – North Street
Cheveley
Chippenham
Commercial End (Swaffham Bulbeck)
Dullingham
Ely
Fordham
Haddenham
Haddenham – Hill Row
Isleham
Kirtling (Upend)
Little Downham
Littleport
Lode
Reach
Snailwell
Soham
Stretham
SuttonSwaffham Bulbeck
Swaffham Prior
WickenWilburton
Witcham

342

TL698616
TL547605
TL631548
TL638556
TL589675
TL589664
TL684606
TL663698
TL557633
TL628579
TL542801
TL633708
TL464755
TL458757
TL644744
TL703584
TL525838
TL567868
TL535627
TL567662
TL644676
TL592732
TL513745
TL448788
TL556624
TL570642
TL568708
TL485749
TL465799

Grid ReferenceEast Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Appendix 3: Glossary
Accessibility
Adoption
AH

Affordable housing

Allocation

AMR

Ancient Woodland
AnnualMonitoring
reportBiodiversity

BAP
BREEAM

Biodiversity
ActionPlan
BRE
Environmental
Assessment Method
Brownfield site/land

Carbon offsetting
Code for Sustainable
Homes

CIL

Community
Infrastructure Levy

CLT

Community Land Trust

Communityand facilities

services

Conservation Area
Constraint
Contaminated land
Consultation

Glossary
People’s ability to get to essential services and facilities, work andpublic transport.
The final confirmation of a Local Development Document as having
statutory status by a Local Planning Authority.
The Government’s National Planning Policy Framework defines
affordable housing as ‘Social rented, affordable rented andintermediate housing, provided to eligible households whose needs
are not met by the market’.
An allocation is a proposal for land for housing, industry or otheruses within a Local Plan that identifies a specific area of land to be
developed within the time period of the plan.
Refers specifically to woodland dating back to 1600 or before.
A report produced in December each year assessing the progressof preparing the LDF and the extent to which policies are being
achieved.
The whole variety of life encompassing all genetics, species andecosystem variations, including plants and animals.
A strategy prepared for the local area aimed at conserving
biological diversity.
A voluntary measurement rating for green buildings that wasestablished in the UK by the Building Research Establishment(BRE).
Also known as previously developed land. Land that is or was
occupied by a permanent structure (excluding agricultural orforestry buildings), and associated fixed-surface infrastructure. The
definition covers the curtilage of the development, which may
include gardens.
A carbon offset is a reduction in emissions of carbon dioxide or
greenhouse gases made in order to compensate for or to offset anemission made elsewhere.
The Code for Sustainable Homes is an environmental assessment
method for rating and certifying the performance of new homes inEngland, Wales and Northern Ireland. It is a national standard foruse in the design and construction of new homes with a view toencouraging continuous improvement in sustainable home building.
Introduced in Planning Reform Bill. Proposed levy based on costed
assessment of infrastructure requirement arising from developmentin the district. Supplements planning obligations which will continue
to secure affordable housing and continue to address site-specificissues.
A community land trust is a nonprofit community-led corporationthat develops and stewards affordable housing, community
gardens, civic buildings, commercial spaces and other community
assets to meet the needs of community in perpetuity.
Includes open space, sport and recreational facilities, affordable
housing, education, health, public transport services and cultural
services (See also Infrastructure).
An area of special architectural and / or historic interest thatdeserves preservation or enhancement of its character orappearance.
A limiting factor that affects development, such as an environmental
designation.
Land that has been polluted or harmed in some way making it unfit
for safe development and use unless cleaned.
Informal engagement with the specific and general consultees.

343

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
AppendicesCore Strategy
CWS

County Wildlife Site

DCLG

Department
forCommunities
andLocal Government
Developer’s
contribution
Development

Development brief
Development envelope

Development Plan

DPD

Development
Document

Plan

Dph
EA

Dwellings per hectare
Environment Agency
Edge of centre

EIA

Environmental Impact
Assessment
Evidence base

EiP

Examination in Public
Exception site
Exemplar development

The LDF document which set out the long-term spatial vision for the
district, strategic policies and development control policies. The
Local Plan replaces the Core Strategy and its policies.
A site of important nature conservation value within a County
context but which are not protected under the Wildlife andCountryside Act.
The Government Department with responsibility for planning andhousing.
Contribution from a developer to ensure that certain extra works or
facilities required as a result of a development are undertaken. For
example, the provision of highways infrastructure secured through'planning obligations' or 'legal agreements'.
Development is defined under the 1990 Town and Country Planning
Act as "the carrying out of building, engineering, mining or otheroperation in, on, over or under land, or the making of any materialchange in the use of any building or other land." Most forms ofdevelopment require planning permission.
A document that outlines detailed planning requirements for thedevelopment of a site.
Identifies the area in which development proposals would be
acceptable, subject to complying with other policies contained in theDevelopment Plan. It seeks to prevent development from graduallyextending into the surrounding countryside. Also referred to as‘settlement boundary’.
This comprises the documents contained in the LDF. It also
contains any ‘saved’ policies that affect the area. Together thesemake up the policies taken into account when determining planningapplications.
A document prepared by the relevant plan-making authority as partof the LDF, which forms part of the Statutory Development Plan
having been through Independent Examination.
The density of a housing scheme.
The public organisation with responsibility for protecting andimproving the environment in England and Wales.
A location that is within easy walking distance (often considered up
to 300 metres) of a town/village centre.
An assessment of the potential environmental effects of land usechange, enabling decisions to be taken with the full knowledge of
likely environmental consequences.
The researched, documented, analysed an d verified basis for all
the components of a Local Development Framework.
Inquiry led by an Independent Planning inspector into proposals forand objections to DPDs. The purpose is to consider if the DPD is‘sound’ against established tests.
A location where development would not otherwise be granted
planning permission under normal circumstances.
To be ‘exemplar’ means to create a development model whichpeople will want to copy or imitate elsewhere. The District Council
defines exemplar development for North Ely as that which
incorporates all aspects of best practice: developing a variety of attractive, spacious homes which
incorporate the latest green technologies to make sustainableliving easy and appealing, safeguarding and enhancing the natural biodiversity of the site
and reflecting the current development pattern of central Ely that344

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Flood Risk Zones
Farm diversification

Geo-diversity
Geology

GF

Greenfield site/landGreen Belt

Green Corridor
Green infrastructure

Groundwater
Highway Authority

Housing density

brings a countryside feel into urban areas through ample
provision of green space, sports facilities, and a country park, providing locally based jobs to reduce the need for out
commuting, incorporating measures to positively promote walking, cycling
and bus use over the use of cars, with good connections by
these modes to key local destinations.
 providing schools, a community centre, local shops, a businesshub and other meeting spaces at the heart of the development tohelp foster the development of a genuine local community.
 providing a benchmark in high quality development, delivering
design excellence in all elements, with distinctive, innovative
formats of modern homes with high living space standards,
generous levels of amenity space, and family friendly streets andspaces.
 reflecting the traditional development patterns and features of Ely
with its people focused design, layout and walkability, but with acontemporary interpretation.
All development should be of exceptional good quality to makeNorth Ely a destination of choice for prospective residents andbusinesses..
Zones of flood risk as defined by Government in PPS25. Includes
Zone 1 ‘Low Probability of flood’, Zone 2 ‘Medium Probability’, Zone
3a ‘High Probability’, and Zone 3b ‘The Functional Floodplain’.
The expansion, enlargement or variation of the range of products orfields of operation of a farm (branching out from traditional farming
activities, for example new income generating enterprise likerenewable energy, tourism and food processing).
The number and variety of the non-living earth features found withina specified geographic region, including the variability within andbetween these features.
The science that deals with the dynamics and physical history of theearth, the rocks of which it is composed, and the physical, chemical,
and biological changes that the earth has undergone or isundergoing.
Land (or a defined site) which has never been built on before, orwhere the remains of any structure or activity have blended into thelandscape over time. Applies to most land outside the developmentenvelope (opposite of brownfield land).
An area of open land where strict planning controls apply in order,in particular, to check further growth of a large built up area.
Designated in the Local Plan, areas of Green Belt are to be found in
the south of the district.
An area of open land which penetrates into an urban area foramenity and recreation.
Green infrastructure is a network of multi-functional green space,
both new and existing, both rural and urban, which supports thenatural and ecological processes and is integral to the health andquality of life of sustainable communities.
Water held in water-bearing rocks and spaces underground, whichsustains the flow of water in rivers and is an essential source ofwater for public supply, industry and agriculture.
A local authority (Cambridgeshire County Council for this district)with the responsibility of planning and maintaining the highways
network (excepting trunk roads and motorways) and transportation
within their areas.
The number of dwelling units in a given area. Normally expressed345

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Housing
Assessment
Housing stock

Needs

Housing tenure
Housing trajectory
ICNIRPInternational
Commission for NonIonising
Radiation
Protection
InfillImplementation
Independent
Examination
InfrastructureIntermediate Housing

Landscape character
Legal agreement
Lifetime
Homes
Standard
Listed Building
Localism Act

LDD
LDF
LDS
LNR

Local
Development
Document
Local
Development
Framework
Local
Development
SchemeLocal Nature Reserve
Local Plan

as units per hectare.
A study which assesses the future housing needs of the district inrespect of size, type and affordability of dwellings.
The total amount of housing within a plan area, which may be
divided into components such as private housing stock or rented
housing stock.
The legal status under which people have the right to occupy theiraccommodation. The most common forms of tenure are homeownership and renting.
A table showing past and future housing performance by identifying
the estimated provision of housing over the life of the Plan.
Body which oversees protection against radiation fortelecommunications etc.
The development of small incidental plots of land within anotherwise developed frontage within a settlement.
Carrying out the proposed actions to required standards that are set
out in the plan.
An examination held in public by a Government appointed Inspector
from the Planning Inspectorate.
Basic services necessary for development to take place, - utility
services (water supply, foul sewerage networks, sewage treatment
works and energy provision) drainage/flood protection and thetransport network (see also Community services and facilities).
Housing at prices or rents above those of social-rent but below
market prices or rents. This includes shared equity products (e.g.
HomeBuy) and intermediate rent (i.e. rents above social rented
level but below market rents).
A distinct pattern or a consistent combination of elements in thelandscape of an area.
A legally binding contract, between a developer and the local
planning authority that constitutes a planning obligation (also see'Developer Contribution').
The Lifetime Homes standard is a set of 16 design criteria thatprovide a model for building accessible and adaptable homes.
A building mentioned in statutory lists as being of special
architectural or historic interest. There are different grades of listing
to indicate relative interest.
The Localism Act is an Act of Parliament that changes the powersof local government in England. It contains a number of proposals
to give local authorities new freedoms and flexibility. including more
elected mayors, referendums and the "Local authority’s general
power of competence".
The collective term for DPDs, SPDs and the Statement ofCommunity Involvement.
The overall name for the folder or portfolio of Local Development
Documents and the LDS and AMR.
This sets out the programme for the preparation of the Local
Development Documents.
Places with wildlife or geological features that are of local special
interest. Often managed by local community volunteers.
The Local Plan for an area sets the rules for how the area willdevelop over time. The Local Plan, along with any neighbourhoodplans, forms the overall development plan for the local area.
Planning decisions must normally be taken in accordance with thedevelopment plan. The National Planning Policy Framework states346

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

LPA
LTP

Local
Planning
Authority
Local Transport Plan
Mixed-useMonitoring
review)

NPPF

(and

National
Planning
Policy Framework

Needs
Neighbourhood Plan

Objective
Open space
Out-commuting
Out of centre
Parish Plan
Participation
Planning condition
Planning
Obligation(and agreement)

PDL

Previously developed
landPrimary care
Primary
frontage

shoppingthat every local planning authority in England should have a clear,up to date Local Plan, which conforms to the framework, meets
local development needs, and reflects local people’s views of how
they wish their community to develop.
The local authority or council that is empowered by law to exercise
planning functions.
A five year transport strategy produced by the Highway Authority(Cambridgeshire County Council) setting out the key objectives andpriorities for the area.
Developments that include a combination of land uses which may
include housing, employment, leisure and community facilities.
The process of measuring (in terms of quantity and quality), thechanges in conditions and trends, impact of policies, performanceof the plan against its objectives and targets, and progress indelivering outputs.
The Government’s National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF)
was published on 27 March 2012. It is designed make the planningsystem less complex (by reducing planning policy from more than
1000 pages of planning guidance to around 50 and moreaccessible, to protect the environment and to promote sustainablegrowth. Its central theme is the ‘presumption in favour ofsustainable development’, set out in twelve core land-use planningprinciples which underpin both plan-making and decision-taking.
The necessary requirements of the public, which may be less ordifferent than their demands.
A Neighbourhood Plan is a new type of plan which will focus onvery local areas, to be produced by communities with Parish andTown Councils, with the assistance of the Council. Policies included
in neighbourhood plans will need to be related to the use of land in
the area, or to spatial matters (i.e. aspects that affect how a place
works). When adopted, they will form part of the overall
development plan for the district and be used to consider allplanning applications in that area.
A statement that specifies the direction and amount of desiredchange in trends or in conditions.
Areas of land which make an important contribution to theappearance or opportunities for informal recreation in an area.
Travelling to a place of work outside one usual place of residence.
A location which is not in or on the edge of centre, but is notnecessarily outside the urban area.
A vision of how a town or village should be, which may addresssocial, economic and environmental issues.
Wide formal engagement with the community.
A written condition on a planning permission that restricts thedevelopment in some way to achieve a stated purpose.
Legal agreements between a planning authority and a developerthat secure contributions (in cash or kind) to the infrastructure andservices necessary to facilitate proposed developments areundertaken. For example, the provision of highways. Often called"Section 106" agreements.
See ‘brownfield’.
Care provided by GPs, and the team who work with them in theirsurgeries/health centres, and by dentists, pharmacists andopticians.
Area of Ely Town Centre which includes a high proportion of retail
uses.

347

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices
Proposal
Policies Map
PRVProtected
Roadside
Verge
Ramsar site

RSL

Registered
Landlord

SocialRepresentations
Residential amenity
Saved plan/policy

S106

Secondary shopping
frontage
Section 106
Sequential approach
Service providers
Social-rented housing

Soundness (of plan)
Spatial planning
Spatial Vision
SSSI

SCI

Sites
of
SpecialScientific Interest
Stakeholders
Statement
Community
Involvementof

Statutory
Statutory undertakers
SEA
SFRA
SHLAA

Strategic
Environmental
Assessment
Strategic Flood Risk
Assessment
Strategic
Housing

A positive worded policy of the LPA that proposes a course ofaction or an allocation of land for a particular use or development.
The Policies Map illustrates all policies contained in the LDF. It is
updated each time a DPD is adopted.
A section of road verge that has been surveyed and selected forprotection because of its wildlife interest.
An international designation to protect areas that act as vital
habitats for birds.
Registered Social Landlord - a voluntary (ie. not for profit)
organisation which provides affordable housing to people in housingneed and which is registered with the government body called The
Housing Corporation.
Comments made on consultation documents.
Living conditions in and around a dwelling.
A policy from an existing development plan that has been saved oncommencement of the Planning & Compulsory Purchase Act 2004
or from the date of adoption. It will remain in force until replaced by
new LDD policies or the transitional period has expired.
Area of Ely Town Centre which provides greater opportunities fordiversity of uses.
See ‘Planning Obligations’.
The logical choice of development sites following a sequence
designed to either maximise the use of previously developed land,or favour retail sites within town centres for example.
The public sector agencies and private sector organisations thatprovide services to the public, such as water, drainage, electricity
and gas.
Rented housing owned by Registered Social Landlords for whichtarget rents are determined through the national rent regime, set out
in the 'Guide to Social Rent Reforms' published in March 2001. Also
rented housing owned by other persons and provided underequivalent rental arrangements to the above, as agreed with thelocal authority or funded with grant from the Housing Corporation,
as provided for in the Housing Act 2004.
A judgement of quality and procedure based upon key elements ofthe plan making process.
Is about places, how they function and how they relate together.
A brief description of how the area will be changed at the end of thePlan period.
Designated site of national importance to wildlife and/or geology.
Individuals and organisations with an interest in a particular area or
issue.
Document setting out how and when stakeholders and otherinterested parties will be consulted and involved in the preparationof the LDF (and the consideration of individual planningapplications).
Required by law (statute), usually through an Act of Parliament.
Companies concerned with water, gas, electricity andtelecommunications that hold a licence granted by the Departmentof Trade and Industry.
An assessment of the environmental effects of policies, plans andprogrammes, required by European legislation, which will be part ofthe public consultation on the policies.
An assessment of the flood defences and consequent risk offlooding for development at district level.
A study produced (and kept under review) to estimate the potential

348

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

SHMA

Land
Availability
Assessment
Strategic
Housing
Market Assessment
Submission stage

SuDS
SPD
SA

TIA
TP
TPO

Sustainable
Urban
Drainage Systems
Supplementary
Planning Document
Sustainability
Appraisal
Sustainable
development
Transport
ImpactAssessment
Travel Plan
Tree
Order

Preservation

Viability
Village Vision

WWTW

Vitality
Waste
Planning
Authority
Waste
Water
Treatment Works
Windfall siteamount of land available for housing in the district.
A regional or sub-regional assessment (in this district at Cambridge
Sub-Regional level) of market trends to assess housing demandand supply, housing need and types of tenure, size etc. to informfuture requirements.
Stage at which a DPD is formally submitted to the Government andstart of the examination of the soundness of a DPD by an
Independent Inspector.
Type of drainage system for dealing with surface water run-off froma development scheme, which mimics natural drainage processes.
Supplementary document to a DPD which contains additional detailand information on policies or proposals.
Process of assessing the impacts of policies and proposals againstsocial, environmental and economic objectives.
Development which meets the need of the present withoutcomprising the ability of future generations to meet their own need.
An assessment of the expected additional traffic generation (allmodes) for new development.
Plan setting out a series of measures to encourage the use ofmodes other than the private car.
Made by a Local Planning Authority under the Town & Country
Planning Act 1990 to protect individual trees, groups of trees orwoodlands against felling, uprooting, lopping or other damage.
An economic measure of health.
A section of the Local Plan that sets out how each settlement in the
district should change and improve, and identifies sites fordevelopment.
A social and cultural measure of health.
The authority responsible for waste planning, in this district
Cambridgeshire County Council.
For processing waste water, operated by Anglian Water.
A housing site which cannot be specifically identified.

349

East Cambridgeshire Local Plan Adopted April 2015
Appendices

Appendix 4: Diagram of Strategic Green Infrastructure350

Forward Planning Team, East Cambridgeshire District Council,
The Grange, Nutholt Lane, Ely, Cambs CB7 4EE
01353 665555
ldf@eastcambs.gov.uk
www.eastcambs.gov.uk